HydroGarden Product Catalogue 2022 by HydroGarden

WELCOME TO THE HYDROGARDEN PRODUCT CATALOGUE 2022 The world seems to be changing rapidly lately, both in Hydroponics and beyond, and we and our customers have had to make some rapid adjustments to the way we work and live. Also technology is constantly progressing and our product offering reflects this. LED grow lighting, at one time expensive and predominantly used by larger commercial growers, is fast becoming an option for growers at any scale, and we hope that you’ll be as excited as we are about our expanding LED lighting range, which includes LUMii BLACK and PowerPlant LED fixtures, LUMii BLACK Blade LED Fixtures, ROOT!T LED Grow Lights, and EnviroGro by LUMii TLED lights. We are pleased to now stock products from Bluelab – worldwide leaders in easy-to-use tools and equipment for use in controlled growing environments – with something to interest everyone, from the smallest hobby grower to the largest high-tech enterprise.

WAYS TO SHOP Order online hydrogarden.com

Order by phone +44 (0)2476 651 500 (option 1)

Order by email sales@hydrogarden.com

PAYMENT METHODS

You’ll also notice that we have a new range of high-quality growing media, PRO7, made by Jiffy. Our offering of additives from SUPERthrive has expanded and now includes SUPERthrive BLOOM, Foliage-Pro, Mag-Pro and Pro-Tekt alongside SUPERthrive original vitamin solution. But some things never change, and we’re proud that our commitment to customer service has not wavered. You can reach us via your Rep, by calling our Sales Desk or Technical Support, through our website or social media, and if you sign up for our Marketing emails we’ll keep you informed of any new products, special offers, competitions, and other news. Together we are stronger, and by maintaining a close working partnership with you, our stockists, we hope to ensure that we can navigate these uncertain times towards a brighter future. Enjoy our new catalogue, and please remember that if you need any help, we’re here for you. All the best from

The HG Team

AMERICAN EXPRESS - We are delighted to introduce HydroGarden customers to the exciting new partnership with American Express B2B, which aims to provide you with an additional and flexible cashflow facility and access to a rewards rebate incentive on HydroGarden invoice spend worth up to 3% as a tax free kick back.

DELIVERY DETAILS Place an order of £1,500 with HydroGarden to receive FREE carriage. Place an order of £1,000 with HydroGarden to receive 1/2 PRICE carriage. NEXT DAY DELIVERY* on all phone orders placed before 2pm on all web orders placed online before 3pm * This service is only available in our courier areas and subject to availability

OUR TEAM ON THE ROAD

ACCOUNT MANAGERS

RETURNS INFO

Our regional representatives with their continuous in-depth technical training, knowledge and advice that provides great support to our customers.

We are committed to supplying quality products and outstanding service, and whilst every care is taken in processing Customer orders, problems can occur. If a Customer has any problem with a delivery or product supplied by us, they should contact the HydroGarden Returns Department. If the problem is of purely a technical nature regarding one of the our products, then a member of our Technical Sales team will liaise with the Customer and endeavour to resolve the issue. If the problem cannot be resolved in this way, then the problem will be handled by the HydroGarden Returns Department. There is a process that needs to be followed in all cases and this PRODU CT RE is contained in the TU Terms & Condition RNS HydroGarden s Returns Procedure. PRO

Edward Grundy Area: The North East & Scotland Mobile: 07929 169 866 Email: edward.grundy@hydrogarden.co.uk Harry Wareham Area: Midlands, South West & North West Mobile: 07827 292 969 Email: harry.wareham@hydrogarden.co.uk Alex Marks Area: South East Mobile: 07837 943 249 Email: alex.marks@hydrogarden.co.uk Dan Harper BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT MANAGER Mobile: 07375 899 583 Email: dan.harper@hydrogarden.co.uk

Please contact us if you require a copy.

CANNA BRAND MANAGER We have a dedicated CANNA Brand Manager to provide you support with all CANNA queries, store support and content.

PA HYDR GATION POTS, OPONIC SYST EMS IRRIGATRAY & TAN GROW TION & PU KS NUTR ING MEDIA MPS ADDITIENTS NUTR IVES GROWIENT CONTR AIR MOLIGHTING OL PEST VEMENT GROW& DISEASE C GROW ROOM MAN ONTROL AGEM AQUA TENTS ENT PONIC S

Alex Robinson Mobile: 07951 159 559 Email: alex.robinson@hydrogarden.co.uk

LET’S GET SOCIAL

@HydroGardenTrade

SALES DESK

FTP

For direct help and support, you can get in touch with our sales desk who will be happy to help.

Our FTP gives you access to all our digital material.

+44 (0)2476 651 500 (option 1)

TECHNICAL SUPPORT For more detailed technical & product support, you can reach us here:

+44 (0)2476 651 500 (option 5)

Search the following link in your File Explorer

ftp://ftp.hydrogarden.co.uk/ (not web browser) The login information is as follows:

Username: HydroRetailer Password: Hydro1996!

Issue 3 2021

Keep an eye open for our NEW products, ones you may have missed due to global events. From LED optimised tents, to tray systems and beyond, look out for the NEW icon!

Look out for our BRAND NEW products, fresh for 2022! Whether you need a new LED, or want to get the best pH equipment on the market, we have got you covered. Simply look for the BRAND NEW icon!

CONTENTS

PROPAGATION Introducing CANNA Collect… HydroGarden’s exclusive & flexible loyalty scheme for all CANNA products with B2BTradecard. The CANNA Collect Scheme allows you to recieve 1.25% cash back on all CANNA orders. Sign up to the CANNA Collect Card scheme and grow your rewards with HydroGarden. Enjoy 24/7 access to your CANNA Collect points account, with the freedom to spend your points anywhere you see the MasterCard symbol. How it works? 1. Sign up and create an account on the CANNA Collect Portal listed below. Here you order your B2BTradecard, which will arrive within 7-10 days. No credit checks required. 2. Purchase more than £1250 every quarter on CANNA from HydroGarden to earn points. 3. Every Quarter (3 Months) HydroGarden will load your CANNA Collect account with the points you have earned. You can log into your account anytime to check you available point balance. Sign up at: WWW.CANNACOLLECT. B2BTRADECARD.COM Any queries, please contact HydroGarden’s CANNA Brand Manager: 07951159559

5-22

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS

23-50

POTS, TRAYS & TANKS

51-62

IRRIGATION & PUMPS

63-78

GROWING MEDIA

79-88

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES

89-110

NUTRIENT CONTROL

111-128

LIGHTING

129-162

ENVIRONMENT

163-196

PEST & DISEASE CONTROL

197-204

GROWROOM MANAGEMENT

205-220

GROWTENTS

221-242

AQUAPONICS

243-248

SHOP BASICS

249-252

GLOSSARY

253-255

PROPAGATION

PROPAGATION | ROOT!T Plant Care ROOT!T Cutting Mist • ROOT!T Cutting Mist helps to prevent losses in the critical first few days •C an be used to pre-treat donor plants 2-3 days before taking a cutting and also, to treat cuttings for the following 3 days. • Ideal for use on soft and semi-hardwood material •B est used with ROOT!T Rooting Gel, but can be used with other rooting products or even on its own

12-560-120 ROOT!T Cutting Mist - 100 ml

ROOT!T Rooting Gel • ROOT!T Rooting Gel is the first rooting gel specifically formulated for use with growing media

With ROOT!T, we aim to recreate the best parts of nature to accelerate germination and develop outstanding plants with the best possible start in life. All of the ROOT!T products complement each other creating a complete range that tailors to all of your propagating needs. Whether you are looking for propagating plugs to use on their own or if you are just looking for plant nutrition, the ROOT!T range will have what you need. Regardless of your previous successes or failures in propagation, the ROOT!T range is perfect for you!

• Helps natural root development of cuttings

•W orks equally effectively with rooting sponges, stonewool plugs, peat plugs, coco plugs/fibre or compost

•P laced directly into the central cavity of the plug, the gel forms a seal around the cut surface of the cutting, aiding uptake and helping prevent dehydration and infection

•U se in combination with ROOT!T First Feed and ROOT!T Cutting Mist for the strongest rooting around!

CDU OF 16 12-560-115 ROOT!T Rooting Gel 150 ml - CDU of 16

ROOT!T First Feed • Specially formulated to give young plants the best start in life

• Increases your chance of success at this difficult and crucial stage

• Highly concentrated liquid feed is incredibly easy to use and is ideally suited for propagation plugs/sponges or transplanter blocks/pots

• Provides the basis for overall healthy plants

• Promotes fast and healthy root development • Proven to reduce standard rooting times • Boosts resistance to infection and disease

05-250-005 ROOT!T First Feed 125 ml - CDU of 10

hydrogarden.com

• No need for hormone rooting powder

CDU OF 10

ROOT!T Plugs | PROPAGATION

Unique Design ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges are a breakthrough in organic technology. They are made from a blend of Peat and plant derived biodegradable polymers that allow the plug to break down over time. The ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges are specially designed to improve cutting strike rate and encourage faster germination. Each ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponge has two holes Hole 1 is the perfect depth for most seeds, designed to a specific width to create an ideal humid micro-climate around the seed resulting in faster seed germination. Hole 2 is perfect for gripping cuttings and will hold the cutting firmly in place. We recommend using ROOT!T Rooting Gel for better results; this will create a seal around the cutting preventing it from drying out.

ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges Refill Bag - 50 Plugs • Maximise your success rates and grow faster, more vigorous roots with our specially manufactured ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges reates the ideal micro-climate for seeds and cuttings meaning •C you will have higher success rates •S imply dampen the sponges, place your seeds in the pre-drilled holes, clip the propagator lid on top of the filled tray insert, and place somewhere with plenty of natural light •R esealable to help ensure that each ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponge is kept in perfect condition Benefits •G row from seed - you can grow herbs, leafy greens, salads, vegetable, chillies and more directly from seed • I deal for cuttings - Combine our sponges with the ROOT!T Rooting Gel for the best success rate on your cuttings •E ffortless transportation - the sponges hold your roots together to prevent damaging them during transplantation •G reat water retention - due to its structure, each plug retains the right amount of water without causing material compression.

02-090-210 ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges 50 Refill Bags - Box of 10

hydrogarden.com

PROPAGATION | ROOT!T Propagators

45 OR 60 HOLE INSERTS AVAILABLE

How to Propag ate Pla nts

1 35-603-001

_A7_ROO

T!T_P

ropagation_

Guide

2021.indd

1 26/08/2021

ROOT!T 24 Cell Filled Propagation Insert and Tray • Durable and filled with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges

ROOT!T Value Propagator (Large) • Large enough to fit a whole plug tray (Cultiwool/Jiffy) or used with loose growing media as a seed tray/hardening-off tray

• Large drain hole to facilitate easy de-plugging

•T he lid has two vents for humidity control and can be used on its own as a large cloche when growing outdoors

•S pecially designed irrigation channels to rapidly remove excess water, avoiding any pooling

•6 0 hole insert designed for use with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges

• Fully recyclable HIPS (hi-impact polystyrene)

•4 5 hole insert designed for use with Jiffy 7 plugs

• Tough and durable • Fits standard seed tray size propagators •C onsumable for existing ROOT!T Propagators

Technical Specifications Easy to push out plugs

Dimensions: 570 x 370 x 210 mm

Easy to push out plugs

ROOT!T Value Natural Rooting Sponge Propagation Kit (Large) Includes 1 x Value propagator 1 x 60 cell insert with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges 2 x ROOT!T First Feed sachet 2 x ROOT!T Rooting Gel sachet 1 x ‘How to’ guide to help you achieve great results from your cuttings and seeds Technical Specifications Dimensions: 570 x 370 x 210 mm

12-550-030 ROOT!T Large Propagator Tray - Box of 18 12-550-035 ROOT!T Large Propagator Lid - Box of 18 12-550-040 ROOT!T Large Propagator 60 Hole Insert - Box of 18 12-550-100 ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges 24 Cell Filled Trays (Sold as box of 8 trays)

12-550-045 ROOT!T Large Propagator 45 Hole Insert - Box of 18

HEAT MATS AVAILABLE, SEE PAGES 12 & 13

hydrogarden.com

12-550-135 ROOT!T Large Value Rooting Sponge Propagation Kit

Easy to push out plugs

08:35

ROOT!T Propagators | PROPAGATION

How to Propag ate Pla nts How to Propag ate Pla nts

1 35-603-001

_A7_ROO

T!T_P

ropagation_

Guide

1 35-603-001

_A7_ROO

T!T_P

ropagation_

Guide

2021.indd

1 26/08/2021

08:35

1 26/08/2021

08:35

ROOT!T Value Natural Rooting Sponge Propagation Kit

ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponge Propagation Kit

Includes

• The ideal quality introduction kit for propagation • Includes everything required for successful propagation

1 x Value propagator 1 x 24 cell insert with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges 1 x ROOT!T First Feed sachet 1 x ROOT!T Rooting Gel sachet 1 x ‘How to’ guide to help you achieve great results from your cuttings and seeds Technical Specifications Dimensions: 320 x 220 x 140 mm

Easy to push out plugs

Includes 1 x High quality propagator 1 x 24 cell insert with ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges 1 x ROOT!T First Feed sachet 1 x ROOT!T Rooting Gel sachet

1 x Sterilised Scalpel 1 x ‘How to’ guide to help you achieve great results from your cuttings and seeds

Easy to push out plugs

Technical Specifications Dimensions: 380 x 240 x 160 mm

12-550-145 ROOT!T Value Natural Rooting Sponge Propagation Kit - Box of 4

12-550-150 ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponge Propagation Kit - Box of 3

HEAT MATS AVAILABLE, SEE PAGES 12 & 13

hydrogarden.com

PROPAGATION | Propagators STRONG AND LONG LASTING E POLYCARBONAT COVERS

Garland XL High Dome Unheated Propagator

Garland XL High Dome Heated Propagator

• Robust injection moulded propagator ideal for years of use

• I deal for growers who want to grow seeds and cuttings in large volumes all year round

arge enough to fill with smaller trays •L or pots or multi cell inserts

eatures a 24 W heated base, which •F provides warmth to aid germination and young plant development

Technical Specifications Dimensions: 580 x 405 x 225 mm Note: Plants and media not included

•R obust injection moulded propagator ideal for years of use arge enough to fill with smaller trays •L or pots or multi cell inserts

MPL Unheated Propagators •W hether you’re growing from seeds, or cloning plants within your grow tent, this propagator creates an ideal micro-climate for seeds and cuttings • Adjustable ventilation for humidity and air control • Shatter resistant and crystal clear lid for maximum light exposure • Unpackaged propagator Technical Specifications Medium Dimensions: 380 x 240 x 160 mm Large Dimensions: 580 x 380 x 250 mm Note: Plants and media not included

Technical Specifications Dimensions: 590 x 410 x 265 mm (External) Note: Plants and media not included

12-550-210 Garland XL High Dome Unheated Propagator

12-550-230 Garland XL High Dome Heated Propagator

12-550-250 MPL Unheated Propagator - Medium

12-550-270 MPL Unheated Propagator - Large

12-550-255 MPL Unheated Propagator Base - Medium

12-550-275 MPL Unheated Propagator Base - Large

12-550-260 MPL Unheated Propagator Lid - Medium

12-550-280 MPL Unheated Propagator Lid - Large

HEAT MATS AVAILABLE, SEE PAGES 12 & 13

hydrogarden.com

Propagators | PROPAGATION

FREE STARTER KIT INCLUDE D

Stewart Unheated Propagators (Medium & Large)

Stewart Heated Propagators (Medium & Large)

Stewart Large Variable Heated Propagator

•T hese propagators provide the ideal environment for raising seedlings and cuttings

•F ixed temperature heated propagators featuring a sealed heating unit - insulation beneath the carbon heating mat maintains selected compost temperature at 15-20°C under normal conditions

•A fully adjustable heated propagator - select between 2°C and 28°C using the easy-to-use remote thermostat

•H umidity and air temperature controlled via adjustable ventilation panels and with a durable clear cover • Impact resistant and lightweight •L ong life base tray in which you can plant directly or in seed trays and pots Technical Specifications Medium Dimensions: 380 x 240 x 180 mm Large Dimensions: 520 x 420 x 280 mm

oth utilise a long life 22 W heater, drawing only half the •B power that your laptop uses • Fitted plug included Technical Specifications Medium Dimensions: 380 x 240 x 215 mm Large Dimensions: 520 x 420 x 280 mm

• Robust injection moulded propagator ideal for years of use • I ncludes free starter kit - 10 Pots, 1 large seed tray, 2 small seed trays and a booklet about growing from seeds and cuttings Technical Specifications Dimensions: 520 x 420 x 280 mm Note: Plants and pots not included

Note: Plants and pots not included

12-550-010 Stewart Medium Unheated Propagator

12-550-050 Stewart Medium Heated Propagator

12-550-015 Stewart Large Unheated Propagator

12-550-055 Stewart Large Heated Propagator

12-550-075 Stewart Large Variable Heated Propagator

ROOT!T PLUGS FIT ALL PROPAGATOR TRAYS!

hydrogarden.com

PROPAGATION | Heat Mats

ROOT!T Heat Mats

ROOT!T Hobby Insulated Mats

•R OOT!T Heat Mats produce a more efficient, uniform heat, which is generated by the single mesh element.

• Direct heat upwards

• Simply place underneath your heat mat

• Tough to withstand rugged greenhouse environments • The heating element is encased in waterproof, fray–proof layers • Available in three sizes to suit a variety of propagation set ups • Suitable for use with the ROOT!T Propagation Kit and Insulated Mats • Rated IPX4 Technical Specifications

Size

Small

Medium

Large

Power

25 W

50 W

Dimensions

250 x 350 mm

400 x 600 mm

400 x 1200 mm

• Avoid heat loss into work tops • Protect sensitive surfaces Technical Specifications Dimensions: Small - 250 x 350 mm Medium - 400 x 600 mm Large - 400 x 1200 mm

LE FOR SUITAB S OF PE ALL TY AT HEAT M

12-585-005 ROOT!T 9 W Heat Mat - Small (250 x 350 mm)

12-585-155 ROOT!T Hobby Small Insulated Mat - (250 x 350 mm)

12-585-010 ROOT!T 25 W Heat Mat - Medium (400 x 600 mm)

12-585-160 ROOT!T Hobby Medium Insulated Mat - (400 x 600 mm)

12-585-015 ROOT!T 50 W Heat Mat - Large (400 x 1200 mm)

12-585-165 ROOT!T Hobby Large Insulated Mat - (400 x 1200 mm)

hydrogarden.com

Heat Mats | PROPAGATION ROOT!T Heat Mat Kits Includes • ROOT!T Heat Mat (small, medium or large) •R OOT!T Hobby Insulated Mat (small, medium or large)

12-585-025 ROOT!T 9 W Heat Mat & Insulated Mat (Small) Bundle 12-585-030 ROOT!T 25 W Heat Mat & Insulated Mat (Medium) Bundle 12-585-035 ROOT!T 50 W Heat Mat & Insulated Mat (Large) Bundle

ROOT!T Heat Mat Thermostat

ROOT!T Hobby Heat Mats

• The thermostat turns the heat mat on and off to maintain optimum temperatures giving ultimate temperature control during propagation

• Tough to withstand rugged greenhouse environments

• Maintain optimum temperatures for specific plants • Easy plug-in operation • Easy-to-use and control • Temperature control range 10°C to 30°C

12-585-105 ROOT!T Heat Mat Thermostat

• Value heat mats for budget growers designed to gently and evenly warm seedlings • The heating element is encased in waterproof, fray–proof layers • Available in three sizes to suit a variety of propagation set ups • Suitable for use with the ROOT!T Propagation Kit and Insulated Mats • Rated IP67 Technical Specifications Size

Small

Medium

Large

Power

11 W

30 W

60 W

Dimensions

250 x 350 mm

400 x 600 mm

400 x 1200 mm

ROOT!T Hobby Heat Mat Kits Includes •R OOT!T Hobby Heat Mat (small, medium or large) •R OOT!T Hobby Insulated Mat (small, medium or large)

12-585-055 ROOT!T Hobby 11 W Heat Mat - (250 x 350 mm)

12-585-200 ROOT!T Hobby 11 W Heat Mat & Insulated Mat Bundle

12-585-060 ROOT!T Hobby 30 W Heat Mat - (400 x 600 mm)

12-585-205 ROOT!T Hobby 30 W Heat Mat & Insulated Mat Bundle

12-585-065 ROOT!T Hobby 60 W Heat Mat - (400 x 1200 mm)

12-585-210 ROOT!T Hobby 60 W Heat Mat & Insulated Mat Bundle

hydrogarden.com

PROPAGATION | Media & Plugs

Biobizz Light·Mix Potting Soil • Ensures a fast development of roots and vigorous new growth • Made from Baltic Peat, the best source of peat offering a light fluffy texture with high air exchange • Specially blended to ensure optimal drainage throughout – an essential property if you use automatic irrigation systems

CANNA Terra Seed Mix

PRO7 LIGHT

Cultiwool CRB Cubes

•C ANNA Terra Seed Mix is a potting mix that is perfectly suited for germinating the seeds of your favourite plants • The homogeneous, stable structure is great for retaining water, which gives the seeds the best chance of germinating correctly

• PRO7 Light is natural, clean and light; an air enriched peat based potting mix that gives you the control

• Stonewool cubes made to fit the large hole blocks and are supplied in an easy-to-use tray

•P articularly suitable for use when rooting cuttings • Meets the strict RHP demands

• An effective air-to-water ratio •R eliable homogeneity with great strength and dimensional stability • Excellent controllability • Inert and pathogen-free

•C harged to kickstart microbial life that builds plant strength and resilience •U se for all phases of your plant’s growth, rooting, growing and blooming

02-075-100 Biobizz Light·Mix Potting Soil - 50 L Bag 02-075-105 Biobizz Light·Mix Potting Soil - 20 L Bag

hydrogarden.com

02-060-330 Cultiwool CRB Small (25 mm) - 150 Plugs per Tray - Box of 18 trays 02-075-040 CANNA Terra Seed Mix - 25 L Bag

02-075-300 PRO7 LIGHT, Peat Potting Mix – 50 L Bag

02-060-335 Cultiwool CRB Small (35 mm) - 77 Plugs per Tray - Box of 18 trays

Plugs | PROPAGATION Jiffy-7 Preloaded Trays •P urpose-made Jiffy trays that fit 40 or 60 Jiffy-7 38 mm Peat Plugs, ideal for volume propagation

92 CUBE PER B S OX

uitable fit for ROOT!T Large •S Value Propagators and the large MPL Propagator Technical Specifications Dimensions: 520 x 310 x 24 mm

12-580-020 Jiffy-7 Plugs - 40 Cell Filled Trays - Box of 28 12-580-025 Jiffy-7 Plugs - 60 Cell Filled Trays - Box of 28

PRO7 COCO CUBES

Jiffy-7C Tray

• Ideal for cuttings and seedlings

•P urpose-made Jiffy tray fits 84 Jiffy-7C 30 mm Coco Coir Plugs, ideal for volume propagation

• Excellent air and water retention properties ir pruning – allows the roots to grow •A through its sides so, when potting-on, plants get established faster •B etter rootzone temperature control, aiding growth in young plants

Technical Specifications Dimensions: 520 x 310 x 24 mm

Jiffy-7 Peat Expanding Plugs

Jiffy-7C Coco Expanding Plugs

• 38 mm Peat plug (41 mm when wet) which comes in a box of 1000 plugs

•3 0 mm Coco plug (35 mm when wet) which comes in a box of 1155 plugs

•T hese best-selling propagating plugs just require wetting. Drop in the seed or cutting and place in a propagator and off it grows

•W orks great in NFT, simply drop your new seedlings into your SureGrow Gully

•C omplete with seedling hole in the top to accommodate Jiffy7C pellets or direct seeding

• Stable structured substrate • Environmentally friendly product

• Limits damaging root system when potting on •P remium quality RHP washed and buffered coco

orks great in NFT, simply drop your new •W seedlings into your SureGrow Gully • Stable structured substrate

38 mm (expands to 41 mm)

• Environmentally friendly product

30 mm (expands to 35 mm)

• Peat free

02-055-390 PRO7 COCO CUBE 100 mm (4”) - Box of 92

12-580-050 Jiffy-7C 84 Cell Trays - Pack of 20

12-580-005 Jiffy-7 38 mm Peat Plug (Box of 1000)

12-580-010 Jiffy-7C 30 mm Coco Coir Plug (Box of 1155)

hydrogarden.com

PROPAGATION | Plant Care Guard’n’Aid Pest Pistol

MIXED 6 PACK OF S R U COLO

• A high quality sprayer is ideal for applying pest products to the plant, designed with a fine output • For foliar application

10-475-055 Guard’n’Aid Pest Pistol 750 ml

PLANT!T Neoprene Collar •S upport cuttings with or without the use of artificial media •D esigned to hold new cuttings without damaging any of the plant’s delicate tissue •A slit from the centre makes inserting and removing cuttings simple • I deal for use with clone machines, hydro systems and aeroponics

Scalpels

Guard’n’Aid CleanRoom

•A quality sharp trimming and cutting tool that should be in every growroom. Use scalpels for accurate and clean cuttings

• A powerful, naturally derived cleaner and disinfectant based on fermentation extracts and plant-derived surfactants, for growrooms and greenhouses

•W e recommend using any cutting tools in conjunction with Guard’n’Aid CleanRoom which will sterilise your blades reducing the risk of disease

•U sed to clean down a room and growing equipment in between crops. Not to be used directly on the crop.

Technical Specifications

PACK OF 10

PACK OF 100

12-550-185 PLANT!T 48 mm Neoprene Collar - Pack of 100

hydrogarden.com

•K ills 99.9% of bacteria as well as common plant pathogenic fungi, such as Fusarium and Botrytis • Naturally derived Biocide

•P ropagation can be done with or without the use of a net pot Dimensions: 48 x 12.7 mm (fits 51 mm Net Pots)

•K eep your growroom and growing equipment/cutting blades clean and free from fungi and bacteria

12-570-020 Scalpels (Packet of 10)

10-510-010 Guard’n’Aid CleanRoom - 1 L

LY NATURAL DERIVED HAT BIOCIDE T % .9 9 9 KILLS RIA OF BACTE

Plant Care | PROPAGATION

SUPERthrive Plant Tonic

VitaLink PlantStart

CANNA Start

•T he world renowned SUPERthrive is a great plant tonic and general growth promoter

• Complete one-part propagation feed

•A balanced one-part nutrient for seedlings and rooted cuttings

•S pecially formulated to meet requirements of young plants and cuttings

• SUPERthrive is NOT a fertiliser, but an additive •U se SUPERthrive on any plant at any stage of growth or flower. On indoor plants, it brings out more new flower and leaf buds. On outdoor plants and bare–rooted plants, it starts new root and foliage action. It helps develop earlier and larger flowers as well as being a great stress reliever to plants

• Promotes strong root growth

•U se on seeds to help during germination and get earlier vegetable and flower crops, to revive sick plants or to help plants recover from any stress or to guard against transplant shock

NPK 1.8 - 1.0 - 2.2

• Includes Kelp • Made in the USA since 1940

06-260-020 SUPERthrive 120 ml (4 oz) 06-260-025 SUPERthrive 480 ml (Pint)

• For use with all types of media and systems Technical Specifications

•C an be used on various substrates like rock-wool plugs, coco pellets, Jiffy plugs, seed-mixes and most other propagation media •L inks up perfectly with all other CANNA nutrients •R educes the risk of overfeeding cuttings and seedlings

HELPS TO GUARD AGAINST TRANSPL ANT SHOCK

Note: we do not recommend using CANNA Start in re-circulating systems and clone machines.

MADE IN THE UK

06-260-030 SUPERthrive 960 ml (Quart)

05-201-430 VitaLink PlantStart 250 ml

05-205-335 CANNA Start 500 ml

06-260-035 SUPERthrive 3.8 L (Gallon)

05-201-440 VitaLink PlantStart 1 L

05-205-340 CANNA Start 1 L

06-260-040 SUPERthrive 9.4 L (2.5 Gallon)

05-201-445 VitaLink PlantStart 5 L

05-205-345 CANNA Start 5 L

hydrogarden.com

PROPAGATION | CFL Lamps

EnviroGro by LUMii CFL Lamps •S elf-ballasted compact fluorescent lighting that offers growers the choice of low energy growing, where heat or cost is a concern • Ultra high output compact fluorescent tubes that are powered by an integral power unit • E40 fitting, which means these lamps can be easily interchanged in most reflectors • Available in 3 colour temperatures: - Super Cool White - ideal for propagation - Cool White – ideal for young plants and general growing - Warm White – ideal for over–wintering flowers & fruiting plants • Excellent colour rendering

Technical Specifications

Type Product Code

03-117-020

Colour Temp. Lumens

Warm White

Cool White

Flowering

Foliage

03-117-070

03-117-120

03-117-025

2700 K 6300

8050

03-117-075

Super Cool White Propagation 03-117-125

03-117-030

6400 K 12,950

6300

8050

Life Hours

10,000

Rendering Index

80 RA

Fitting

E40

03-117-080

12,950

6300

8050

• Minimal heat generation and low power usage!

03-117-020 130 W EnviroGro by LUMii Warm CFL Lamp - 2700 K

03-117-070 200 W EnviroGro by LUMii Warm CFL Lamp - 2700 K

03-117-120 300 W EnviroGro by LUMii Warm CFL Lamp - 2700 K

03-117-025 130 W EnviroGro by LUMii Cool CFL Lamp - 6400 K

03-117-075 200 W EnviroGro by LUMii Cool CFL Lamp - 6400 K

03-117-125 300 W EnviroGro by LUMii Cool CFL Lamp - 6400 K

03-117-030 130 W EnviroGro by LUMii Super Cool CFL Lamp - 14000 K

03-117-080 200 W EnviroGro by LUMii Super Cool CFL Lamp - 14000 K

03-117-130 300 W EnviroGro by LUMii Super Cool CFL Lamp - 14000 K

hydrogarden.com

03-117-130

14,000 K 12,950

Lighting | PROPAGATION 42 W 930 MM

LE MULTIP NG HANGI NS O OPTI

ROOT!T LED Light Stand

26 W 530 MM

• Specifically designed to support the ROOT!T LED Grow Lights djustable to three heights to position the Grow Light •A above plants in a propagation tray •D ouble will support either a single ROOT!T 42 W LED Grow Light or two ROOT!T 26 W Grow Lights plus two lights can be set up side-by-side, 19 cm apart • Simple to assemble / disassemble • Durable aluminium construction

Single

Double

Two clip styles included for horizontal or vertical hanging

ROOT!T LED Grow Lights • ROOT!T LED Grow Lights are ideal for propagation or the vegetative stage of the plant lifecycle and will cover most standard propagation trays • Both sizes clip to a ROOT!T LED Light Stand, or a tent pole • Plug-and-play, with integral power lead, they can be controlled via a timer • Lightweight and easy to hang, universal hanging hooks provided Technical Specifications Power

26 | 42 W

Voltage

220-240 V

Frequency

50 Hz

IP Rating

IP54

PPF

57 | 93 μmols/s

Colour Temp.

6500 K

TWO SI AVAIL ZES ABLE!

Spectrum Graph 1.0

380

480

580

680

780

Wavelength (n/m) Note: Light not included

03-155-900 ROOT!T 26 W LED Grow Light

03-155-930 ROOT!T LED Light Stand - Single

03-155-915 ROOT!T 26 W LED Grow Light & Stand Kit - Single

03-155-910 ROOT!T 42 W LED Grow Light

03-155-935 ROOT!T LED Light Stand - Double

03-155-920 ROOT!T 26 W LED Grow Lights & Stand Kit - Double

03-155-925 ROOT!T 42 W LED Grow Light & Stand Kit

hydrogarden.com

PROPAGATION | T5 Lights BOX OF 20

EnviroGro by LUMii T5 Fixture

LINKABL

EnviroGro by LUMii’s T5 Lights deliver performance and flexibilty along with high Lumen output in any growing environment. • These durable lights are ideal for small and large-scale propagation

• Replacement lamps for T5 Lights

• Low profile powder coated, pre-galvanized steel housing • 2 m grounded power cord • On/Off switch • Outlet socket for daisy-chaining multiple units

PLUG & P

Technical Specifications Model

Power

60 cm 2 Lamp

48 W

60 cm 4 Lamp

96 W

122 cm 4 Lamp

216 W

122 cm 8 Lamp

432 W

IP Rating

IP20

EnviroGro by LUMii T5 Lamps Technical Specifications

L AY

Size

Power Lumen Output

54.8 cm

24 W

Up to 1600 lm

114.9 cm 54 W

Up to 4100 lm

6400 K

Spectrum Graph More control for you: dual switches are featured on all models (except the 60 cm 2 lamp model). Switches allow half illumination of either inner or outer lamps illuminated or full illumination of all lamps.

1.0

380

Colour Temp.

480 680 580 Wavelength (n/m)

780

03-140-050 EnviroGro by LUMii 60 cm (2 ft) 2 Lamp T5 Light

03-140-060 EnviroGro by LUMii 122 cm (4 ft) 4 Lamp T5 Light

03-117-155 EnviroGro by LUMii 54.8 cm 24 W T5 Lamp (6400 K) - Box of 20

03-140-055 EnviroGro by LUMii 60 cm (2 ft) 4 Lamp T5 Light

03-140-065 EnviroGro by LUMii 122 cm (4 ft) 8 Lamp T5 Light

03-117-185 EnviroGro by LUMii 114.9 cm 54 W T5 Lamp (6400 K) - Box of 20

hydrogarden.com

TLED | PROPAGATION LINKABL

PLUG & P

EnviroGro by LUMii TLED Tube

EnviroGro by LUMii TLED Fixture

• Replacement tubular lamps for TLED Fixture

• Cool Running Tubular LED Technology

• Highly energy efficient: 130 lm/W

• Long lasting with high yield potential

Technical Specifications

• On/Off switch

Size

Power Lumen Output

54.9 cm

114.9 cm 18 W

Colour Temp.

Up to 1180 lm

6000 K

Up to 2340 lm

Spectrum Graph 1.0

380

480 680 580 Wavelength (n/m)

L AY

• Outlet socket for daisy-chaining multiple units Technical Specifications Power

Max. 20 | 40 | 75 W

Input

220 - 240 V

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

IP Rating

IP40

More control for you: dual switches are featured on the 4 lamp models. Switches allow half illumination of either inner or outer lamps illuminated or full illumination of all lamps.

780 03-155-405 EnviroGro by LUMii 60 cm (2 ft) 2 Lamp TLED Fixture - 20 W

03-155-450 EnviroGro by LUMii 54.9 cm 9 W TLED Tube

03-155-410 EnviroGro by LUMii 60 cm (2 ft) 4 Lamp TLED Fixture - 40 W

03-155-455 EnviroGro by LUMii 114.9 cm 18 W TLED Tube

03-155-415 EnviroGro by LUMii 120 cm (4 ft) 4 Lamp TLED Fixture - 75 W

hydrogarden.com

PROPAGATION | LightHouse CLONE Range

OPTIMIS ED FOR USE WITH LEDS

LightHouse CLONE

LightHouse WHITE CLONE

•T he LightHouse CLONE Tent can be used for propagation or as a small grow tent •F eatures tri-layer 210 Denier material with special LightHouse ULTRALUX reflective liner • Excellent design and high quality make it a must-have • 2 x extraction outlets with a 100 mm (4”) ducting gland • 1 x low level passive air vent with fine (anti-mite) mesh • 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray Dimensions: 700 x 500 x 900 mm (when on a long edge as a propagation tent) Main frame made from 16 mm steel poles with nylon corners

15-500-050 LightHouse CLONE 1 (0.7 x 0.5 x 0.9 m)

TRALUX UL

ATURING FE

Technical Specifications

hydrogarden.com

SEE PAGE 223

Can comfortably fit 2 large ROOT!T Propagators

• Built to the same quality standard of the LightHouse CLONE Tent but optimised for LED •L ined with a highly reflective white inner lining, chosen specifically to ensure a homogenous diffusion of light from LEDs • Can be used for propagation or as a small grow tent. • 2 x extraction outlets with a 100 mm (4”) ducting gland • 1 x low level passive air vent with fine (anti-mite) mesh • 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray Technical Specifications Dimensions: 700 x 500 x 900 mm (when on a long edge as a propagation tent) Main frame made from 16 mm steel poles with nylon corners

15-500-505 LightHouse WHITE CLONE (0.7 x 0.5 x 0.9 m)

SEE PAG ES 232-235 FOR TH LIGHTHO E USE WHITE RANGE

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | Green Man Combi Systems Flexible reservoir also available

Flexible reservoir also available

Combi Systems Cleverly combining Deep Water Culture and dripper systems, the Green Man Combi Systems produce spectacular, rapid plant growth. • Pure hydro systems • 40 L capacity pots, perfect for a large rootzone to develop • Feeds from the top of the rootzone and direct from the bottom simultaneously • Internal reservoir oxygenated by 4” airstone in each pot, powered by quiet-running pump • Sloped, raised pot base ensures all nutrient drains back to the central reservoir • Complete kits - all the hardware required to start using the Green Man Combi Systems, including Air Kit

Green Man 1 Combi System

Green Man 2 Combi System

Green Man 3 Combi System

Includes

• 1 complete Combi pot with Fabric Pot liner

• 2 complete Combi pots with Fabric Pot liners

•3 complete Combi pots with Fabric Pot liners

• All required pipe and fittings

• Green Man Brain Controller

• 1 Hailea Twin Pump

• All required pipe and fittings

• 1 x 4” Airstone

• 1 00 L hard reservoir tank or flexible reservoir

• 1 Hailea ACO-9610 Pump

• 1 Hailea ACO-9630 Pump

• 2 x 4” Airstone

• 4 x 4” Airstone

• 4 mm Airline Pipe

01-080-005 Green Man 1 Combi System - 1 Pot

hydrogarden.com

01-080-010 Green Man 2 Combi System - 2 Pot

01-080-020 Green Man 3 Combi System - 3 Pot

01-080-015 Green Man 2 Combi (FLEX) System - 2 Pot

01-080-025 Green Man 3 Combi (FLEX) System - 3 Pot

Green Man Combi Systems | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS Flexible reservoir also available

Flexible reservoir also available

Green Man 4 Combi System

Green Man 6 Combi System

Green Man 8 Combi System

Green Man 12 Combi System

Green Man 16 Combi System

Includes

•4 complete Combi pots with Fabric Pot liners

• 6 complete Combi pots with Fabric Pot liners

•8 complete Combi pots with Fabric Pot liners

• 1 2 complete Combi pots with Fabric Pot liners

• 1 6 complete Combi pots with Fabric Pot liners

• Green Man Brain Controller

• All required pipe and fittings

50 L hard reservoir tank •2 or 225 L flexible reservoir

50 L hard reservoir tank •3 or 400 L flexible reservoir

• 1 Hailea ACO-9630 Pump

• 1 Enviro ET40 Pump

• 1 Enviro ET60 Pump

• 1 Enviro ET80 Pump

• 2 Enviro ET60 Pumps

• 4 x 4” Airstone

• 6 x 4” Airstone

• 9 x 4” Airstone

• 12 x 4” Airstone

• 18 x 4” Airstone

• 4 mm Airline Pipe

• 12-way steel manifold

• 18-way steel manifold

• 24-way steel manifold

• 2 x 18-way steel manifold

01-080-030 Green Man 4 Combi System - 4 Pot

01-080-040 Green Man 6 Combi System - 6 Pot

01-080-050 Green Man 8 Combi System - 8 Pot

01-080-060 Green Man 12 Combi System - 12 Pot

01-080-070 Green Man 16 Combi System -16 Pot

01-080-035 Green Man 4 Combi (FLEX) System - 4 Pot

01-080-045 Green Man 6 Combi (FLEX) System - 6 Pot

01-080-055 Green Man 8 Combi (FLEX) System - 8 Pot

01-080-065 Green Man 12 Combi (FLEX) System - 12 Pot

01-080-075 Green Man 16 Combi (FLEX) System - 16 Pot

hydrogarden.com

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | Green Man F&D Systems Flexible reservoir also available

Flexible reservoir also available

F&D Systems For growers that want impressive yields, but prefer to take life a little easier, the Green Man Flood & Drain Systems are a must have. •3 0 L capacity pots, perfect for a substantial rootzone to develop • Works on a simple flood & drain principle easy to use and ideal for new or less experienced growers • Complete kits - includes all the hardware required to start using the Green Man Flood & Drain Systems

hydrogarden.com

Green Man FD2 System

Green Man FD3 System

Green Man FD4 System

Includes

•2 complete FD pots with Fabric Pot liners

• 3 complete FD pots with Fabric Pot liners

•4 complete FD pots with Fabric Pot liners

• Green Man Brain Controller

• All required pipe and fittings

• 1 00 L hard reservoir tank or flexible reservoir

• 100 L hard reservoir tank or flexible reservoir

• 250 L hard reservoir tank or 225 L flexible reservoir

01-080-110 Green Man FD2 System - 2 Pot

01-080-120 Green Man FD3 System - 3 Pot

01-080-130 Green Man FD4 System - 4 Pot

01-080-115 Green Man FD2 (FLEX) System - 2 Pot

01-080-125 Green Man FD3 (FLEX) System - 3 Pot

01-080-135 Green Man FD4 (FLEX) System - 4 Pot

Green Man F&D Systems | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS Flexible reservoir also available

Flexible reservoir also available

Green Man FD6 System

Green Man FD8 System

Green Man FD12 System

Green Man FD16 System

Green Man FD24 System

Includes

•6 complete FD pots with Fabric Pot liners

• 8 complete FD pots with Fabric Pot liners

• 1 2 complete FD pots with Fabric Pot liners

• 1 6 complete FD pots with Fabric Pot liners

•2 4 complete FD pots with Fabric Pot liners

• Green Man Brain Controller

• All required pipe and fittings

• 250 L hard reservoir tank or 225 L flexible reservoir

• 350 L hard reservoir tank or 400 L flexible reservoir

• 750 L flexible reservoir

01-080-140 Green Man FD6 System - 6 Pot

01-080-150 Green Man FD8 System - 8 Pot

01-080-160 Green Man FD12 System - 12 Pot

01-080-170 Green Man FD16 System - 16 Pot

01-080-145 Green Man FD6 (FLEX) System - 6 Pot

01-080-155 Green Man FD8 (FLEX) System - 8 Pot

01-080-165 Green Man FD12 (FLEX) System - 12 Pot

01-080-175 Green Man FD16 (FLEX) System - 16 Pot

01-080-185 Green Man FD24 (FLEX) System - 24 Pot

hydrogarden.com

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | Green Man Kits 01-080-500

01-080-501 01-080-505

01-080-535

01-080-510

01-080-540

01-080-520

01-080-545

01-080-503

01-080-502

Green Man Combi Kits 1 Pot Components

Green Man Combi Kits 2, 3 & 6 Pot Packages

Green Man Flood & Drain Kits 2, 3 & 6 Pot Packages

• Expand an existing Green Man System set-up

• Expand an existing Green Man Flood & Drain System set-up

• Components of finished Green Man Systems sold as spares, not standalone kit

•C omponents of finished Green Man Systems sold as spares, not standalone kit

Includes

• 2, 3 or 6 complete combi pots

• 2, 3 or 6 complete flood & drain pots

• All required pipe and fittings

Module Includes

Inner Pot Includes

• 1 complete combi pot

• 1 inner basket

Bare Pot Includes

Pipe Kit Includes

• 1 bare single pot

• Pipe Roll • Watering Ring • Pumping Column • Inspection Pipe

01-080-500 Green Man Combi Kit 1 Pot - Module

01-080-501 Green Man Combi Kit 1 Pot - Bare Pot

01-080-505 Green Man Combi Kit 2 Pot Package

01-080-535 Green Man Flood & Drain Kit 2 Pot Package

01-080-502 Green Man Combi Kit 1 Pot - Inner Pot

01-080-510 Green Man Combi Kit 3 Pot Package

01-080-540 Green Man Flood & Drain Kit 3 Pot Package

01-080-503 Green Man Combi Kit 1 Pot - Pipe Kit

01-080-515 Green Man Combi Kit 6 Pot Package

01-080-545 Green Man Flood & Drain Kit 6 Pot Package

hydrogarden.com

Green Man Air Kits | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS Green Man Air Kits •T hese kits contain all the components required to keep constant airflow pouring through Airstones, and continual feed dripping through watering rings keeping plants fed and reservoirs oxygenated

01-080-725

• Quiet running pumps with anti-vibration rubber footings omponents of finished Green Man Systems •C sold as spares, not standalone kit 01-080-715

01-080-705

01-080-710

01-080-700 01-080-720

Air Kit 1

Air Kit 2

Air Kit 4

Air Kit 6

Air Kit 9

Air Kit 12

•2 -way air pump powers both the Airstone and pumping column

• Pump provides variable airflow to finely tune the watering speed of the pots and control the amount of oxygen in each of the pots’ reservoirs

• Use with up to a 4 pot Combi system or 8 pot F&D system

• Enviro ET series pump, renowned for quality and performance

nviro ET series pump, •E renowned for quality and performance

• Enviro ET series pump, renowned for quality and performance

Includes

•U se with up to a 6 pot Combi system or 12 pot F&D system

•U se with up to a 9 pot Combi system or 18 pot F&D system

•U se with up to a 12 pot Combi system or 24 pot F&D system

Includes

• 1 Enviro ET40 Pump

• 1 Enviro ET60 Pump

• 1 Enviro ET80 Pump

• 6 x 4” Airstone

• 9 x 4” Airstone

• 12 x 4” Airstone

• 4 mm Airline Pipe

• 12-way steel manifold

• 18-way steel manifold

• 24-way steel manifold

•U se with a 1 pot Combi system or 2 pot F&D system Includes • 1 Hailea Twin Pump

•U se with a 2 pot Combi system or 4 pot F&D system

• 1 x 4” Airstone

Includes

• 4 mm Airline Pipe

• 1 Hailea ACO-9630 Pump • 4 x 4” Airstone • 4mm Airline Pipe

• 1 Hailea ACO-9610 Pump • 2 x 4” Airstone • 4 mm Airline Pipe

01-080-700 Green Man Systems - Air Kit 1

01-080-710 Green Man Systems - Air Kit 4

01-080-720 Green Man Systems - Air Kit 9

01-080-705 Green Man Systems - Air Kit 2

01-080-715 Green Man Systems - Air Kit 6

01-080-725 Green Man Systems - Air Kit 12

hydrogarden.com

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | Green Man Components

Green Man System Brain

Green Man 30 L Fabric Pot

Green Man Substrate Tray

• The heart and mind of the system!

• A versatile piece of kit for any grow setup

• Regulates the amount plants get fed and for how long

•U se bare for hand-watering, place on a drip tray with dripper stakes for an easy irrigation system, or put inside a Green Man Flood & Drain system

• Turn your combi system into a flood and drain system with this substrate tray for the Green Man range

• Mixes up the solution in the reservoir before each feed • Operates on a timer for precision and reliability • 1 brain can control up to 100 pots • Component of finished Green Man Systems sold as spares, not standalone kit

01-080-600 Green Man Systems - Brain Controller

hydrogarden.com

aintains the right levels of fabric saturation for •M effectively wicking up nutrients, whilst allowing excess to flow out • Reinforced woven carry handles • Biodegradable, natural fibre fabric outer •C omponent of finished Green Man Systems sold as spares, not standalone kit

01-080-610 Green Man Systems - 30 L Fabric Pot

•R aises grow media up from the base of the pot, making room for airstone and ensuring substrate remains free-draining •C apable of supporting large plants weight distributed over 16 risers •C omponent of finished Green Man Systems sold as spares, not standalone kit

01-080-620 Green Man Systems - Substrate Tray

Green Man Tanks | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS 01-080-650

01-080-655

01-080-680

01-080-670

01-080-660

Green Man System Reservoirs

Green Man System Flexitanks

•F ully kitted out reservoirs, ready to connect to your Green Man System Brain Controller

• Flexible reservoirs, fully equipped and ready to connect to your Green Man System Brain Controller

• Hard tank made of strong, durable plastic

• Flexible tank, can be stored when not being used

• I ncludes a Sicce silent 1350 water pump with unique connection plug

• Requires no tools for assembly

• Available in three sizes •C omponent of finished Green Man Systems sold as spares, not standalone kit

• I ncludes a Sicce silent 1350 water pump with unique connection plug • Available in four sizes •C omponent of finished Green Man Systems sold as spares, not standalone kit

01-080-650 Green Man Systems - 100 L Reservoir 01-080-655 Green Man Systems - 250 L Reservoir

01-080-670 Green Man Systems - 100 L Flexitank

01-080-680 Green Man Systems - 400 L Flexitank

01-080-660 Green Man Systems - 350 L Reservoir

01-080-675 Green Man Systems - 225 L Flexitank

01-080-685 Green Man Systems - 750 L Flexitank

hydrogarden.com

TO G RO

WOR H E A VLID’S EST

P E P S E P P E R 2 0 1 7

We recommend offering these quality products to customers that come in wishing to buy a pot based system like GoGro...

TO G RO

CHILLI

Circular tray design: our round pots can be easily rotated, disrupting any root development out of the pot into the tray.

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | GoGro

The new and improved GoGro is a passive self-watering irrigation system without the need for power, ideal for growing plants in greenhouses or gardens with minimal effort from the grower. Perfect with Coco, Coco Pebble or Coco Perlite substrate mixes. • Keeps your plants watered automatically • Available with 15 or 25 L plastic pots, 17 or 26 L fabric pots as well as tray systems! • Fits Rhizo Pots or Air-Pots • Extremely low maintenance No electricity/pumps or timers required! • Simple to use and set up with full instructions • Suitable for all greenhouses, indoor gardening or simple hydroponic systems • GoGro can be used as a single unit or extended for multiple systems from the same nutrient tank • Unique, patented Valve design NEW & IMPROVED DESIGN 1. Stronger, larger 2.8 mm barb inlet 2. Amended valve design for better flow 3. Rubber grommet to hold water pipe secure 4. Fabric pot option now available

hydrogarden.com

Extra deep tray grooves: means better nutrient circulation within the tray

Quality: made from high quality, durable parts

GoGro Valve: automatically controls the flow of water into the tray; capillary action then keeps the media damp so plants are never short of water

New & improved barb: 2.8 mm ID barbed inlet makes it highly effective with mineral fertilisers such as CANNA, VitaLink and House & Garden

Convenient ‘tube tidy’: the groove positioned on the base of the tray fits 13 mm pipe, allowing you to configure modules in a neat and tidy manner

GoGro | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS 28.5 L

GoGro Style 3 Plant Systems •G oGro Style brings colour and nature to a growers’ home or outdoor area • UV and frost proof • I deal for growing in small spaces

GoGro Essential 2 Plant Kits

GoGro Essential 4 Plant Kits

• 2 x 15 L GoGro Modules

• 4 x 15 L GoGro Modules

• 45 L Reservoir

• Kit bag contains everything you need to set your module up

•E xpand your layout up to a maximum of eight modules

•M odular design allows for flexible layouts

15 L

RETAIL PACKAGING

01-075-050 GoGro Essential 2 Plant - 15 L

15 L

RETAIL PACKAGING

01-075-100 GoGro Essential 4 Plant - 15 L

GoGro Expansion 2 Plant Kit • Expand your GoGro Essential 2 or 4 Plant Kits up to a maximum of eight modules! •K it bag contains everything you need to set your module up

RETAIL PACKAGING

01-075-155 GoGro Style 3 Plant System - White

15 L

01-075-160 GoGro Style 3 Plant System - Purple

RETAIL PACKAGING

01-075-165 GoGro Style 3 Plant System - Lime Green 01-075-170 GoGro Style 3 Plant System - Trio of Mixed colours

01-075-080 GoGro Expansion 2 Plant - 15 L

hydrogarden.com

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | GoGro Modules 1 GoGro 15 L Modules

GoGro 25 L Modules

GoGro 5 Pot Floor Tray Module

• Kit bag contains everything you need to set your module up

•K it bag contains everything you need to set your module up

• Designed to be situated directly on the floor

• Fits most industry standard round 15 L pots

its most •F industry standard round 25 L pots

• Uses the same amount of water as five separately set up pots

15 L

25 L

01-075-005 GoGro 15 L Module

01-075-010 GoGro 25 L Module

01-075-015 GoGro 15 L Module - without Pot

01-075-020 GoGro 25 L Module - without Pot

GoGro 17 L DirtPot Modules

GoGro 26 L DirtPot Modules

• Kit bag contains everything you need to set your modules

•K it bag contains everything you need to set your modules

• Holds five 35 L pots, all fed through one GoGro Valve • Designed to suit a 1.2 or 1.5 m2 growtent Technical Specifications Dimensions: 1.2 x 1.2 m

35 L

01-075-705 GoGro 5 Pot Floor Tray Module

GoGro 5 Pot Pallet Tray Module •D esigned to be situated on top of a pallet, to allow for more efficient space management and simple movement •H olds five 35 L pots, all fed through one GoGro Valve •U ses the same amount of water as five separately set up pots Technical Specifications

17 L

26 L

Dimensions: 1.2 x 1.2 m Pallet Dimensions 1.2 x 1 m Note: Pallet not included

35 L 01-075-025 GoGro 17 L DirtPot Modules - Bundle of 10

1 34

hydrogarden.com

01-075-030 GoGro 26 L DirtPot Modules - Bundle of 10

01-075-725 GoGro 5 Pot Pallet Tray Module

GoGro Modules | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS 2

Building kits with modules is easy

GoGro Reservoir Connection Kit

1. Choose the pot modules you need 2. C hoose the amount of feed lines you want, 1, 2, 3 or 4 and order the connection kit, extension kits as required and 13 mm pipe

Includes • 1 x 13 mm Snap-on hose connector (female) • 1 x 13 mm Nut & Tail with 3/4” BSP • 1 x 13 mm Ratchet Clamp

3. Choose the correct size reservoir

• 1 x 13 mm Inline Filter • 1 x 13 mm Inline Tap Note: Order 13 mm Pipe separately to suit needs

NEW & IMPROVED DESIGN 01-075-550 GoGro Reservoir Connection Kit Bag

GoGro Line Extension Kit Includes • 1 x 13 mm Tee • 1 x 13 mm Elbow • 1 x 13 mm Inline Tap Note: Order 13 mm Pipe separately to suit needs

Choosing your Tanks/Reservoir Chose a reservoir that has the capacity to allow for 5 – 10 L of water per module.

SEE P 73 FO AGE R RANG OUR EO PIPE F

Our connection kits contain appropriate parts for fitting to both male quick release outlets or threaded outlets. If the reservoir has a barbed outlet, you can attach the 13 mm pipe direct. Easy!

FOR OUR FULL RANGE OF TANKS & RESERVOIRS, SEE PAGES 60-61

01-075-555 GoGro Line Extension Kit Bag

Choosing layout - Connection Kits & Pipe Order a Reservoir Connection Kit and appropriate pipe to connect the module to your reservoir via a single line. Add more lines of pots with the Line Extension Kit, each kit makes one line. 13 mm pipe not included.

VISIT THE GOGRO BUILDER AT GOGRO.CO.UK TO HELP YOU BUILD LARGER SYSTEMS FOR CUSTOMERS

hydrogarden.com

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | GoGro Spares GoGro Round Reservoir with Lid •R eservoir designed for use with GoGro •S uitable for small setups only using 4 mm tube

01-075-500 GoGro Valve

01-075-515 GoGro Tray Collar

01-075-505 GoGro Tray

01-075-520 GoGro Valve Pillar Support

GoGro Root Control Discs • Prevents roots from growing outside of your potspots and stops substrate leaking into the valve tray

01-075-510 GoGro Tray Lid

01-075-525 GoGro Valve Float Lid

01-075-530 GoGro Inlet Grommet

an also be used •C as a secondary source of solution for gully systems

01-045-355 GoGro 45 L Round Reservoir with Lid

GoGro 5 Pot Floor & Pallet Trays

GoGro Valve & Channel Covers

GoGro Reservoir Connection Kit - 4 mm

•T he Floor & Pallet Tray component for the GoGro 5 pot system

• Prevents airborne dust and debris from blocking the channels of the GoGro Floor & Pallet Trays

• Suits 45 L GoGro Round Reservoir only Includes • 4 mm round reservoir filter and membrane • 4 mm inline valve • 4 mm flexible tube - 1 m

01-075-620 GoGro Root Control Disc - 265 mm

01-075-625 GoGro Root Control Disc - 300 mm

01-075-750 GoGro 5 Pot Pallet Tray

01-075-760 GoGro 5 Pot Tray - Valve Cover - White

01-075-630 GoGro Root Control Disc - 370 mm

01-075-755 GoGro 5 Pot Floor Tray

01-075-765 GoGro 5 Pot Tray - Channel Cover - White

hydrogarden.com

01-075-545 GoGro 4 mm Reservoir Connection Kit Bag

GoGro Top Tips | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS GoGro top tips for a bumper yield 1. Set up your GoGro Valve before use

6. Start off by hand feeding your plants

Always do this before use and after cleaning to make sure there are no leaks or blockages and it functions correctly to get consistent growth across all pots.

Pot your plants up in the GoGro pots but don’t add solution to the reservoir — simply hand water them until roots have established which would be around 10–14 days.

Its simple to do: Check the inlet nipple is open and free of debris

Coco growing: feed with a half normal strength nutrient solution

2. Check your ‘Gravity Pressure’ is right

7. Keep your nutrient solution mixed

GoGro systems don’t use a pump (a silent system). It uses gravity to deliver the feed solution to your pots. To allow gravity to work correctly you need to place your reservoir at least 15 cm (6 inches) higher than the top of your GoGro Valves.

Keep the nutrient solution in your reservoir well mixed either by mixing by hand regularly or air pump.

3. Place a layer of clay pebbles in the base of your pots (supplied free in all boxed kits) This will improve the drainage in each pot. The layer needs to be 20–40 mm deep. 4. Choose the correct Substrate Choose a substrate that is light and airy and free draining, Reduced Peat or Coco substrates are ideal mixed with Perlite. We would recommend PRO7 COCO 70/30 or a good quality Coco substrate.

8. Keep your dripper lines and valve free from mineral build up To keep your nutrient solution flowing cleanly through your system we recommend using a cleaner in your grow schedule such as CANNA D-Block. If you’re using unfiltered water in a hard water area then this is a must. 9. Clean your GoGro System after every harvest Make sure you deep clean your GoGro Valves by scrubbing the valve parts. Clean your pipework with a cleaner such as CANNA D-Block. Make a full inspection before assembling the system ready to grow again to make sure all pots are functioning as they should be.

5. Choose the correct nutrients & additives It is important to not use any thick organic based feeds or additives in your reservoir as they can block pipework and build up deposits. To use organic feeds, apply directly into the pot weekly. To keep your pipework clear, use mineral based nutrients.

hydrogarden.com

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | GoGro Systems Flexible Tank also available

Flexible Tank also available

GoGro 1 Pot System

GoGro 2 Pot System

GoGro 4 Pot System

GoGro 6 Pot System

Includes

• 1 complete 15 or 25 L GoGro Module

• 2 complete 15 or 25 L GoGro Modules

• 4 complete 15 or 25 L GoGro Modules

• 6 complete 15 or 25 L GoGro Modules

• All required pipe and fittings

• 45 L Reservoir or 60 L Flexible Tank

• 100 L Reservoir or 100 L Flexible Tank

01-075-200 GoGro 15 L 1 Pot System – 45 L Reservoir

01-075-210 GoGro 15 L 2 Pot System – 45 L Reservoir

01-075-220 GoGro 15 L 4 Pot System – 45 L Reservoir

01-075-230 GoGro 15 L 6 Pot System – 100 L Reservoir

01-075-205 GoGro 15 L 1 Pot System – 60 L Flexible Tank

01-075-215 GoGro 15 L 2 Pot System – 60 L Flexible Tank

01-075-225 GoGro 15 L 4 Pot System – 60 L Flexible Tank

01-075-235 GoGro 15 L 6 Pot System – 100 L Flexible Tank

01-075-300 GoGro 25 L 1 Pot System – 45 L Reservoir

01-075-310 GoGro 25 L 2 Pot System – 45 L Reservoir

01-075-320 GoGro 25 L 4 Pot System – 45 L Reservoir

01-075-330 GoGro 25 L 6 Pot System – 100 L Reservoir

01-075-305 GoGro 25 L 1 Pot System – 60 L Flexible Tank

01-075-315 GoGro 25 L 2 Pot System – 60 L Flexible Tank

01-075-325 GoGro 25 L 4 Pot System – 60 L Flexible Tank

01-075-335 GoGro 25 L 6 Pot System – 100 L Flexible Tank

NEW & IMPROVED DESIGN, SEE PAGE 32 FOR MORE INFO

Flexible Tank also available

hydrogarden.com

GoGro Systems | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS Flexible Tank also available

Flexible Tank also available

GoGro 8 Pot System

GoGro 12 Pot System

GoGro 24 Pot System

GoGro 48 Pot System

Includes

• 8 complete 15 or 25 L GoGro Modules

• 12 complete 15 or 25 L GoGro Modules

• 24 complete 15 or 25 L GoGro Modules

• 48 complete 15 or 25 L GoGro Modules

• All required pipe and fittings

• 100 L Reservoir or 100 L Flexible Tank

• 250 L Reservoir or 250 L Flexible Tank

• 250 L Reservoir or 500 L Flexible Tank

01-075-240 GoGro 15 L 8 Pot System – 100 L Reservoir

01-075-250 GoGro 15 L 12 Pot System – 250 L Reservoir

01-075-260 GoGro 15 L 24 Pot System – 250 L Reservoir

01-075-270 GoGro 15 L 48 Pot System – 250 L Reservoir

01-075-245 GoGro 15 L 8 Pot System – 100 L Flexible Tank

01-075-255 GoGro 15 L 12 Pot System – 250 L Flexible Tank

01-075-265 GoGro 15 L 24 Pot System – 500 L Flexible Tank

01-075-275 GoGro 15 L 48 Pot System – 500 L Flexible Tank

01-075-340 GoGro 25 L 8 Pot System – 100 L Reservoir

01-075-350 GoGro 25 L 12 Pot System – 250 L Reservoir

01-075-360 GoGro 25 L 24 Pot System – 250 L Reservoir

01-075-370 GoGro 25 L 48 Pot System – 250 L Reservoir

01-075-345 GoGro 25 L 8 Pot System – 100 L Flexible Tank

01-075-355 GoGro 25 L 12 Pot System – 250 L Flexible Tank

01-075-365 GoGro 25 L 24 Pot System – 500 L Flexible Tank

01-075-375 GoGro 25 L 48 Pot System – 500 L Flexible Tank

NEW & IMPROVED DESIGN, SEE PAGE 32 FOR MORE INFO

hydrogarden.com

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | PLANT!T aeros Heavy duty mesh pot

Lid with integrated handles

High quality air pump (Position above water level)

Cable management points. All pipes fit neatly, so no blocked pipes or airlines. All fit correctly so no problems with light or algae

Aerated DWC Systems Aerated Deep Water Culture (DWC) systems that keep the nutrient/water solution constantly moving and oxygen rich, so that the roots stay healthy. • Require very little growing media • Bubbles produced by airstones keep the nutrient/water solution constantly moving and oxygen rich, for healthy roots • It is important to monitor the EC and pH levels closely with this system in order to gain optimum results. This is easy to do by simply removing the inspection port cover and taking a pH/EC reading • Complete kits - all the hardware and fittings to get you growing

Inspection cover making the monitoring of the EC and pH levels easy

15 L VOIR R E S RE

Profile level indicator

Stable footprint

hydrogarden.com

PLANT!T aeros | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS

RETAIL PACKAGING RETAIL PACKAGING

PLANT!T aeros Module

PLANT!T aeros I System

PLANT!T aeros IV System

•P rovides you the option of creating a multi-pot system by simply adding a suitable air supply

•A single outlet air pump and a submersible airstone to provide a large amount of oxygen to the roots of the plant, resulting in rapid growth

• Features 4 planters and a separate nutrient solution master tank with a level indicator

or a system of 5 pots or more - choose the flexibility •F of the aeros module. A controller reservoir for recirculation is optional. Technical Specifications Total Maximum Volume: 15 L Total Working Volume: 12 L Dimensions (approx.): 357 x 353 x 303 mm

Technical Specifications Total Maximum Volume: 15 L Total Working Volume: 12 L Dimensions (approx.): 357 x 353 x 303 mm NOTE: when using the system, the air pump should be positioned above the water level.

he two twin outlet air pumps and a submersible airstone •T in each pot provide a large amount of oxygen to the roots of the plant, resulting in rapid growth •F lexible - plants can be moved around as each aeros is a standalone system Technical Specifications Total Maximum Volume: 75 L Total Working Volume: 60 L Dimensions (approx.): 1000 x 1000 x 303 mm NOTE: when using the system, the air pump should be positioned above the water level.

01-060-005 PLANT!T aeros Module

01-060-010 PLANT!T aeros I System

01-060-020 PLANT!T aeros IV System

hydrogarden.com

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | PLANT!T gemini

Laser cut flow-ring means reduced chance of blockages

Cable management points. All pipes fit neatly, so no blocked pipes or airlines. All fit correctly so no problems with light or algae

Recirculating System A stand-alone 1 plant recirculating hydroponic system. Plants are supported and grown in a media, such as clay pebbles and suspended above the tank filled with nutrient solution. utrient solution is pumped through the clay pebbles, •N via a specially designed laser cut flow-ring, direct to the roots of the plant • Flexible - plants can be moved around as each PLANT!T gemini is a standalone system • Free draining, highly oxygenated root zone with no nutrient or water build up for better results • It is important to monitor the EC and pH levels closely with this system in order to gain optimum results. This is easy to do by simply removing the inspection cover and taking a pH/EC reading • Complete kits - all the hardware and fittings to get you growing

Inspection cover making the monitoring of the EC and pH levels easy

Stable footprint Profile level indicator

hydrogarden.com

PLANT!T gemini & Herb Garden | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS

CLAY PEBBL E INCLU S DED

RETAIL PACKAGING

PLANT!T gemini System

PLANT!T Herb Garden

• A stand-alone 1 plant recirculating hydroponic system upplied with a floor insert giving you the option to decide on the amount of •S media you use; use the insert and less media giving greater tank volume or remove the insert and increase the media volume • 10 L bag of clay pebbles included Technical Specifications Maximum Reservoir Volume: 15 L

10 L growing media

18 L growing media

• Built-in full spectrum LED grow light with ‘boost’ and dim settings ses a simple wick system to water the plants •U simply keep the reservoir topped up! •P lanting pot can be removed from the lighting stand when potting up or harvesting your plants Technical Specifications

Dimensions (approx.): 350 x 350 x 450 mm

Input Voltage

15 L liquid volume

01-060-050 PLANT!T gemini System

• A handy all-in-one self-watering system that will allow you to grow fresh herbs and lettuces in your home

8 L liquid volume

01-060-155 PLANT!T gemini Flow Ring Kit (Spare Part)

24 V DC

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

Power

7.5 W

IP Rating

IP20

Optimal light cycle for all stages of both plant growth and development

18-015-300 PLANT!T Herb Garden - White

RETAIL PACKAGING Note: Plants not included

hydrogarden.com

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | NFT Gully Bespoke Gully Orders

SureGrow NFT Gully Our leading SureGrow NFT (Nutrient Film Technique) Gully system has proven successful across the world. Whether you are producing flowers, fodder, tomatoes, cucumbers, capsicum, courgettes, strawberries, any type of lettuce, micro and traditional herbs or larger leafy varieties of crops, there is a gully system to suit you. NFT is a continuous flow hydroponic technique where a pump delivers the nutrient solution to the top of a channel. It then runs in a shallow stream along the channel back down to the reservoir. •T wo-piece design for easy cleaning that can be joined inline for extended runs • Non-toxic and manufactured to food-grade specifications for growing edible produce • UV stabilised • Versatile – can be modified for several growing methods • Convex “Snap-on” lid ensures against rain and weather damage when used outside, while giving easy access for cleaning • Concave base will direct the nutrient towards the centre of the channel • Lids come undrilled but a hole drilling service is available

SureGrow NFT Gully can be used to build a hydroponic system to fill virtually any growing area, regardless of size or shape. Please ask if you require advice on layout options and system design.

Here are four separate plans that were produced for a commercial grower

Standard SureGrow Trough and Lid length is 2.8 m, but SureGrow Inline Joiners allow lengths to be connected together, and both Troughs and Lids can be cut to order. This allows single Gully to be whatever length is required – though usual recommended maximum NFT channel length is 10-12 m. SureGrow Lids come undrilled, but a drilling service is also available, with planting hole sizes of 50 mm, 75 mm or 100 mm available – distance apart requested will be assumed from hole centres unless clearly stated otherwise. NOTE: LEAD TIMES – clearly, bespoke Gully orders cannot be delivered the next day. Most orders can be expected within 5 working days, though large orders could take longer – rest assured we would aim to get them in the shortest time possible. We can advise better once we know your detailed requirements. What do I need to consider for a complete system? • Gully size: SG50 or SG70 • Trough spacing: dictated by plant size at maturity and whether access is required for plant maintenance •S taging for Gully and slope for NFT channels: recommended slope for NFT is 1:40 to 1:20 (2.5 cm to 5 cm per metre). •J oins: All joins, including end caps, must be sealed with silicon sealant to be watertight •P lumbing: Pump and Tank requirements, delivery and drainage plumbing – we should be able to supply everything required, please ask for advice if unsure

Information REQUIRED for Bespoke Gully Orders 1. Gully size: SG50 or SG70 2. Number of Troughs and Lids required?

Plant site

3. Length of Troughs and Lids required if not standard (2.8 m)?

Nutrient gutters to return run-off to large external reservoir

4. Size and number of holes to be drilled per lid (and spacing) if required? 5. Number of End Caps, Joiners, End Caps with Spout & 32 mm Spigots required?

hydrogarden.com

Reservoir tanks underneath the gully

NFT Gully | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS End Cap with Spout

HOLE LING DRIL CE I SERV LE AB AVAIL Inline Joiner

SG70

SG50

End Cap

01-000-250 01-000-195

SureGrow NFT Gully

SureGrow NFT Gully Components

PLANT!T Spreader Mat

SG50 - 100 mm (4”) 2 Part Gully

• We recommend that you apply silicone to prevent leaks

A 100 mm wide by 50 mm deep (4” x 2”) gully with detachable lid. A thin, shallow trough suitable for smaller leafed varieties, such as herbs, and ‘fancy’ lettuce.

Plain End Cap Fit to the end of gully, these end caps are designed for a ‘friction fit’.

•S preader Mat breaks the surface tension of water and nutrient and helps to wet the surface of all types of systems

SG70 - 155 mm (6”) 2 Part Gully A 155 mm wide by 70 mm deep (6” x 2.5”) gully with detachable lid. A wider trough suitable for large leafy plant varieties, such as tomatoes, cucumbers, peppers and courgettes

Plain End Cap with Spout Just like the Plain End Cap but featuring a spout that reduces system costs by eliminating the need for building or purchasing ‘header or collection tanks/boxes’. They are designed for a ‘friction fit’.

• Get nutrient solutions to your roots • Especially useful for NFT systems

Inline Joiner Allows you to connect more than one channel of gully together. Marley 32 mm Spigot This fitting connects to the End Cap with Spout to enable the nutrient solution to pour into the reservoir tank.

SG50 Net Pot Slightly smaller than the gully hole to allow easy access for checking the root zone and less root damage when lifting. Suits 50 mm deep troughs. 01-000-225 SG50 Trough 2.8 m Length

01-000-210 SG50 Plain End Cap

01-000-310 SG70 Plain End Cap

01-000-230 SG50 Lid 2.8 m Length

01-000-215 SG50 End Cap with Spout

01-000-315 SG70 End Cap with Spout

01-000-325 SG70 Trough 2.8 m Length

01-000-220 SG50 Inline Joiner

01-000-320 SG70 Inline Joiner

10-490-005 Spreader Mat - 250 m roll x 20 cm wide

01-000-330 SG70 Lid 2.8 m Length

01-000-250 SG50 Net Pot

01-000-195 Marley 32 mm Spigot

10-490-010 PLANT!T Spreader Mat - 25 m roll x 20 cm wide

hydrogarden.com

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | DIY Ideas

DIY Ideas & Parts With our huge range of pots, trays and irrigation equipment it is easy to make up your own systems, ideal for extending margins and giving your shop a unique product or simply to promote the idea to your customers. Here we show you some specific products that lend themselves ideally to DIY systems and some system ideas to get you started.

Simple Pot Dripper System This is a very simple passive system that works from gravity feed off a 100 L (or similar) water reservoir. Our PLANT!T Water Timer is set to open and close the valve, allowing a small amount of water to go to the drippers, with you able to alter the dripper flow to suit your needs (this timing you set manually from observation of your plants demands).

DIY Low Level Tank Top-up for Nutrients This simple auto top-up system is ideal for heavy feeding plants when you are using systems with small master tanks such as the Brummie Bubbler and NFT kits. The PLANT!T BigFloat Auto Top-Up Kit lets you connect a secondary larger reservoir to your existing tank then, using gravity and a low-pressure float valve, it automatically tops up and maintains nutrient levels in your system. A timed air pump connected to a golf ball airstone in your top-up tank stops the solution from going stagnant. Spend less time filling and inspecting your tanks, and protect your plants from drying out if your reservoir runs low.

R IDEAL FO Y V HEA BIG FEEDING T PLAN S

Alternative option: use our PLANT!T Dirt Pots in a flexible tray and additional bamboo canes

What You Need

• PLANT!T Water Timer (see page 50)

• Existing System eg. Brummie Bubbler (see page 50)

• 13 mm pipe (see page 73)

• PLANT!T BigFloat Auto Top-Up Kit (see page 49)

• 4 mm pipe (see page 73)

• Reservoir up to 400 L (see pages 60-61)

• 4 mm – 13 mm cross connector (see page 64)

• Air Pump (see page 76-77)

• 13 mm Barb End Plug (see page 65)

• Air Line (see page 73)

• 360° adjustable dripper on stake (see page 69)

• Golf ball Airstone (see page 74)

• Pot & Saucer (see pages 54-57)

hydrogarden.com

Golf ball airstones stop water going stagnant

DIY Ideas | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS Bucket Bubbler System

DIY Drip Ring and Fizzer System

Ideal for one ‘BIG’ plant, this simple bucket hydroponic system is very easy to set up and very popular for growing a few large specimens in small spaces.

DIY Drip Ring System

You simply cut a hole in the top of the bucket to add a PLANT!T Heavy Duty Net Pot. A second small hole is cut in the lid to take the pump airline. A third hole is drilled in the side of the bucket to fit the PLANT!T DIY level Indicator. The plant sits in the net pot which is suspended over the aerated nutrient solution. The roots grow through the net pot and chosen growing media (we recommend VitaLink Clay Pebbles), reaching into the solution below. It eventually forms a large “root ball” in the bottom of the bucket around the airstone. These are low maintenance systems and plants love them. Choose our PLANT!T 20 L Heavy Duty Bucket and Lid if you want to use a larger inner net pot as the lid is stronger to take the weight. The PLANT!T bucket also comes with added features like an Air Line slot so you don’t need to drill a hole for the air line, saving time and making a neater finish

See the PLANT!T 20 L Heavy Duty Bucket on page 48

This simple system re-circulates your nutrient solution from the bucket and delivers a constant feed to the plant via a perforated ring. Similar to the principles of the gemini it offers the grower great results.

Choose your desired pump. There are 3 options available for this system: A

7.5 L Round Pot (PLANT!T Bucket Lid and cutting required)

10 L Round Pot (PLANT!T Bucket Lid and cutting required)

15 L Round Pot (PLANT!T Bucket Lid NOT required)

For options A and B you will need to cut the lid to take the pot. Option C does not need the PLANT!T Bucket Lid or any cutting, simply place the pot inside the PLANT!T 20 L Bucket. DIY Fizzer System This is a fusion system based on the Bubbler and the drip ring design. The principle is the same as the drip ring system with the addition of an air stone placed in the base of your media pot increasing the oxygen levels around the root zone.

Several can be run off a single multi-outlet air pump or compressor with manifold. Airstone and pump of your choice.

What You Need

• Bucket & Lid (see page 60)

• PLANT!T 20 L Heavy Duty Bucket (see page 48)

• PLANT!T DIY Level Indicator (see page 49)

• Round Pots (see page 54)

• 80 mm Heavy Duty Net Pot (see page 56)

• PLANT!T Bucket Lid (see page 48) - required for options A and B

• Air Pump (see page 76-77)

• PLANT!T DIY Level indicator (see page 49)

• Air Line (see page 73)

• PLANT!T Watering Ring (see page 49)

• Airstone - Golf ball airstone is most common (see page 74)

• 13 mm pipe (see page 73) • Air Line, Airstone and Pump (see pages 73, 74 & 76-77) - required for DIY Fizzer System

hydrogarden.com

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | DIY

Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pots

PLANT!T Heavy Duty Bucket & Lid

• Heavy gauge, dense plastic netting, which is more resistant to cracking

•P urpose-made bucket for DIY hobby-hydro systems while still maintaining function as a storage container

• Ideal for use in aeroponic systems as they offer the plants excellent breathing opportunities • Perfect for use in Flood & Drain and NFT set ups • Fits the PLANT!T Bucket Lid

• 20 L capacity • Heaviest, strongest bucket on the market fitting lid with indicator areas in the top to • Tight show where to cut to fit net pots

330 mm

Cable management points. All pipes fit neatly, so no blocked pipes or airlines. All fit correctly so no problems with light or algae

•F lat side panel on bucket to aid easy drilling for pipe inlets and better watertight seals

370 mm

when used as storage container, • Stackable the base locates onto the lid

01-010-060 Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot 80 mm Diameter

01-010-065 Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot 140 mm Diameter

01-010-312 PLANT!T 20 L Bucket

300 mm

01-010-070 Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot 200 mm Diameter

01-010-317 PLANT!T Bucket Lid

365 mm

hydrogarden.com

DIY | HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS MIXED PACK O F COLOU 6 RS

PLANT!T BigFloat Auto Top-Up Kit •A utomatically tops-up and maintains nutrient levels in your system reservoirs from a header tank of your choice, no pump is required as it works under gravity • I deal for unattended growrooms and holiday periods •S imply attach to the header tank of your choice up to 400 L Includes • • • •

1 x 2 metres 13 mm Flexible Pipe 1 x 13 mm Barbed Tee 1 x 13 mm Nut & Tail with 3/4” BSP 1 x 13 mm Barb to Snap-on Female Hose Connector • 1 x Grey Low Pressure Float Valve

01-045-105 PLANT!T BigFloat Auto Top-Up Kit

PLANT!T Watering Ring • Ideal for use with DIY kits or systems llows for even watering throughout •A growing media eliminating dry areas and maximising root growth •L aser cutting eliminates swarf, creating very clean holes and reducing the likelihood of blockages •A djustable angle 13 mm T-piece for connecting to dripper lines or “in-pot feed” from below Technical Specifications Dimensions (approx.): 200 mm diameter

01-045-115 PLANT!T Watering Ring

PLANT!T DIY Level Indicator Kit • Designed for an easy reading of the amount of water in buckets and tanks • I ncludes all fittings needed to connect to your bucket or tank •G rommet requires a 16 mm hole whilst the level indicator clip is stuck on so there is no need for another hole.

01-045-120 PLANT!T DIY Level Indicator Kit

PLANT!T Neoprene Collar •S upport cuttings with or without the use of artificial media or net pot • I deal for use with clone machines, hydro systems and aeroponics •S upports new cuttings without damaging any of the plant’s delicate tissue •A slit from the centre makes inserting and removing cuttings simple • Fits 51 mm Net Pot Technical Specifications Dimensions: 48 x 12.7 mm

12-550-185 PLANT!T 48 mm Neoprene Collar - Pack of 100

hydrogarden.com

HYDROPONIC SYSTEMS | DIY & Bubbler Kit WORKS RAVITY WITH G OR TAP RE PRESSU Tap Pressure: Connect to a mains tap to water beds via dripline or any proprietary irrigation kit

Gravity: Connect to a water butt tap to water/feed pots via low pressure drippers or PLANT!T Watering Rings (filter included)

PLANT!T Water Timer

Brummie Bubbler Kit

• Gravity feed and mains pressure irrigation controller. Simply select the time you want the water supply to be turned on and off, link up to your irrigation dripper line and the timer will do the rest

• A hybrid growing system that effectively combines bubbling and dripping methods to produce stunning results

• Easy to install and simple to use, with just 2 dials for setting frequency and run time • Auto safety valve shut-off when battery power is low and programme delay button for when you need to do plant maintenance work and don’t want to be irrigating • Includes extra fittings to connect to a water butt, as well as a filter Working pressure range: 0-150 PSI (0-10 BAR) Connection: 3/4 male /female tap/hose connector Frequency: can select to irrigate every 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24, 48, 72 hours or 1 week Run (on) time: 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 90 or 120 minutes

01-045-125 PLANT!T Water Timer

hydrogarden.com

•W ith the addition of an extra trough, drip ring, 13 mm T connector and a small length of tube, you can make this system a 2-plant kit Includes • 1 x 80 L Tank • 1 x 16 L Trough

h ill

• 1 x Double outlet air pump •2 x Air stones and air line • 1 x Water pump and watering ring

01-040-055 “Brummie Bubbler” Kit

ole

s as r e q uir

Technical specifications

•T he automated drip ring allows you to run the system on full with a plant in place immediately after transplanting, so no more hand-watering young plants!

• Ideal for watering allotments, lawns, gardens, shrubs, pots, hanging baskets, patio irrigation, roof gardens, holiday watering and sprinklers

• DIY kit, a drill is required for making holes in the trough

POTS, TRAYS & TANKS

POTS, TRAYS & TANKS | Square Fabric Pots 26 L

17 L

11 L

Handles (except 11 L)

Cane holders (canes not included)

PLANT!T Square Fabric Dirt Pots

SUITS SQUARE 29 CM2 SAUCER

SUITS SQUARE 33 CM2 SAUCER

SUITS SQUARE 42 CM2 SAUCER

01-010-465 PLANT!T Square Base Dirt Pot 11 L - Pack of 10

01-010-470 PLANT!T Square Base Dirt Pot 17 L - Pack of 10

01-010-475 PLANT!T Square Base Dirt Pot 26 L - Pack of 10

56 L

37 L

• Lightweight and reusable • Promotes vigorous plant growth • No root circling • Great for Tender Perennials - heavy duty handles that allow you to manoeuvre them around your garden or glasshouse • Breathable, soft fabric means superior drainage and aeration • Manages plant temperatures – keeping plants cooler in summer and warmer in winter • Reinforced seams and strength-tested fabric so they will not tear when supporting even the heaviest crop Note: We recommended that you irrigate the top with a PLANT!T Watering Ring or drippers, see pages 49 & 69 SUITS GARLAND 60 CM2 TRAY 01-010-480 PLANT!T Square Base Dirt Pot 37 L - Pack of 5

hydrogarden.com

SUITS ROUND 60 CM2 SAUCER 01-010-485 PLANT!T Square Base Dirt Pot 56 L - Pack of 5

Round Fabric Pots | POTS, TRAYS & TANKS 26 L

17 L

11 L

PERFECT FOR GOGRO

SUITS ROUND 30 CM SAUCER 01-010-800 PLANT!T Round Dirt Pot 11 L - Pack of 10

30 L

Handles

SUITS ROUND 35 CM SAUCER 01-010-805 PLANT!T Round Dirt Pot 17 L - Pack of 10

SUITS ROUND 40 CM SAUCER 01-010-810 PLANT!T Round Dirt Pot 26 L - Pack of 10

PLANT!T Round Fabric Dirt Pots

56 L

37 L

• Lightweight and reusable • Promotes vigorous plant growth • No root circling reat for Tender Perennials - heavy duty handles that allow •G you to manoeuvre them around your garden or glasshouse • Breathable, soft fabric means superior drainage and aeration anages plant temperatures – keeping plants cooler in •M summer and warmer in winter •R einforced seams and strength-tested fabric so they will not tear when supporting even the heaviest crop Note: We recommended that you irrigate the top with a PLANT!T Watering Ring or drippers, see pages 49 & 69 SUITS ROUND 40 CM SAUCER 01-010-812 PLANT!T Round Dirt Pot 30 L - Pack of 10

SUITS ROUND 45 CM SAUCER 01-010-815 PLANT!T Round Dirt Pot 37 L - Pack of 5

SUITS ROUND 60 CM SAUCER 01-010-820 PLANT!T Round Dirt Pot 56 L - Pack of 5

hydrogarden.com

POTS, TRAYS & TANKS | Round Pots

Dimensions: 0 190 x 150 mm

01-010-006 Round Black 1 L Pot

01-010-008 Round Black 3 L Pot

10 L

SUITS ROUND 30 CM SAUCER

SUITS ROUND 60 CM SAUCER 01-010-087 Round Black 35 L Pot

01-010-082 Round Black 20 L Pot

hydrogarden.com

SUITS ROUND 40 CM SAUCER 01-010-085 Round Black 25 L Pot

HANDLES AVAILABLE FOR USE WITH 35 & 65 L POTS

Dimensions: 0 540 x 350 mm

Dimensions: 0 460 x 320 mm

Dimensions: 0 380 x 305 mm

SUITS ROUND 40 CM SAUCER

65 L

35 L

25 L

Dimensions: 0 360 x 295 mm

SUITS ROUND 35 CM SAUCER 01-010-010 Round Black 15 L Pot

SUITS ROUND 26 CM SAUCER 01-010-073 Round Black 7.5 L Pot

20 L

Dimensions: 0 327 x 258 mm

Dimensions: 0 290 x 225 mm

01-010-075 Round Black 10 L Pot

SUITS ROUND 26 CM SAUCER 01-010-009 Round Black 5 L Pot

15 L

Dimensions: 0 260 x 205 mm

Dimensions: 0 230 x 180 mm

SUITS ROUND 20 CM SAUCER

Dimensions: 0 130 x 104 mm

7.5 L

SUITS ROUND 60 CM SAUCER 01-010-092 Round Black 65 L Pot

01-010-094 Single Black Handle

DRAINAGE HOLES

Square Pots | POTS, TRAYS & TANKS

DRAINAGE HOLES

5.7 L

11 L

1.5 L

0.7 L

Dimensions: 150 x 150 x 200 mm Dimensions: 100 x 100 x 110 mm 01-010-025 Square Pot 10 cm - 0.7 L

01-010-035 Square Pot 15 cm - 3 L

SUITS SQUARE 25 CM2 SAUCER 01-010-036 Square Pot 20 cm - 5.7 L

SUITS SQUARE 29 CM2 SAUCER 01-010-220 12 L Premium Square Pot

Dimensions: 302 x 302 x 307 mm SUITS SQUARE 33 CM2 SAUCER 01-010-225 18 L Premium Square Pot

SUITS SQUARE 29 CM2 SAUCER 01-010-038 Square Pot 25 cm - 11 L

MESH UNDERSIDE

25 L

35 L

WITH 25 MM FEET Dimensions: 248 x 248 x 297 mm

Dimensions: 250 x 250 x 260 mm

MESH UNDERSIDE

25 L

18 L

12 L

SUITS SQUARE 21 CM2 SAUCER

Dimensions: 130 x 130 x 130 mm 01-010-030 Square Pot 13 cm - 1.5 L

Dimensions: 200 x 200 x 230 mm

Dimensions: 345 x 345 x 300 mm SUITS SQUARE 42 CM2 SAUCER 01-010-230 25 L Premium Square Pot

WITH 25 MM FEET Dimensions: 345 x 345 x 325 mm

Dimensions: 395 x 395 x 350 mm

SUITS SQUARE 33 CM2 SAUCER

SUITS SQUARE 42 CM2 SAUCER

01-010-232 25 L Premium Square Pot with Feet

01-010-235 35 L Premium Square Pot with Feet

hydrogarden.com

POTS, TRAYS & TANKS | Pots & Saucers 21 2 CM

25 2 CM

29 2 CM

Dimensions: 0 51 x 70 mm 01-010-045 Net Pot 51 mm (2”)

Dimensions: 0 77 x 65 mm 01-010-052 Round Net Pot 77 mm (3”) Dimensions: 210 x 210 x 37 mm

ULTRA HEAVY DUTY

01-010-600 Square Saucer 21 cm2 - Black Dimensions: 0 80 x 75 mm

01-010-060 Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot 80 mm Diameter

Dimensions: 250 x 250 x 45 mm 01-010-605 Square Saucer 25 cm2 - Black

Dimensions: 290 x 290 x 50 mm 01-010-610 Square Saucer 29 cm2 - Black

42 2 CM

33 2 CM

ULTRA HEAVY DUTY Dimensions: 0 140 x 105 mm 01-010-065 Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot 140 mm Diameter

ULTRA HEAVY DUTY Dimensions: 330 x 330 x 60 mm

Dimensions: 0 200 x 140 mm 01-010-070 Ultra Heavy Duty Net Pot 200 mm Diameter

hydrogarden.com

01-010-615 Square Saucer 33 cm2 - Black

Dimensions: 420 x 420 x 75 mm 01-010-620 Square Saucer 42 cm2 - Black

Saucers | POTS, TRAYS & TANKS 26 2 CM

202 CM

Dimensions: ø 200 x 36 mm 01-010-700 Round Saucer 20 cm - Black

Dimensions: ø 260 x 46 mm 01-010-705 Round Saucer 26 cm - Black

Dimensions: ø 300 x 52 mm 01-010-710 Round Saucer 30 cm - Black

45 2 CM

402 CM

Dimensions: ø 400 x 65 mm 01-010-720 Round Saucer 40 cm - Black

35 2 CM

302 CM

Dimensions: ø 350 x 58 mm 01-010-715 Round Saucer 35 cm - Black

602 CM

Dimensions: ø 450 x 57 mm 01-010-725 Round Saucer 45 cm - Black

Dimensions: ø 600 x 61 mm 01-010-730 Round Saucer 60 cm - Black

hydrogarden.com

POTS, TRAYS & TANKS | Trays FITS UND 3 L RO 0 MM 20 POT & HEAVY ULTRA NET DUTY POT

Mulch Trays

FITS L 10 & 15 D N U RO POTS

• Water less frequently and use less water! • Evenly distributes water over the surface of the media, helping roots to develop evenly throughout the soil as there are no dry patches or drying near the surface

602 CM

802 CM

Dimensions: 600 x 600 x 50 mm 12-555-025 Garland 60 cm² Tray - 5 cm Depth

2 1M

Dimensions: 600 x 600 x 120 mm 12-555-026 Garland 60 cm² Tray - 12 cm Depth

Dimensions: 800 x 800 x 120 mm 12-555-027 Garland 80 cm² Tray - 12 cm Depth

Garland Giant “Plus” Tray

1.2 M

• As a cover, they will prevent light reaching the soil and will prevent algae and weed growth. It will also help to protect against harsh weather conditions

01-010-520 3 L Mulch Tray - Black 01-010-530 3 L Mulch Tray - Black

hydrogarden.com

Dimensions: 1000 x 1000 x 120 mm 12-555-035 Garland 1 m² Tray - 12 cm Depth

Dimensions: 1200 x 1200 x 120 mm 12-555-040 Garland 1.2 m² Tray - 12 cm Depth

Dimensions: 1200 x 550 x 50 mm 12-555-030 Garland Giant “Plus” Tray

Saucers | POTS, TRAYS & TANKS PLANT!T Flexible Trays

SUPPORTS UP TO 25 KG!

• Flexible trays that fit where other trays can’t go • High quality, durable and hardwearing trays

Dimensions: 1200 x 600 x 45 mm 12-555-115 PLANT!T 1.2 m x 0.6 m Flexible Tray

Pot Stand • Developed to create distance between the base of pot and standing water, the open construction provides excellent drainage eet allow air and light to come under •F the bag or pot • Supports up to 25 kg • Fits up to 35 cm pots Technical Specifications

ROOT!T Value Propagator Tray (Large) • D esigned to be large enough to fit a whole plug tray (Cultiwool/Jiffy) or used with loose growing media as a seed tray/hardening-off tray

Dimensions: 1000 x 1000 x 45 mm 12-555-120 PLANT!T 1 m² Flexible Tray

Technical Specifications Dimensions: 570 x 355 x 55 mm

Dimensions: 350 x 350 x 42 mm Suitable for use with 01-010-225

18 L Premium Square Pot

01-010-230

25 L Premium Square Pot

01-010-010

Round Black 15 L Pot

01-010-082

Round Black 20 L Pot

01-010-085

Round Black 25 L Pot

01-010-087

Round Black 35 L Pot

01-010-245 35 cm Pot Stand - Black

BOX OF 18 Dimensions: 1200 x 1200 x 45 mm 12-550-030 ROOT!T Large Propagator Tray - Box of 18

12-555-125 PLANT!T 1.2 m² Flexible Tray

hydrogarden.com

POTS, TRAYS & TANKS | Buckets & Reservoirs GoGro Round Reservoir with Lid

Round Black Buckets • Robust, versatile buckets with handle and lid are great for storage buckets or making into DIY bucket systems

•R eservoir designed for use with the GoGro automated watering system

10 L

uitable for •S small setups only using 4 mm tube •C an also be used as a secondary source of solution for gully systems

AIR TIGHT ! TS BUCKE Dimensions: 0 224 x 185 mm 01-010-650 5 L Round Black Bucket with Handle & Lid

Dimensions: 0 270 x 263 mm 01-010-655 10 L Round Black Bucket with Handle & Lid

01-045-355 GoGro 45 L Round Reservoir with Lid

Slimline Water Butts 20 L

25 L

•H eavy duty water butts that are ideal for gravity feed or pumped irrigation systems such as GoGro

33 L

• Supplied with a lid and 13 mm tap

GE SEE PA HE T 50 FOR !T T PLAN WATER TIMER

20 L can be stacked inside the 25 L

01-045-155 100 L Slimline Water Butt Dimensions: 0 326 x 319 mm 01-010-660 20 L Round Black Bucket with Metal Handle & Lid

hydrogarden.com

Dimensions: 0 326 x 399 mm 01-010-665 25 L Round Black Bucket with Metal Handle & Lid

Dimensions: 0 380 x 388 mm 01-010-670 33 L Round Black Bucket with Metal Handle & Lid

01-045-160 Slimline Water Butt Stand - to suit 100 L 01-045-165 250 L Slimline Water Butt 01-045-170 Water Butt Stand - to suit 250 L

Flexible Tanks | POTS, TRAYS & TANKS PLANT!T Flexible Tanks •T his handy tank can be used for hydroponic systems, water storage for gardening and collection of rain water

60 L

100 L

250 L

• Level marks on both the inside and out •E asy to store away when not in use unlike rigid tanks •F eatures a pocket on the side for storing meters or other accessories • Includes a 13 mm Nut & Tail with 3/4’’ BSP Technical Specifications Max. Working Volume

Diameter

60 L

50 Litres

40 cm

50 cm

100 L

90 Litres

40 cm

80 cm

250 L

240 Litres

60 cm

90 cm

500 L

450 Litres

80 cm

100 cm

780 L

700 Litres

100 cm

1100 L

1000 Litres

120 cm

100 cm

Size

Height

01-045-500 PLANT!T 60 L Flexible Tank

500 L

01-045-515 PLANT!T 500 L Flexible Tank

01-045-505 PLANT!T 100 L Flexible Tank

780 L

01-045-520 PLANT!T 780 L Flexible Tank

01-045-510 PLANT!T 250 L Flexible Tank

1100 L

01-045-525 PLANT!T 1100 L Flexible Tank

hydrogarden.com

POTS, TRAYS & TANKS | Tanks Rectangular Tanks •S turdy, robust container trays that are suitable for use with all types of media • Low profile makes these tanks ideal for customers making their own systems

80 L 60 L

16 L Dimensions: 700 x 400 x 270 mm 01-045-017 Rectangular 60 L Tank

Substrate Trough

01-045-020 Rectangular 80 L Tank

400 L

200 L

• Sturdy robust 16 L container tray • Suitable for use with all types of media

Dimensions: 790 x 520 x 300 mm

URED FEAT E IN TH IE BRUMM R E L BUBB KIT SEE PAGE 50

Dimensions: 480 x 250 x 175 mm 01-040-040 16 L Black Substrate Trough

hydrogarden.com

Dimensions: 1106 x 720 x 310 mm 01-045-200 Black Tank - 200 L

Dimensions: 1290 x 860 x 460 mm 01-045-205 Black Tank - 400 L

IRRIGATION & PUMPS

IRRIGATION & PUMPS | 4 mm Fittings

13-630-010 4 mm Barb Joiner - Pack of 100

13-630-015 4 mm Barb Elbow - Pack of 50

13-630-020 4 mm Barb Tee - Pack of 50

13-630-025 4 mm Barb Cross - Pack of 50

13-630-030 4 mm Inline Valve

13-630-035 4 mm Saddle Clamp - Pack of 100

13-630-050 4 mm Top Hat Grommet - Pack of 100

13-615-035 4 mm Round Reservoir Filter & Membrane

13-615-015 13 mm-4 mm Cross Connector - Pack of 25

13-615-030 13 mm-4 x 4 mm Cross Connector - Pack of 25

13-630-265 13 mm/4 mm Double Barb Reducer Tee - Pack of 25

13 - 4 mm

4 mm

13-630-005 4 mm Barb Goof Repair Plug (Strip of 10) - Pack of 10 Strips

MEASUREMENTS REFER TO THE INNER DIAMETER OF THE PIPE | WHERE PACK QUANTITIES ARE STATED, CODE REFERS TO THIS AMOUNT PER UNIT ORDERED

hydrogarden.com

13 mm

13 mm Fittings | IRRIGATION & PUMPS

mm Standard Barb End Plug 13-630-105 13 Pack of 100

mm Standard Barb Joiner 13-630-110 13 Pack of 100

mm Standard Barb Elbow 13-630-115 13 Pack of 100

mm Standard Barb Tee 13-630-120 13 Pack of 100

mm Standard Barb Cross 13-630-125 13 Pack of 100

13-630-130 13 mm Inline Filter

13-630-135 13 mm Inline Valve

13-630-140 13 mm Rachet Clamp

mm Saddle Clamp 13-630-145 13 Pack of 100

mm Top Hat Grommet 13-630-150 13 Pack of 100 Barbed to 3/4” Thread Connector

19 - 13 13 mm mm

DOUBLE BARB FOR HIGHER PRESSURE

Barbed to 1/2” Thread Connector

13-630-155 13 mm Nut & Tail with 3/4” BSP - Pack of 25

mm Barb to Snap-on Female Hose 13-630-160 13 Connector - Pack of 25

01-060-125 13 mm Barbed to 1/2” Thread Connector

01-060-130 13 mm Barbed to 3/4” Thread Connector

13-630-205 13 mm Double Barb End Plug - Pack of 25

13-630-210 13 mm Double Barb Joiner - Pack of 25

13-630-215 13 mm Double Barb Elbow - Pack of 25

13-630-220 13 mm Double Barb Tee - Pack of 25

13-630-255 19 mm/13 mm Barb Reducer Tee - Pack of 25

13-630-260 19 mm/13 mm Barb Reducer Joiner - Pack of 25

SE PAGEE 7 FOR 3 ALL O U PIPE! R

MEASUREMENTS REFER TO THE INNER DIAMETER OF THE PIPE | WHERE PACK QUANTITIES ARE STATED, CODE REFERS TO THIS AMOUNT PER UNIT ORDERED

hydrogarden.com

IRRIGATION & PUMPS | 19 mm Fittings

19 mm

DOUBLE BARB FOR HIGHER PRESSURE

19 mm

13-630-305 19 mm Standard Barb End Plug - Pack of 25

13-630-310 19 mm Standard Barb Joiner - Pack of 25

13-630-315 19 mm Standard Barb Elbow - Pack of 25

13-630-320 19 mm Standard Barb Tee - Pack of 25

13-630-330 19 mm Inline Filter

13-630-335 19 mm Inline Valve - Pack of 25

13-630-340 19 mm Ratchet Clamp - Pack of 100

13-630-345 19 mm Saddle Clamp - Pack of 100

13-630-350 19 mm Top Hat Grommet - Pack of 100

13-630-355 19 mm Nut & Tail with 3/4” BSP - Pack of 25

13-630-405 19 mm Double Barb End Plug - Pack of 25

13-630-410 19 mm Double Barb Joiner - Pack of 25

13-630-415 19 mm Double Barb Elbow - Pack of 25

13-630-420 19 mm Double Barb Tee - Pack of 25

MEASUREMENTS REFER TO THE INNER DIAMETER OF THE PIPE | WHERE PACK QUANTITIES ARE STATED, CODE REFERS TO THIS AMOUNT PER UNIT ORDERED

hydrogarden.com

25 mm

25 mm Fittings | IRRIGATION & PUMPS

13-630-915 25 mm Barb Elbow - Pack of 25

13-630-920 25 mm Barb Tee - Pack of 25

13-630-950 25 mm Top Hat Grommet - Pack of 25

13-630-955 25 mm Nut & Tail with 1” BSP Female - Pack of 25

SE PAGEE 7 FOR 3 ALL O U PIPE! R

25 - 19 mm

13-630-965 25 mm Director with 1” BSP Male - Pack of 25

13-630-270 25 mm/19 mm Barb Reducer Tee - Pack of 25

Pressure Regulator •P ressure Regulator that restricts outlet pressure to optimise dripper performance and is designed for low-flow irrigation systems • 3/4” BSPF inlet and 3/4” BSPM outlet • Inlet pressure 0-700 kPa uitable for all drip, spray and •S sprinkler systems •E asily connect to taps, valves, tap timers and irrigation valves in a manifold system

13-630-275 25 mm/19 mm Barb Reducer Joiner - Pack of 25

13-630-680 Pressure Regulator 3/4” BSPF x 3/4” BSPM 100 kPa

MEASUREMENTS REFER TO THE INNER DIAMETER OF THE PIPE | WHERE PACK QUANTITIES ARE STATED, CODE REFERS TO THIS AMOUNT PER UNIT ORDERED

hydrogarden.com

IRRIGATION & PUMPS | Drippers

13-625-645 13-625-650

13-625-655

13-625-660

PLANT!T Watering Ring

Irrigation Drippers

• Ideal for use with DIY kits or systems

PotStream Adjustable Flow

• Allows for even watering throughout growing media eliminating dry areas and maximising root growth

side-mounted watering solution •A for pot plants, planter boxes and containers

• Laser cutting eliminates swarf, creating very clean holes and reducing the likelihood of blockages • Adjustable angle 13 mm T-piece for connecting to dripper lines or “in-pot feed” from below Technical Specifications Dimensions (approx.): 200 mm diameter

•V ariable flow rate and pattern size suits 150 to 600 mm diameter pots

13 M BARB M ED CONN ECTIO N!

• Suits pot wall thickness up to 40 mm •S ide mounted installation for clean and tidy location of the irrigation tube Asta Drip Pressure-Compensating Spike Emitters •P ressure-compensating spike emitters are available in 2, 4 & 8 L/h •D rippers can be placed to directly target the rootzone of the plant. They are designed so that all plants receive the same amount of water, whether elevated or not

13-630-645 PotStream Adjustable Watering Stake - Pack of 25 13-630-650 ASTA DRIP PC SPIKE Red (2 L/h) - Pack of 25 13-630-655 ASTA DRIP PC SPIKE Black (4 L/h) - Pack of 25 01-045-115 PLANT!T Watering Ring

hydrogarden.com

13-630-660 ASTA DRIP PC SPIKE Green (8 L/h) - Pack of 25

Drippers, Sprinklers & Sprayers | IRRIGATION & PUMPS

13-625-045 Dripper Line Connector - Pack of 100

13-630-505 40 Degree (2 x 20) Micro Spray Blue Base (33 L/h) - Pack of 100

13-630-510 90 Degree Micro Spray Blue Base (33 L/h) - Pack of 100

13-630-610 360 Degree Dripper (0-33 L/h) - Pack of 100

13-630-515 180 Degree Micro Spray Blue Base (33 L/h) - Pack of 100

13-630-520 360 Degree Micro Spray Blue Base (33 L/h) - Pack of 100

13-630-605 Agri Drip Emitter (2 L/h) - Pack of 100

13-630-530 90 Degree Micro Spray Green Base (54 L/h) - Pack of 100

13-630-535 180 Degree Micro Spray Green Base (54 L/h) - Pack of 100

13-630-620 Midi Drip Emitter (4 L/h) - Pack of 100

13-630-540 360 Degree Micro Spray Green Base (54 L/h) - Pack of 100

13-630-545 Micro Spray Mister Yellow Base (18 L/h) - Pack of 100

13-630-640 PCJ-HF-CNL Online Bubbler - 40 L/h

13-630-550 1.3 mm Micro Sprinkler Green (60 L/h) - Pack of 50

13-630-615 360 Degree Dripper on Stake (0-33 L/h) - Pack of 100

13-630-625 Midi Drip Emitter on Stake (4 L/h) - Pack of 25

13-630-635 Riser Jet Stake

13-630-630 200 mm Rigid Riser with Adaptor

MEASUREMENTS REFER TO THE INNER DIAMETER OF THE PIPE | WHERE PACK QUANTITIES ARE STATED, CODE REFERS TO THIS AMOUNT PER UNIT ORDERED

hydrogarden.com

IRRIGATION & PUMPS | Irrigation Systems & Fittings

These easy, eco-friendly and efficient solar automatic watering systems save plants from drought and water when a grower is away from their crop. Whether on holiday or just taking a break – these solar kits will automatically water every 3 hours! Ideal for greenhouses as the more sun available, the more they charge and so the more they water! This incredible method of irrigation uses up to 90% less water than a hose!

Irrigatia C12L Solar Automatic Watering System

Irrigatia C24L Solar Automatic Watering System

• Automatic watering for up to 12 irrigation units (that’s 6 large hanging baskets or 12 x 20 L pots!).

•A utomatic watering for up to 24 irrigation units (that’s 12 large hanging baskets or 24 x 20 L pots!)

The SOL-C12 connects to the following Irrigatia Kits:

• Drippers: Use for pots, baskets and individual plants

•S eep hose: Ideal for short runs in a mixed dripper/seep hose environment, germinating seedlings, watering plant troughs and small beds

Contents:

•M icroporous Hose: Ideal for flower beds, raised beds, vegetable plots, fruit trees and fruit cages

• 1 x SMART Controller C12 with integrated pump • 1 x Inlet Filter • 1 x Anti-siphon Device • 15 m Tube

• 1 2 x each: Drippers, Stakes & Tees • 1 x Water Level Sensor • 3 x AA batteries

13-635-105 Irrigatia C12L Solar Automatic Watering System

hydrogarden.com

IF WAN YOU T 24 DR TO USE WITH IPPERS YOU WTHIS KIT, THE 1 ILL NEED 2D EXTE RIPPER NSIO KIT! N

Contents: • 1 x SMART Controller C24 with integrated pump • 1 x Inlet Filter • 1 x Anti-siphon Device • 15 m Tube

• 1 2 x each: Drippers, Stakes & Tees • 1 x Water Level Sensor • 3 x AA batteries

13-635-110 Irrigatia C24L Solar Automatic Watering System

Irrigation Systems & Fittings | IRRIGATION & PUMPS

Irrigatia Micro Porous Hose

Irrigatia 12 Dripper Extension Kit

Irrigatia Seep Hose Extension Kit

•A unique system that distributes water through millions of microscopic pores using durable DuPont Tyvek tubes, that resist the clogging, cracking and root intrusion problems common to other drip systems

•C omplete with 15 m of tube and 12 of each drippers, stakes and t-pieces, this 12 dripper extension kit extends the C12 or C24 to a 24 dripper system with 30 m of tube

• If you want to extend the water emission over a longer area then you can use the Irrigatia Seep hose Extension kit that connects directly onto a dripper

•P lease note that adding more than 12 drippers to the C12 reduces the amount of water supplied to each dripper

• I deal for raised beds, seed trays or even tree root establishment

•T hese are ideal for longer runs in vegetable and flower beds and can be connected to the SOL-C12 (only half of the roll will be required) or SOL-C24 unit in up to 25 m lengths

•C onnect up to 1 m of seep hose directly onto the dripper or a 2 m length with a dripper at either end

•E ach 25 m roll comes with 2 adaptors, 2 connectors, 2 lengths of connector pipe, 2 O-rings, 2 cable ties and 6 stakes

13-635-150 Irrigatia Micro Porous Hose & Fittings - 25 m

•C omes with 12 m of seep hose, 12 stoppers, 2 connectors and 12 stakes

13-635-155 Irrigatia 12 Dripper Extension Kit

13-635-160 Irrigatia Seep Hose Extension Kit

hydrogarden.com

IRRIGATION & PUMPS | Flood & Drain Fittings PLANT!T Flood & Drain Fittings

13-600-130

EXTE SCRE NSIONS & EN YOUR - CHOOSE OVER DESIRED F FLOO LOW OR D DEPT WITH H M EXTE ULTIPLE NSION S

13-600-100

13-600-105

Inline fitting

13-600-140

13-600-110

13-600-135

Use and application The Tub Outlet is the only purpose-designed Flood and Drain fitting available, which allows adjustable nutrient level and accommodates different tube sizes. 1. Flood & Drain Tables - Use a 13 mm outlet and push in screen to supply nutrient to table. Use a 19 mm or 25 mm outlet with extension and screen to maintain flood level. Multiple height levels are available when using multiple extensions in combination. 2. Tub Systems - Use a 19 mm or 25 mm tub outlet to connect nutrient reservoir to grow tub with flexible or poly tubing.

3. NFT Channel Systems - Use the 13 mm tub outlet to supply solution to channel. Use 19 mm or 25 mm tub outlet to drain back to reservoir. 4. As a Tank Outlet - Use 13 mm, 19 mm or 25 mm tub outlet to transfer nutrient from header tank to float valve in nutrient reservoir. Also suitable for use in other small tanks or trough applications.

2. 3.

Punch/Spanner

•U se CANNA D-Block preemptively with every irrigation (the product is completely non-toxic) and make sure that the pipes and dripper remain wet internally between irrigations

• A useful little tool to punch holes in LDPE tubing for irrigation systems

efore every new crop, it is •B advisable to fill the system with clean water and D-Block (with an adjusted pH of 5.2) to protect the system and prevent any obstructions during the next cultivation

PACK OF 25

13-600-100 PLANT!T 13 mm Tub Outlet - 1/2”

13-600-130 PLANT!T Tub Outlet Screen

13-600-105 PLANT!T 19 mm Tub Outlet - 3/4”

13-600-135 PLANT!T Tub Outlet Extension - 25 mm

13-600-110 PLANT!T 25 mm Tub Outlet - 1”

13-600-140 PLANT!T Tub Outlet Shoulder to 13 mm Barb

hydrogarden.com

CANNA D-Block

10-510-200 CANNA D-Block 1 L

13-630-040 Punch/Spanner

Pipe | IRRIGATION & PUMPS

Air Line

LDPE Pipe

Flexi Pipe

•Q uality Airline to attach pumps to airstones as needed

•L ow-Density Polyethylene (LDPE) Pipe that is ideal for supplying water to low-volume irrigation systems such as micro drip, micro-spray, micro-sprinkler or dripline

• Easy to use with our range of barb fittings

• Flexible and long lasting

• Made to withstand harsh conditions

• Build your own irrigation system • Available in 4, 13 or 19 mm inner diameter • 10, 50 or 100 m lengths to suit your needs

• Available in 13 or 19 mm diameter (inner)

White PVC Reinforced Hose • Flexible & kink-resistant •C o-extruded & double-insulated for extra strength •A vailable in 13, 19 & 25 mm diameter (inner)

• 10 or 50 m lengths

• 25 m length

13-630-700 4 mm Flexible Tube - 10 m 13-630-715 4 mm Flexible Tube - 100 m

Co-extruded & double insulated

13-630-740 13 mm LDPE Pipe - 10 m

13-630-720 13 mm Flexi Pipe - 10 m

13-630-750 13 mm LDPE Pipe - 50 m

13-630-730 13 mm Flexi Pipe - 50 m

13-630-810 13 mm White PVC Reinforced Hose - 25m

10-460-120 4 mm Airline - 100 m

13-630-780 19 mm LDPE Pipe - 10 m

13-630-760 19 mm Flexi Pipe - 10 m

13-630-820 19 mm White PVC Reinforced Hose - 25 m

10-460-125 8 mm (12 mm Outer) Airline White - 80 m

13-630-790 19 mm LDPE Pipe - 50 m

13-630-770 19 mm Flexi Pipe - 50 m

13-630-830 25 mm White PVC Reinforced Hose - 25 m

hydrogarden.com

IRRIGATION & PUMPS | Airstones & Liquid Pump

Round Polo Ceramic Airstones

Round Ceramic Airstones

• Budget air diffuser that helps to increase the oxygen content of all nutrient solutions. Simply attach to an Air Pump with Airline (sold separately)

•H igh quality air diffuser that helps to increase the oxygen content of all nutrient solutions. Simply attach to an Air Pump with Airline (sold separately)

• Recommended for all systems!

• These airstones float, to prevent this weigh them down in the bottom of the tank

•T he 200 mm (8”) airstone has an 8 mm connector

PERFECT FOR N AERATIO

10-460-050 Round Polo Ceramic Airstone 75 mm (3”)

10-460-071 Round Ceramic Airstone 100 mm (4”)

10-460-060 Round Polo Ceramic Airstone 100 mm (4”)

10-460-072 Round Ceramic Airstone 150 mm (6”)

10-460-070 Round Polo Ceramic Airstone 125 mm (5”)

10-460-073 Round Ceramic Airstone 200 mm (8”)

hydrogarden.com

Golf Ball Airstone

Sicce Utility UltraZero Pump

• The Golf Ball Airstone is great for aerating nutrient solution, diffusing the airflow from an air pump into small bubbles, maximising oxygen absorption

•F ully submersible, sits on the base of your nutrient tank and pulls nutrient from as little as 2 mm depth to ensure that no sludge forms

•M ixes and oxygenates your nutrient solution •O xygenated nutrient solution improves root health and helps plant growth Technical Specifications Dimensions: 50 mm (2”) diameter

10-460-075 50 mm Golf Ball Airstone

• Made of thermoplastic and will not rust or corrode •F eatures an easy access handle with a removable base for cleaning • Designed and produced in Italy Technical Specifications Flow rate

3000 L/hr

Head Max.

3.1 m

Size

(Ø) 120 x (h) 150 mm

Cord

10 m

Discharge

3/4”

10-450-042 Sicce Utility UltraZero Pump - 3000 L/hr

Liquid Pumps | IRRIGATION & PUMPS 10-450-540 10-450-535

10-450-525

10-450-515 10-450-510 10-450-500

10-450-545 10-450-505

10-450-520 10-450-530

BOYU Liquid Pumps • Submersible pumps that are suitable for all hydroponic systems and nutrient solution pumping requirements • Ceramic shafts that will not corrode and all line parts are sealed, waterproof and insulated •H igh-efficiency synchronous motor has an overcurrent/overheat protector and the rotor impeller allows easy maintenance • A range of 11 pumps with flow rates ranging from 120 – 6000 Litres per hour

10-450-550

• Disassembly and cleaning is easy thanks to the clever design and all are adjustable via the front dial Technical Specifications Pump

Flow Rate

Outlet

Max. Height

Power

Pump

Flow Rate

Outlet

Max. Height

Power

Pump

Outlet

Max. Height

Power

FP-100

120 L/hr

Single 8 mm

0.3 m

1.5 W

FP-1000

1000 L/hr

Single 15 mm*

1.8 m

16 W

FP-4000 4000 L/hr

Flow Rate

Single 19 mm

3.0 m

75 W

FP-150

150 L/hr

Single 11 mm

0.6 m

2.5 W

FP-1500

1500 L/hr

Single 19 mm

2.5 m

25 W

FP-5000 5000 L/hr

Single 25.4 mm 4.5 m

85 W

FP-350

350 L/hr

Single 13 mm

0.8 m

FP-2000 2000 L/hr

Single 19 mm

3.0 m

43 W

FP-6000 6000 L/hr

Single 25.4 mm 5.2 m

105 W

FP-750

750 L/hr

Single 13 mm

1.5 m

12 W

FP-3000 3000 L/hr

Single 19 mm

3.5 m

68 W

*13 or 19 mm hose can be used on the outlet 10-450-500 10-450-500 BOYU FP-100 Adjustable Pump - 120 L/h L/hr 10-450-505 10-450-505 BOYU FP-150 Adjustable Pump - 150 L/hr 10-450-510 10-450-510 BOYU FP-350 Adjustable Pump - 350 L/hr

10-450-520 BOYU FP-1000 Adjustable Pump - 1000 L/hr

10-450-515 10-450-515 BOYU FP-750 Adjustable Pump - 750 L/hr

10-450-525 BOYU FP-1500 Adjustable Pump - 1500 L/hr

10-450-540 BOYU FP-4000 Adjustable Pump - 4000 L/h

10-450-530 BOYU FP-2000 Adjustable Pump - 2000 L/hr

10-450-545 BOYU FP-5000 Adjustable Pump - 5000 L/hr

10-450-535 BOYU FP-3000 Adjustable Pump - 3000 L/hr

10-450-550 BOYU FP-6000 Adjustable Pump - 6000 L/hr

hydrogarden.com

IRRIGATION & PUMPS | Manifolds & Air Pumps Air/Nutrient Manifolds

10-455-610

10-455-605

• Manifold dividers are useful for splitting airlines from one larger air pump or compressor • The larger ones are great to use with NFT systems to spread the solution • 4 mm outlets • Available with 8, 10 or 12 mm inlets

10-460-160 10-455-600

10-460-150

10-460-165 10-455-615

4 MM S U O TLET

10-460-170

BOYU Air Pumps • Low noise polymer composite rubber air pumps for a long and reliable working life • Quiet running with high air flow

10-460-150 6 Outlet Plastic Air/Nutrient Manifold 4 mm Outlet

10-460-165 16 Outlet Plastic Air/Nutrient Manifold 4 mm Outlet

10-460-160 10 Outlet Plastic Air/Nutrient Manifold 4 mm Outlet

10-460-170 26 Outlet Plastic Air/Nutrient Manifold 4 mm Outlet

• A range of 4 pumps with flow rates ranging from 240 – 768 Litres per hour • All but S-500 are adjustable Technical Specifications

4-Way Brass Air Divider with Taps • A high quality chrome finish brass airline manifold splitting airlines from one larger air pump or compressor • 4 mm inlets/outlets • Four outlet ports, each with its own shut-off valve

HIGH Y QUALIT E M O CHR H IS FIN

Pump

Flow Rate

Outlet

Power

S-500

240 L/hr

Single 4 mm

2.8 W

S-1000

252 L/hr

Single 4 mm

S-2000

480 L/hr

Two 4 mm

S-4000B

768 L/hr

Four 4 mm

10-455-600 BOYU Air Pump S-500 - 240 L/hr 10-455-605 BOYU Adjustable Air Pump S-1000 - 252 L/hr 10-455-610 BOYU Adjustable Air Pump S-2000 - 480 L/hr 10-460-175 4 Way Brass Air Divider with Taps

hydrogarden.com

10-455-615 BOYU Adjustable Air Pump S-4000B - 768 L/hr

Air Pumps | IRRIGATION & PUMPS 10-455-645 10-455-675 10-455-635

10-455-650 10-455-670 10-455-680

10-455-640 10-455-630

BOYU Low Noise Air Pumps

BOYU High Flow Air Pumps

• Low noise air pumps with aluminium casing for long life, strength and good heat dissipation

• High flow rate air pumps with aluminium casing for long life, strength and good heat dissipation

• Quiet running with high air flow

• A range of 5 pumps with flow rates ranging from 600 – 3600 Litres per hour

• A range of 3 pumps with flow rates ranging from 3600 – 6000 Litres per hour

• Fittings included

Technical Specifications

Pump

Flow Rate

Outlet

Power

Fittings (included)

Pump

Flow Rate

Outlet

Power

Fittings (included)

SES-10

600 L/hr

Single 8 mm

10 W

4-way plastic manifold and hose

LK-60

3600 L/hr

Single 19 mm

40 W

4-way brass manifold and hose

SES-20

1200 L/hr

Single 8 mm

15 W

6-way plastic manifold and hose

LK-80

4800 L/hr Single 19 mm

50 W

6-way brass manifold and hose

SES-30

1800 L/hr

Single 13 mm

25 W

6-way plastic manifold and hose

LK-100

6000 L/hr Single 19 mm

65 W

6-way brass manifold and hose

SES-40 2400 L/hr

Single 13 mm

30 W

6-way plastic manifold and hose

SES-60 3600 L/hr

Single 13 mm

35 W

8-way plastic manifold and hose

10-455-630 BOYU Low Noise Air Pump SES-10 - 600 L/hr 10-455-635 BOYU Low Noise Air Pump SES-20 - 1200 L/hr 10-455-640 BOYU Low Noise Air Pump SES-30 - 1800 L/hr

10-455-670 BOYU High Flow Air Pump LK-60 - 3600 L/hr

10-455-645 BOYU Low Noise Air Pump SES-40 - 2400 L/hr

10-455-675 High Flow Air Pump LK-80 - 4800 L/hr

10-455-650 BOYU Low Noise Air Pump SES-60 - 3600 L/hr

10-455-680 BOYU High Flow Air Pump LK-100 - 6000 L/hr

hydrogarden.com

SEE PAGES 130 - 131

GROWING MEDIA

GROWING MEDIA | PRO7

Potting mixes made by Jiffy PRO7 is the new range of potting mixes produced by Jiffy which, through research, have been developed to give the optimal growing conditions for cultivating short cycle and fast-growing plants. •P roduced for HydroGarden under RHP standards by Jiffy, a world-renowned brand; supplying constantly high-quality premium substrates for both beginners and expert gardeners for over 60 years • Made in world leading coco plantations and processing facilities based in Sri Lanka (except PRO7 LIGHT) • ISO 22000 certified - guaranteed salt-free, and low EC levels in all products • Constant homogeneity throughout the whole product range, product after product CHECK OUT PRO7SUBSTRATE.COM FOR USEFUL INFO & VIDEOS

hydrogarden.com

PRO7 LIGHT

PRO7 COCO

• PRO7 LIGHT is natural, clean and light; an air enriched peat based potting mix that gives you the control. It sets itself apart from other substrates through its use of the purest raw materials, that conform to the strictest RHP standards

•P remium coco from a guaranteed reliable and consistent source PRO7 COCO is one of the most stable coco substrates on the market today

• I t has a superb air to water relationship, ensuring optimal drainage throughout whilst creating ideal air filled porosity for almost every method of cultivation •S trong, rapid rooting through low EC value and optimal air to water ratio •C harged to kickstart microbial life that builds plant strength and resilience •U se for all phases of your plant’s growth, rooting, growing and blooming 02-075-300 PRO7 LIGHT, Peat Potting Mix – 50 L Bag

• 1 00% pith manufactured from the mature coconut husk which means the pith will decay slower, thus giving a more stable media over the growing cycle •W ashed and buffered with calcium and magnesium to RHP standards - extracting unwanted elements such as potassium, sodium and chlorides •H as excellent air and water retention properties •G uaranteed low EC value with stable pH • Peat free

02-055-350 PRO7 COCO, 100% Pure Coco – 50 L Bag

PRO7 | GROWING MEDIA 24 BRICK PER B S OX

92 CUBE PER B S OX

PRO7 COCO 70/30

PRO7 COCO BLOCK

PRO7 COCO BRICKS

PRO7 COCO CUBES

•C ontains a combination of two high quality substrates: 70% RHP Certified coco pith mixed fibre substrate with excellent air and water retention properties and 30% perlite

•T he perfect choice for growers that use a lot of coco but more cost effective than buying multiple PRO7 Coco Bricks

• A 100% RHP Certified brick of pressed and dehydrated premium mixed fibre coconut coir pith

• Ideal for cuttings and seedlings

•M ade of a premium mixed fibre cocopeat with excellent air and water retention properties

•W ashed/buffered, making it ideal for an all-round potting substrate that aids faster rooting and develops stronger plants

•R ecommended for short-term fast-growing crops

•M ade of a premium mixed fibre cocopeat with excellent air and water retention properties

•A fully buffered coco that is really easy to use and is a universal substrate for both the growth stage as well as the flowering stage •A coco/perlite mix, providing good structure and improved drainage when hand-watering - results in better root development erfect for timed irrigation too, •P with higher AFP (Air-Filled porosity)

•F ast expansion - makes 70 L of loose fill substrate! •P remium quality RHP washed and buffered coco • Peat Free

•B etter rootzone temperature control, aiding growth in young plants

•F ast expansion - each brick makes 8 L of loose fill substrate!

02-055-370 PRO7 COCO BLOCK 5 kg (70 L)

•A ir pruning – allows the roots to grow through its sides so, when potting-on, plants get established faster etter rootzone temperature control, •B aiding growth in young plants •C omplete with seedling hole in the top to accommodate Jiffy7C pellets or direct seeding • Limits damaging root system when potting on • Premium quality RHP washed and buffered coco

•P remium quality RHP washed and buffered coco

• Peat free

Technical Specifications

Expanded Dimensions: 100 x 100 x 55 mm (approx.)

Dimensions: 210 x 110 x 45 mm (approx.)

• Peat free

02-055-360 PRO7 COCO 70/30, Coco Perlite Mix – 50 L Bag

asy to transport and store due to its •E compressed nature

• Excellent air and water retention properties

02-055-380 PRO7 COCO BRICK 8 L – Box of 24

02-055-390 PRO7 COCO CUBE 100 mm (4”) - Box of 92

hydrogarden.com

GROWING MEDIA | CANNA Coco CANNA Coco Slab •N o chemical additives, harmful viruses or soil diseases and free of fibre nvironmentally friendly •E and meets the strict RHP demands.

02-055-010 CANNA Coco Slab - 1 m

CANNA COGr Board CANNA Coco Natural •A n affordable alternative to CANNA Coco Professional Plus • Fully organic • I ncludes Trichoderma that protects your plants against soil diseases • I f you would like to pre-buffer this coco to the same level as its premium cousin, it is worthwhile using the CANNA COGr Buffer Agent

02-055-002 CANNA Coco Natural - 50 L Bag

CANNA Coco Professional Plus

CANNA Coco Pebble Mix

• Free of harmful viruses and soil diseases

•A perfect blend of CANNA Coco Professional Plus (60%) with CANNA Aqua Clay Pebbles (40%)

• Washed in fresh water to wash out all salts meaning it has little/no EC

•P erfect for growing in flood & drain or dripper systems

• Its complex water/air system provides the ideal conditions for growing plants, thus promoting root health.

• Made using top-quality raw materials

hydrogarden.com

•P romotes faster root development and higher yields •D elivered in dried and pressed form, weighing less than 2 kg

• It is very easy to use and guarantees you great results!

02-055-005 CANNA Coco Professional Plus - 50 L Bag

02-055-020 CANNA Coco Pebble Mix - 50 L Bag

MEDIA BOXES & BAGS AVAILABLE, SEE PAGES 250-251

•C onsists of a sophisticated mix of coconut grit, coconut fibre, and coconut granulates

02-055-015 CANNA COGr Board - 1 m

CANNA Peat | GROWING MEDIA

CANNA Terra Seed Mix • The homogeneous, stable structure is great for retaining water, which gives the seeds the best chance of germinating correctly •P articularly suitable for use when rooting cuttings • Meets the strict RHP demands

CANNA Terra Professional Soil Mix •E xclusive, high value organic ingredients such as airy peat moss free from diseases

CANNA Terra Professional PLUS Soil Mix

BIOCANNA Bio Terra Plus Soil Mix • The airy structure of white peat is supplemented with shredded tree bark that has natural anti-fungus properties

• Meets the strict RHP demands

•C omposed of airy peat moss and types of tree bark that have an antiseptic action. They promote exceptional root development and the formation of thicker stems.

• pH balanced with an EC of 1.0

• Lightly pre-fertilised and chalked

•P re-fertilised with certified, organic ingredients such as bone meal, bat guano and a variety of trace elements from natural sources

•M eets the strict RHP demands

•N itrogen-rich potting mix for plant cultivation

•p H balanced with an EC of 1.3

02-075-040 CANNA Terra Seed Mix - 25 L Bag

02-075-050 CANNA Terra Professional Soil Mix - 50 L Bag

02-075-075 CANNA Terra Professional PLUS Soil Mix - 50 L Bag

02-075-025 CANNA Bio Terra Plus Soil Mix - 50 L Bag

MEDIA BOXES & BAGS AVAILABLE, SEE PAGES 250-251

hydrogarden.com

GROWING MEDIA | Biobizz

Biobizz Coco Mix • Made from waste materials left over by the coconut industry, which has proven to be an ideal medium for growing plants • Due to its neutral structure, it is also ideal to mix into pre-used soil allowing the grower to recycle old substrate (flush your soil first)

Biobizz Light·Mix Potting Soil

Biobizz All·Mix Potting Soil

• Ensures a fast development of roots and vigorous new growth

•P re-fertilized so it emulates a rich outdoor soil with a full micro active ecosystem

•M ade from Baltic Peat, the best source of peat offering a light fluffy texture with high air exchange •S pecially blended to ensure optimal drainage throughout – an essential property if you use automatic irrigation systems

• The pH falls between 5-6 and can be used in all hydroponic media systems

•D esigned to have enough nutrient-fuelled power to sustain lush growth for a couple of weeks, without any need to add any extra fertilizer •C reates the optimum environment for plants to flourish throughout the year

• To grow with Biobizz in Coco-Mix, use the Light-Mix grow schedule on the Biobizz grow chart • Use in combination with specialist coco nutrients such as CANNA Coco or VitaLink Coir MAX

02-055-025 Biobizz Coco·Mix - 50 L Bag

02-075-100 Biobizz Light·Mix Potting Soil - 50 L Bag

02-075-110 Biobizz All·Mix Potting Soil - 50 L Bag

02-075-105 Biobizz Light·Mix Potting Soil - 20 L Bag

02-075-115 Biobizz All·Mix Potting Soil - 20 L Bag

MEDIA BOXES & BAGS AVAILABLE, SEE PAGES 250-251

hydrogarden.com

Clay & Soil | GROWING MEDIA

REDUCED PEAT CONTENT!

CANNA Aqua Clay Pebbles

VitaLink Clay Pebbles

VitaLink Pro Soil

•H igh porosity and high air content which stimulate the development of strong roots that grip the substrate well. Strong roots mean bigger yields

• Clay pebbles for good aeration, healthy growth, and development of the root system.

•P remium soil-based substrate with reduced peat content and added wood fibre and bark fines

• Stable EC and pH

• Unique composition and physical properties

•S trong structural integrity for reduced dust compared to regular clay pebbles

• Less compaction and shrinkage, better drainage and aeration

• I norganic, have a neutral pH value, are fungus free and do not rot Technical Specfications Grade: 8 - 16 mm

•U nique, irregular shape and higher porosity for increased surface area and better water retention capacity Technical Specfications EC 0.5 mS/cm2 pH 6.5 - 7.5 Water retention capacity: 10% Grade: 8 - 20 mm

02-050-032 CANNA Aqua Clay Pebbles 20 L Bag

02-050-105 VitaLink Clay Pebbles 10 L Bag

02-050-035 CANNA Aqua Clay Pebbles 45 L Bag

02-050-110 VitaLink Clay Pebbles 45 L Bag

•M aintains natural structure, no need to add perlite or other bulking agent •E nriched with beneficial bacteria for healthy and strong plants Technical Specfications EC 0.8-1.2 mS/cm2 pH 5.5

02-075-200 VitaLink Pro Soil - 50 L Bag

MEDIA BOXES & BAGS AVAILABLE, SEE PAGES 250-251

hydrogarden.com

GROWING MEDIA | Cultiwool 02-060-355

02-060-310

02-060-320

02-060-315

02-060-325

Cultiwool Cubes

Cultiwool CRB Plugs

• Transplant CRB Plugs after propagation

•S tonewool plugs made to fit the appropriate size holes in cubes supplied in an easy-to-use tray

RB small plugs (25 x 25 x 40 mm) fit all •C products with ‘small hole’ description •C RB large plugs (35 x 35 x 40 mm) fit all products with ‘large hole’ description 5 mm and 100 mm cubes can be •7 transplanted into Cultiwool slabs or into hydroponic systems once roots are clearly visible from underneath

• An effective air-to-water ratio •R eliable homogeneity with great strength and dimensional stability • Excellent controllability • Inert and pathogen-free

Cultiwool Mapito Loose Substrate • An effective air-to-water ratio •E xcellent nutrient retention making roots thrive •S ome growers recommend rinsing the Mapito out to lower the current EC value adjust the pH value to between 5.5-5.8

• 1 50 mm cubes are designed to be the final growing substrate to maturity

Cultiwool X-Fibre Slabs • Recommended for the final stage of planting and for larger, long term crops with extensive roots like peppers, tomatoes or cucumbers • The mainly horizontal fibre structure of the X-Fibre product ensures good root penetration throughout the slab •T he fibre structure ensures optimum exchange within the slab and accurate control of moisture content and nutrition •A ll positive properties of the slab remain during the entire crop (e.g. firmness and structure)

Note: ROOT!T Rooting Sponges can also be transplanted into stonewool blocks

• Available in 1 m and 1.33 m slabs

02-060-310 Cultiwool 100 mm (4”) Cube - Small Hole (28/35) 02-060-315 Cultiwool 100 mm (4”) Cube - Large Hole (38/35) 02-060-320 Cultiwool 75 mm (3”) Cube - Small Hole (28/35)

02-060-325 Cultiwool 75 mm (3”) Cube - Large Hole (38/35)

02-060-330 Cultiwool CRB Small (25 mm) - 150 Plugs per Tray

02-060-355 Cultiwool Huge 150 mm (6”) Cube - Large Hole (38/35)

02-060-335 Cultiwool CRB Large (35 mm) - 77 Plugs per Tray

hydrogarden.com

02-060-370 Cultiwool 1 m X-Fibre - Bag of 16 Slabs 02-060-350 Cultiwool Mapito 80 L Bag

02-060-375 Cultiwool 1.33 m X-Fibre - Bag of 16 Slabs

Media Additions | GROWING MEDIA Biobizz Pre·Mix •A microbially active dry fertiliser comprised of 100% natural ingredients derived from organic matter, rock meal and trace elements ormulated to guarantee vigorous growth, abundant flowering •F and maximum resistance to disease and fungal attack ake your own soil mixture (1000 L): 50% Potting Soil •M or Coco·Mix (500 L), 30% Perlite (300 L), 15% Biobizz Worm·Humus (150 L) and 5% Pre·Mix (50 L) - mix well and evenly!

05-225-005 Biobizz Pre·Mix 5 L Tub 05-225-010 Biobizz Pre·Mix 25 L Bag

Biobizz Worm·Humus • A 100% organic worm manure of a very high quality •T o be used in the rejuvenation of All·Mix or for use in potting mixtures, garden beds etc

05-225-015 Biobizz Worm·Humus 40 L Bag

VitaLink Bat Guano • Concentrated slow-release fertilizer of organic origin containing a range of macro- and micronutrients

PLANT!T Perlite

PLANT!T Vermiculite

• For improving aeration and drainage

• For propagation and water retention

• Great for soil conditioning – increasing aeration and drainage in heavy, hard to manage soils

ater retention makes it good for •W sustaining the growth of seeds

•L oosens and aerates soil to encourage root development

•R etains moisture, protects against adverse weather and aids re-wetting, great for container planting

•H elps with repairing/laying down lawns – gives additional aeration and drainage when raked into spiked holes

•G reat for soil conditioning – its excellent water-holding capabilities makes it an ideal addition to sandy or poor soils

• Acts as a soil conditioner •P romotes healthy roots growth and flower development

SEE P A 102 F GE OR MORE INFO

05-235-005 VitaLink Bat Guano 700 g

02-065-005 PLANT!T Perlite 100 L Bag

02-070-005 PLANT!T Vermiculite 100 L Bag

05-235-010 VitaLink Bat Guano 3.5 kg

02-065-015 PLANT!T Perlite 10 L - Box of 6 Bags

02-070-015 PLANT!T Vermiculite 10 L - Box of 6 Bags

hydrogarden.com

GROWING MEDIA | Propagation ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges 50 Refill Bag

ROOT!T 24 Cell Filled Propagation Inserts and Trays

E MOR FOR ON O INF OT!T O THE R GE, N A R AGES SEE P 9 6-

45 OR 60 HOLE INSERTS AVAILABLE

12-550-030 ROOT!T Large Propagator Tray - Box of 18 12-550-035 ROOT!T Large Propagator Lid - Box of 18 12-550-040 ROOT!T Large Propagator 60 Hole Insert - Box of 18 02-090-210 ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges 50 Refill Bags (Sold as box of 10 bags)

Jiffy-7 Expanding Plugs • Works great in NFT, simply drop your new seedlings into your SureGrow Gully 30 mm (expands to 35 mm) Coir

38 mm (expands to 41 mm) Peat

12-550-100 ROOT!T Natural Rooting Sponges 24 Cell Filled Trays (Sold as box of 8 trays)

Jiffy-7 Preloaded Trays

Jiffy-7C Tray

• Purpose-made Jiffy trays that fit 40 or 60 Jiffy-7 38 mm Peat Plugs, ideal for volume propagation

•P urpose-made Jiffy tray fits 84 Jiffy-7C 30 mm Coco Coir Plugs, ideal for volume propagation

•S uitable fit for ROOT!T Large Value Propagators and the large MPL Propagator

Technical Specifications Dimensions: 520 x 310 x 24 mm

12-580-005 Jiffy-7 38 mm Peat Plug (Box of 1000)

12-580-020 Jiffy-7 Plugs - 40 Cell Filled Trays - Box of 28

12-580-010 Jiffy-7C 30 mm Coco Coir Plug (Box of 1155)

12-580-025 Jiffy-7 Plugs - 60 Cell Filled Trays - Box of 28

hydrogarden.com

12-550-045 ROOT!T Large Propagator 45 Hole Insert - Box of 18

12-580-050 Jiffy 84 Cell Trays - Pack of 20

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES | CANNA A&B SETS

CANNA COCO Starter Kit

CANNA TERRA Starter Kit

• Contains all the CANNA products required for one grow cycle

Includes

1 L COCO A + B 250 ml RHIZOTONIC 125 ml CANNABOOST 125 ml CANNAZYM 50 ml PK 13/14 1 Grow Guide 1 Pests & Diseases Leaflet 1 Deficiency Leaflet

1 L TERRA Flores 1 L TERRA Vega 250 ml RHIZOTONIC 125 ml CANNABOOST 125 ml CANNAZYM 50 ml PK 13/14 1 Grow Guide 1 Pests & Diseases Leaflet 1 Deficiency Leaflet

NFIDENT

S IT’

BE C

05-205-150 CANNA COCO Starter Kit

CANNA Hydro •A complete two-part professional nutrient for the generative & flowering phases of plants • Specially developed for growing in inert run-to-waste systems •T wo variants, each developed especially for the generative or flowering phase of the plant’s lifecycle • Rich in chelated trace elements in a directly absorbable form • Formulated for use with soft or hard water

05-205-155 CANNA TERRA Starter Kit

Union Flag You will have no doubt seen a small Union Flag on all CANNA nutrient labels. This has been done to help customers know that it is a genuine CANNA product designed for retail in the United Kingdom, therefore protecting UK customers from being sold fake products or grey imports!

hydrogarden.com

SOF OR H T A WATE RD R

05-205-005 CANNA Hydro Vega Hard Water 1 L Set (A+B)

05-205-020 CANNA Hydro Flores Hard Water 1 L Set (A+B)

05-205-006 CANNA Hydro Vega Soft Water 1 L Set (A+B)

05-205-021 CANNA Hydro Flores Soft Water 1 L Set (A+B)

05-205-010 CANNA Hydro Vega Hard Water 5 L Set (A+B)

05-205-025 CANNA Hydro Flores Hard Water 5 L Set (A+B)

05-205-011 CANNA Hydro Vega Soft Water 5 L Set (A+B)

05-205-026 CANNA Hydro Flores Soft Water 5 L Set (A+B)

05-205-015 CANNA Hydro Vega Hard Water 10 L Set (A+B)

05-205-030 CANNA Hydro Flores Hard Water 10 L Set (A+B)

05-205-016 CANNA Hydro Vega Soft Water 10 L Set (A+B)

05-205-031 CANNA Hydro Flores Soft Water 10 L Set (A+B)

CANNA | NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES A&B SET

A&B SETS

CANNA Coco

CANNA Terra

CANNA Aqua

CANNA COGr

•A complete professional nutrient for growing plants in coco. It contains all the essential elements for optimal growing and flowering

•T erra Flores stimulates the fructification and provides every plant with its characteristic flavour

• Easy to use, dissolves directly and is extremely suitable for growing with recirculating hydroponic systems

•A ll the essential elements for optimal growing and flowering when growing in COGr boards

• Thanks to the special characteristics of coco substrate CANNA COCO doesn’t have a Vega and Flores variant - there is one unique formulation for both the growth and blooming phase.

•T erra Vega ensures a strong plant with large vital shoots and luxuriant root development

•C ontains pH-stabilisers, so there is no need to adjust the pH

• Contains pH-stabilisers

• Easy to use and dissolves directly

• Also contains silicon

• Contains natural chelates, humic acids, and fulvic acids, which give the plant optimum nutrient absorption • Easy to use – dissolves directly and is extremely suitable for growing in all watering systems

•C ontains humic and fulvic acids which improve nutrient uptake

•C ontains all the nutrients that plants need during the generative and flowering phases • Rich in chelated trace elements

05-205-050 CANNA Terra Vega 1 L 05-205-055 CANNA Terra Vega 5 L 05-205-060 CANNA Terra Vega 10 L

05-205-200 CANNA Aqua Vega 1 L Set (A+B)

05-205-250 CANNA COGr Vega 1 L Set (A+B)

05-205-062 CANNA Terra Vega 20 L

05-205-205 CANNA Aqua Vega 5 L Set (A+B)

05-205-255 CANNA COGr Vega 5 L Set (A+B)

05-205-035 CANNA Coco 1 L Set (A+B)

05-205-065 CANNA Terra Flores 1 L

05-205-210 CANNA Aqua Vega 10 L Set (A+B)

05-205-260 CANNA COGr Vega 10 L Set (A+B)

05-205-040 CANNA Coco 5 L Set (A+B)

05-205-070 CANNA Terra Flores 5 L

05-205-215 CANNA Aqua Flores 1 L Set (A+B)

05-205-265 CANNA COGr Flores 1 L Set (A+B)

05-205-045 CANNA Coco 10 L Set (A+B)

05-205-075 CANNA Terra Flores 10 L

05-205-220 CANNA Aqua Flores 5 L Set (A+B)

05-205-270 CANNA COGr Flores 5 L Set (A+B)

05-205-047 CANNA Coco 20 L Set (A+B)

05-205-077 CANNA Terra Flores 20 L

05-205-225 CANNA Aqua Flores 10 L Set (A+B)

05-205-275 CANNA COGr Flores 10 L Set (A+B)

hydrogarden.com

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES | CANNA

CANNA COGr Buffer Agent • Complete professional concentrate for buffering the COGr growing substrate and other unbuffered coco coirs • Contains humic and fulvic acid

CANNA Start

CANNA RHIZOTONIC

CANNAZYM

•A balanced one-part nutrient for seedlings and rooted cuttings

•S timulates new root growth on cuttings and transplants

•T urns dead root material back into available minerals and sugars

•C an be used on various substrates like rock-wool plugs, coco pellets, Jiffy plugs, seed-mixes and most other propagation media

•S peeds up the germination process when used to soak seeds prior to planting

elps to maintain optimum conditions in •H the substrate •P revents harmful bacteria and fungi that cause disease

•L inks up perfectly with all other CANNA nutrients

•E nhances overall plant growth to ensure a healthier and stronger plant •A ids in the recovery process of any plant or cutting that has been subjected to stress

• Easy-to-absorb vitamins in CANNAZYM help the plant to stimulate the growth of new roots

•R educes the risk of overfeeding cuttings and seedlings Note: we do not recommend using CANNA Start in re-circulating systems and clone machines.

06-255-005 CANNA RHIZOTONIC 250 ml

06-255-019 CANNAZYM 250 ml

05-205-280 CANNA COGr Buffer Agent 1 L

05-205-335 CANNA Start 250 ml

06-255-015 CANNA RHIZOTONIC 1 L

06-255-025 CANNAZYM 1 L

05-205-285 CANNA COGr Buffer Agent 5 L

05-205-340 CANNA Start 1 L

06-255-017 CANNA RHIZOTONIC 5 L

06-255-030 CANNAZYM 5 L

05-205-290 CANNA COGr Buffer Agent 10 L

05-205-345 CANNA Start 5 L

06-255-018 CANNA RHIZOTONIC 10 L

06-255-032 CANNAZYM 10 L

hydrogarden.com

CANNA | NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES

CANNA PK 13/14 •C ANNA PK 13/14 is a mixture of top quality nutritional minerals that stimulate flowering •A high-grade mixture of phosphorus and potassium • Suitable for every growing medium • Perfect combination with CANNABOOST

CANNABOOST Accelerator

CANNA CALMAG AGENT

CANNA FLUSH

• A highly concentrated solution of calcium and magnesium, to ensure an optimal mineral balance

•C lean substrates and plants from any excess nutrients

• B etter yield and even higher yields when in combination with PK 13/14

• Highly concentrated

•S uitable for use with all growing mediums and substrates

• Improves poor-quality water

•E ffectively cleans the substrate without killing beneficial fungi or good bacteria

• Improves nutrient uptake

• Recyclable

• Boosts the metabolism of your plants

•B etter ripening and strengthened immune system

• Can be used on all substrates

• Stronger, healthier plants • Reduces susceptibility to deficiency/disease

• Fuller, more powerful taste • For use in combination with your regular feed

06-255-100 CANNABOOST Accelerator 250 ml 06-255-033 CANNA PK 13/14 250 ml

06-255-110 CANNABOOST Accelerator 1 L

06-255-180 CANNA CALMAG AGENT 1 L

06-255-160 CANNA FLUSH 250 ml

06-255-040 CANNA PK 13/14 1 L

06-255-120 CANNABOOST Accelerator 5 L

06-255-185 CANNA CALMAG AGENT 5 L

06-255-165 CANNA FLUSH 1 L

06-255-045 CANNA PK 13/14 5 L

06-255-125 CANNABOOST Accelerator 10 L

06-255-190 CANNA CALMAG AGENT 10 L

06-255-170 CANNA FLUSH 5 L

hydrogarden.com

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES | CANNA

CANNA Mono • Mononutrients are essential for the development of the plant. These liquid minerals are easily soluble and can therefore be directly absorbed by the plant • For use if your plants are suffering from deficiencies • Produced from exceptional ingredients, just like the main CANNA nutrients • 100% nutrient compatible

BIOCANNA Bio Vega & Flores •B IOCANNA Bio Vega has been developed to meet the plant’s needs during the growing phase and its organically compounded nitrogen (betaine nitrogen) is easily released in response to the plant’s needs. •B IOCANNA Bio Flores ensures that a balanced range of nutritional elements are available, adjusted to the soil’s nutrient retention properties. It stimulates the formation of fruits in this way and it also contains all the nutrients that the plant needs during its flowering phase

BIOCANNA BioBOOST •A naturally-fermented plant extract which stimulates flowering and improves the taste •B io-active components increase the metabolism which is just what the plants need during flowering •T his unique formula is suitable for cultivation both indoors and outdoors

BIOCANNA BioRHIZOTONIC •B IOCANNA BioRHIZOTONIC stimulates the development of root hairs, root tips and increases the plant’s resistance to disease •A n ideal remedy for stressed plants, such as cuttings during potting on •H elps restore and strengthen plants that are unhealthy or look generally poorly

05-205-080 CANNA Mono Calcium (Ca 12%) 1 L 05-205-085 CANNA Mono Iron (Fe Chelate) 1 L 05-205-090 CANNA Mono Magnesium (MgO 7%) 1 L

05-205-095 CANNA Mono Nitrogen (N 17%) 1 L

05-205-305 BIOCANNA Bio Vega 1 L

05-205-100 CANNA Mono Phosphorous (P₂O₅ 17%) 1 L

05-205-310 BIOCANNA Bio Vega 5 L

05-205-105 CANNA Mono Potassium (K₂O 16%) 1 L

05-205-315 BIOCANNA Bio Flores 1 L

05-205-330 BIOCANNA BioBOOST 250 ml

06-255-135 BIOCANNA BioRHIZOTONIC 250 ml

05-205-110 CANNA Mono Trace Mix 1 L

05-205-320 BIOCANNA Bio Flores 5 L

05-205-325 BIOCANNA BioBOOST 1 L

06-255-140 BIOCANNA BioRHIZOTONIC 1 L

hydrogarden.com

SEE PAGES 96 - 97 hydrogarden.com

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES | SUPERthrive

NUTRIENT

ADDITIVE

SUPERthrive Foliage-Pro

SUPERthrive Bloom

SUPERthrive Mag-Pro

SUPERthrive Pro-TeKt

•A high nitrogen plant nutrient formula with all the essential nutrients for vigorous vegetative growth

• A low nitrogen, high phosphorous nutrient for use during the flowering stage

• Rich in phosphorous, magnesium, sulphur and calcium

• Suitable for any plant species • Use indoors or out with any growing media

•P romotes and enhances budding and flowering

• A nutritional supplement providing silicon and potassium to strengthen cell walls, increasing the strength of stems to enable them to bear heavier buds and flowers

ontains all essential nutrients and •C trace elements

• Improves colour, aroma and flavour • Use indoors or out with any growing media

• I ncreases size, number and quality of buds, flowers, and fruits

•U se along with SUPERthrive nutrient solutions

• Suitable for any plant species • Use indoors or out with any growing media • Unique formulation eliminates salt build-up • Contains all essential nutrients • Rich in Calcium and Magnesium •H igh Nitrate to ammoniacal nitrogen ratio for vigorous vegetative growth and stronger stems • I f used with SUPERthrive Pro-TeKt, enhances growth and reduces stress

NUTRIENT

• I f used with SUPERthrive Foliage-Pro, nitrogen levels are regulated for best quality and quantity

• Enhances heat and drought tolerance •A ids defence against insects and fungal infection • Use indoors or out with any growing media •U se along with SUPERthrive nutrient solutions

• I f used with SUPERthrive Pro-TeKt, enhances growth and reduces stress

05-270-005 SUPERthrive Foliage-Pro 946 ml

05-270-105 SUPERthrive Bloom 946 ml

06-260-105 SUPERthrive Mag-Pro 946 ml

06-260-155 SUPERthrive Pro-TeKt 946 ml

05-270-010 SUPERthrive Foliage-Pro 3.7 L

05-270-110 SUPERthrive Bloom 3.7 L

06-260-110 SUPERthrive Mag-Pro 3.7 L

06-260-160 SUPERthrive Pro-TeKt 3.7 L

hydrogarden.com

SUPERthrive | NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES SUPERthrive Plant Tonic •T he world renowned SUPERthrive is a great plant tonic and general growth promoter • SUPERthrive is NOT a fertiliser, but an additive •U se SUPERthrive on any plant at any stage of growth or flower. On indoor plants, it brings out more new flower and leaf buds. On outdoor plants and bare–rooted plants, it starts new root and foliage action. It helps develop earlier and larger flowers as well as being a great stress reliever to plants •U se on seeds to help during germination and get earlier vegetable and flower crops, to revive sick plants or to help plants recover from any stress or to guard against transplant shock • Includes Kelp • Made in the USA since 1940

HYDROGAR DEN ARE THE EXCLUSIVE UK DISTRIBUTO & EU RS SUPERTHRIV OF E

06-260-020 SUPERthrive 120 ml (4 oz) 06-260-025 SUPERthrive 480 ml (Pint) 06-260-030 SUPERthrive 960 ml (Quart) 06-260-035 SUPERthrive 3.8 L (Gallon) 06-260-040 SUPERthrive 9.4 L (2.5 Gallon)

hydrogarden.com

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES | VitaLink SOF T RD OR HA R WATE

A&B SETS

SOF T RD OR HA R E WAT

VitaLink Coir Classic

VitaLink Hydro MAX

• Complete one-part feed for vegetative growth or flowering & fruiting in coir

•H ighly concentrated professional two-part nutrient for growth or flowering and fruiting

• With added humic acids for faster uptake and vigorous vegetative growth with bountiful flowering & fruiting. • Easy to use and to achieve incredible results

•E xceptional iron availability over a wide pH range

• Different formulas for mixing balanced nutrient solution using hard or soft water

• Highly concentrated

Technical Specifications

•C rafted to be used with any type of inert media and all types of hydroponic systems

SW Growth: NPK 2.4 - 0.9 - 1.4 SW Bloom: NPK 2.3 - 1.9 - 1.0

HW Growth: NPK 2.6 - 0.9 - 1.6 HW Bloom: NPK 2.6 - 1.8 - 2.3

SW Grow: NPK 4.8 - 2.3 - 6.7 SW Bloom: NPK 4.5 - 3.9 - 8.3 HW Grow: NPK 4.9 - 2.3 - 6.8 HW Bloom: NPK 4.4 - 4.0 - 8.9

•D ifferent formulas for mixing balanced nutrient solution using hard or soft water

MADE IN THE UK

Technical Specifications

MADE IN THE UK

All VitaLink Hydro & Coir MAX 1 L A&B Sets come with a convenient carrying handle

05-200-200 VitaLink Coir Classic Growth SW 1 L

05-200-230 VitaLink Coir Classic Growth HW 1 L

05-201-100 VitaLink Hydro MAX Grow SW 1 L A&B Set

05-201-140 VitaLink Hydro MAX Bloom SW 1 L A&B Set

05-200-205 VitaLink Coir Classic Growth SW 5 L

05-200-235 VitaLink Coir Classic Growth HW 5 L

05-201-105 VitaLink Hydro MAX Grow SW 5 L A&B Set

05-201-145 VitaLink Hydro MAX Bloom SW 5 L A&B Set

05-200-207 VitaLink Coir Classic Growth SW 10 L

05-200-237 VitaLink Coir Classic Growth HW 10 L

05-201-110 VitaLink Hydro MAX Grow SW 10 L A&B Set

05-201-150 VitaLink Hydro MAX Bloom SW 10 L A&B Set

05-200-215 VitaLink Coir Classic Bloom SW 1 L

05-200-245 VitaLink Coir Classic Bloom HW 1 L

05-201-120 VitaLink Hydro MAX Grow HW 1 L A&B Set

05-201-160 VitaLink Hydro MAX Bloom HW 1 L A&B Set

05-200-220 VitaLink Coir Classic Bloom SW 5 L

05-200-250 VitaLink Coir Classic Bloom HW 5 L

05-201-125 VitaLink Hydro MAX Grow HW 5 L A&B Set

05-201-165 VitaLink Hydro MAX Bloom HW 5 L A&B Set

05-200-222 VitaLink Coir Classic Bloom SW 10 L

05-200-252 VitaLink Coir Classic Bloom HW 10 L

05-201-130 VitaLink Hydro MAX Grow HW 10 L A&B Set

05-201-170 VitaLink Hydro MAX Bloom HW 10 L A&B Set

hydrogarden.com

VitaLink | NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES SOF T RD OR HA R WATE

A&B SETS

VitaLink Coir MAX

VitaLink Earth MAX

VitaLink Silicon MAX

VitaLink PlantStart

• One set of nutrients for all life stages

•A professional one-part nutrient specifically developed for growing in soil-based substrates and potting mixes

• Highly concentrated silicon additive

• Complete one-part propagation feed

•S tronger cell walls = stronger and healthier plants

•S pecially formulated to meet requirements of young plants and cuttings

• To support even heavier crops

• Promotes strong root growth

• Great iron availability over a wide pH range • Highly concentrated – great value for money •D ifferent formulas for mixing balanced nutrient solution using soft or hard water Technical Specifications SW: NPK 4.2 - 3.5 - 5.1 | HW: NPK 4.5 - 3.5 - 5.2

• Easy to use and to achieve great results • I deal for hand-watering or any type of irrigation systems Technical Specifications

Note: Strongly alkaline, read instructions on the label before dosing

Technical Specifications NPK 1.8 - 1.0 - 2.2

Grow: NPK 3.5 - 0.9 - 3.6 | Bloom: NPK 1.7 - 1.8 - 3.6

MADE IN THE UK

• For use with all types of media and systems

MADE IN THE UK

05-201-200 VitaLink Coir MAX SW 1 L A&B Set

05-201-300 VitaLink Earth MAX Grow 1 L

05-201-205 VitaLink Coir MAX SW 5 L A&B Set

05-201-305 VitaLink Earth MAX Grow 5 L

05-201-210 VitaLink Coir MAX SW 10 L A&B Set

05-201-310 VitaLink Earth MAX Grow 10 L

05-201-220 VitaLink Coir MAX HW 1 L A&B Set

05-201-320 VitaLink Earth MAX Bloom 1 L

05-201-400 VitaLink Silicon MAX 250 ml

05-201-430 VitaLink PlantStart 250 ml

05-201-225 VitaLink Coir MAX HW 5 L A&B Set

05-201-325 VitaLink Earth MAX Bloom 5 L

05-201-410 VitaLink Silicon MAX 1 L

05-201-440 VitaLink PlantStart 1 L

05-201-230 VitaLink Coir MAX HW 10 L A&B Set

05-201-330 VitaLink Earth MAX Bloom 10 L

05-201-415 VitaLink Silicon MAX 5 L

05-201-445 VitaLink PlantStart 5 L

MADE IN THE UK

hydrogarden.com

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES | VitaLink NEW & IMPROVED

VitaLink CalMag

VitaLink Buddy

VitaLink Fulvic

VitaLink Foliar

• Calcium and magnesium supplement for prolonged or permanent vegetative growth or when deficiency is observed

• Accelerated flowering

•A dditive for all stages of plant life improving uptake and transport of nutrients & oxygen

• Calcium foliar spray concentrate

• With added nitrogen and two chelated forms of iron • Healthier plants, more intense colour, improved photosynthesis and growth • Balanced combination for perfect results Technical Specifications

• Improved flower quality and quantity • Readily available nutrients in optimised ratio •U se 0.5 ml/L for early flowering then gradually increase to 1 ml/L alongside main nutrients Technical Specifications NPK 0.0 - 3.2 - 5.4

•H igher photosynthetic rate - faster growth and higher yield

or strong and healthy plants able •F to withstand stress • I ncludes Nitrogen to support improved photosynthesis

•N atural compounds helping uptake and transport of nutrients

• I ncludes Fulvic acid to improve nutrient uptake and wetting agent to improve absorption

• For all plant life stages

• Use 50 ml/L weekly as a spray

se 10 ml/L for foliar application as a weekly •U treatment and for root zone application use 2 ml/L alongside main nutrients

NPK 1.8 - 0.0 - 0.0

MADE IN THE UK

100

•T o be used as a foliar spray or alongside any type of nutrients

MADE IN THE UK

06-251-100 VitaLink CalMag 250 ml

06-251-105 VitaLink Buddy 250 ml

06-251-115 VitaLink Fulvic 250 ml

06-251-120 VitaLink Foliar 250 ml

06-251-200 VitaLink CalMag 1 L

06-251-205 VitaLink Buddy 1 L

06-251-215 VitaLink Fulvic 1 L

06-251-220 VitaLink Foliar 1 L

06-251-300 VitaLink CalMag 5 L

06-251-305 VitaLink Buddy 5 L

06-251-315 VitaLink Fulvic 5 L

06-251-320 VitaLink Foliar 5 L

hydrogarden.com

VitaLink | NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES

LOADED WITH NATURAL FUELS TO DRIVE YOUR PLANTS PERFORMANCE

FLOWE RIN BOOST G DESIGN ER ED PUSH Y TO O GROWT UR H TO THE MA X

VitaLink RootStim

VitaLink PK

VitaLink Turbo

VitaLink Turbo+

•R oot growth stimulant with seaweed extract

•H ighly concentrated PK additive for the week of peak flowering and fruiting

• Natural flowering stimulant

• Flowering stimulant crafted from natural ingredients and plant hormones

ey B vitamins support the •K plant during times of heavy fruit and flowering

•B etaines increase the ability of the plant to take up nutrients and water, and to conserve water in times of stress

•H igh-quality seaweed extract, harvested from Ascophyllum nodosum, provides natural stimulants and hormones important for growth and flower formation

•F or stronger and healthier roots and root hair formation •D esigned to be used from transplant and throughout growth stage •U se 1-2 ml/L alongside main nutrients

xceptional crop quality •E and quantity •F or use alongside main nutrients in all types of growing media or hydroponic systems •U se 1 ml/L alongside main nutrients

nique composition •U includes L-amino acids and brassinosteroids •F or unmatched plant performance se 1 ml/L alongside main •U nutrients, from two weeks prior to flowering until flushing

Technical Specifications NPK 0.0 - 11.3 - 12.0

MADE IN THE UK

•O ligosaccharides support plant growth and metabolism as well as provide a source of carbon Fulvic acid aids the absorption of nutrients though its action as a natural chelating agent

MADE IN THE UK

•U se 1-2 ml/L alongside main nutrients, from two weeks prior to flowering until flushing; 1 ml/L

MADE IN THE UK

06-251-125 VitaLink RootStim 250 ml

06-251-130 VitaLink PK 250 ml

06-251-150 VitaLink Turbo 250 ml

06-251-225 VitaLink RootStim 1 L

06-251-230 VitaLink PK 1 L

06-251-250 VitaLink Turbo 1 L

06-251-160 VitaLink Turbo+ 250 ml

06-251-360 VitaLink Turbo+ 5 L

06-251-325 VitaLink RootStim 5 L

06-251-330 VitaLink PK 5 L

06-251-350 VitaLink Turbo 5 L

06-251-260 VitaLink Turbo+ 1 L

06-251-362 VitaLink Turbo+ 10 L

hydrogarden.com

101

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES | VitaLink 100 ORGA % NIC

VitaLink Chill

VitaLink Finale

VitaLink Bat Guano

•A dvanced biostimulant with cumulative effect protecting plants from damage and stress caused by high temperatures

•O ne-part nutrient for accelerated and synchronised flowering and fruiting on the main and side branches

•C an be premixed with growing media, used as a top dressing, or mixed with water to prepare guano tea

• Provides osmoprotection

•D esigned to be used in the final stages of plant life as a stand-alone nutrient with any type of growing media

• Acts as a soil conditioner

• Alleviates stress and allows to build up tolerance against heat • Prevents stunted growth • Use 3-5 ml/10 L to build up tolerance several weeks before warm period alongside main nutrients • Helps to salvage crops when sudden temperature rise occurs - use 5 ml/L as a fine mist, not to run off

MADE IN THE UK

102

• Improves soil texture • Contains a range of macronutrients and micronutrients

•C an also be used to salvage crops in case of pest attack or disease

• Promotes healthy roots growth and flower development

• Improves taste

Usage: Premixing with soil - 7 g/10 ml per litre of substrate Top dressing - as required, not exceeding 100 g/m2 per dose Guano tea - 2 x 10 ml spoon (supplied) per 3 L of water For rooted seedlings and cuttings: 6-8 ml/L

•U se 3-4 ml/L for 1 -2 weeks prior to the final flushing stage Technical Specifications NPK 0.0 - 8.4 - 5.8

Technical Specifications

MADE IN THE UK 06-251-110 VitaLink Finale 250 ml

06-251-135 VitaLink Chill 250 ml

06-251-210 VitaLink Finale 1 L

05-235-005 VitaLink Bat Guano 700 g

06-251-235 VitaLink Chill 1 L

06-251-310 VitaLink Finale 5 L

05-235-010 VitaLink Bat Guano 3.5 kg

hydrogarden.com

Growth Technology | NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES

Growth Technolgy Formulex

Growth Technolgy Ionic Hydro

Growth Technolgy Ionic PK Boost

Growth Technolgy Nitrozyme

•A single solution with amazing capacity for stable pH through its ground-breaking inbuilt buffering capacity

•A unique single pack one-part nutrient, designed to deliver the complex profile of mineral elements a plant needs, in an easy-to-use format

• Fully formulated solution – based on research and analysis

•P roduces new leaf growth on older plants for cutting material

•A n industry standard which is valued for its utility and ease of use •F ormulex can be used for almost every fertilising requirement and is an amazingly useful bottle to have around

• Great for beginners • Available in hard and soft water formulas

• PK Boost is an ideal addition to Ionic Bloom but it can also be used very effectively with any good quality nutrient solution of the Bloom variety • Contains full profile of crucial elements needed for heavy flowering • Crucial element ratio of 14:15 • Highly concentrated – just 1 ml/L in the tank

05-210-010 Ionic Hydro Grow 1 L 06-295-005 Nitrozyme 100 ml

05-210-020 Ionic Hydro Grow 5 L 05-210-003 Formulex 300 ml

05-210-040 Ionic Hydro Bloom 1 L

05-210-070 Ionic PK Boost 1 L

06-295-006 Nitrozyme 300 ml

05-210-006 Formulex 1 L

05-210-050 Ionic Hydro Bloom 5 L

05-210-080 Ionic PK Boost 5 L

06-295-007 Nitrozyme 1 L

hydrogarden.com

103

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES | Biobizz

Biobizz Bio·Grow

Biobizz Bio·Bloom

Biobizz Alg·A·Mic

Biobizz Fish·Mix

• Complete fertilizer that can be used throughout the growing and flowering period

• The perfect diet for exuberant flowers

•M ade from a high grade, 100% organic seaweed concentrate

•A rich infusion of organic fish emulsion from the North Sea, mixed together with extract of 100% organic Dutch sugar beet

• A rich food source for beneficial soil microbes • Use with most types of soil and substrate mixtures

• 100% organic, complete liquid fertilizer •C ontains blend of nitrogen, phosphorous and potassium, along with enzymes and amino acids

•E nsures green leaves by stimulating chlorophyll absorption •C ontains a low level of NPK (Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium) – making it impossible to overdose

•S timulates the production of micro-organisms and useful bacteria in all types of soil and coco-based substrates •F or use on all kinds of plants during the first stages of growth, and during the flowering period until harvest •M ild enough to be used in the first stages of a plant’s life or sprayed directly onto leaves

104

05-225-018 Biobizz Bio·Grow 250 ml

05-225-048 Biobizz Bio·Bloom 250 ml

06-300-003 Biobizz Alg·A·Mic 250 ml

06-300-023 Biobizz Fish·Mix 250 ml

05-225-020 Biobizz Bio·Grow 500 ml

05-225-050 Biobizz Bio·Bloom 500 ml

06-300-005 Biobizz Alg·A·Mic 500 ml

06-300-025 Biobizz Fish·Mix 500 ml

05-225-025 Biobizz Bio·Grow 1 L

05-225-055 Biobizz Bio·Bloom 1 L

06-300-010 Biobizz Alg·A·Mic 1 L

06-300-030 Biobizz Fish·Mix 1 L

05-225-030 Biobizz Bio·Grow 5 L

05-225-060 Biobizz Bio·Bloom 5 L

06-300-015 Biobizz Alg·A·Mic 5 L

06-300-035 Biobizz Fish·Mix 5 L

05-225-035 Biobizz Bio·Grow10 L

05-225-065 Biobizz Bio·Bloom 10 L

06-300-020 Biobizz Alg·A·Mic 10 L

06-300-040 Biobizz Fish·Mix 10 L

05-225-037 Biobizz Bio·Grow 20 L

05-225-067 Biobizz Bio·Bloom 20 L

06-300-022 Biobizz Alg·A·Mic 20 L

06-300-042 Biobizz Fish·Mix 20 L

hydrogarden.com

Biobizz | NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES

VEGAN

Biobizz Root·Juice

Biobizz Top·Max

Biobizz Bio·Heaven

•C ombines two amazing natural substances: premium humic acid and seaweed

•T aste, nuance, and aroma taken to the top with Top·Max, the 100% organic flowering stimulator

• Stimulates enzymatic activity and fast nutrient absorption

• Encourages vigorous root development nhances the health of the natural biological •E life that surrounds the root zone • I deal for soil, peat and coco mixes, as well as guaranteed root protection with hydroponic and aeroponic systems

•H umic and fulvic acids work together to boost the energy in plant cells while stimulating new cells to form • I ncreases size, weight and taste of fruit/flowers

• I ncreases the chelate of essential macro and micronutrients •U se during the entire growing and flowering period on every type of substrate, coco mix or hydroponic systems

•C an be used throughout the entire flowering period

Biobizz Acti·Vera Botanic Activator •P rotects and activates the immune system, increases germination and plant metabolism •C an be used indoors and out, on food crops, plantations, perennials, and ornamental plants •U se during the vegetative and flowering phase to stimulate growing and blooming young plants

06-300-045 Biobizz Root·Juice 250 ml

06-300-059 Biobizz Top·Max 250 ml

06-300-100 Biobizz Bio·Heaven 250 ml

06-300-120 Biobizz Acti·Vera Botanic Activator 250 ml

06-300-047 Biobizz Root·Juice 500 ml

06-300-060 Biobizz Top·Max 500 ml

06-300-105 Biobizz Bio·Heaven 500 ml

06-300-125 Biobizz Acti·Vera Botanic Activator 500 ml

06-300-050 Biobizz Root·Juice 1 L

06-300-065 Biobizz Top·Max 1 L

06-300-110 Biobizz Bio·Heaven 1 L

06-300-130 Biobizz Acti·Vera Botanic Activator 1 L

06-300-055 Biobizz Root·Juice 5 L

06-300-070 Biobizz Top·Max 5 L

06-300-115 Biobizz Bio·Heaven 5 L

06-300-135 Biobizz Acti·Vera Botanic Activator 5 L

06-300-056 Biobizz Root·Juice 10 L

06-300-075 Biobizz Top·Max 10 L

06-300-117 Biobizz Bio·Heaven 10 L

06-300-140 Biobizz Acti·Vera Botanic Activator 10 L

06-300-057 Biobizz Root·Juice 20 L

06-300-077 Biobizz Top·Max 20 L

06-300-118 Biobizz Bio·Heaven 20 L

06-300-145 Biobizz Acti·Vera Botanic Activator 20 L

hydrogarden.com

105

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES | Biobizz

Biobizz CALMAG

Biobizz Microbes

Biobizz Bio·Down

Biobizz Bio·Up

• 100% organic and certified solution for Calcium and Magnesium deficiencies

•C ontains a selection of 4 of the most beneficial bacteria for recovering substrates

• Lower pH without lowering your substrate’s nutrient power

• Raise pH in an easy, controlled, and harmless way

• Does not alter an existing feeding regime

•E nzymes create free amino acids in the growing media, increasing the activity and effect of the active microorganisms

•A queous solution made of citric acid found naturally in different citrus fruits, such as lemons

•H umic acid based formulation harvested from natural sources

•C ontains Trichoderma fungi which protect against harmful pathogens and fungal growth, whilst promoting abundant root development, water retention and nutrient uptake

•E nables fast pH adjusting of any type of substrate and for any type of crop •S uitable to be used during both the growing and the flowering period •D oesn’t contain any strong acids. This means that this 100% organic pH regulator doesn’t harm the substrate micro life

•E nables fast pH adjusting of any type of substrate and for any type of crop •S uitable to be used during both the growing and the flowering period • Doesn’t contain any strong acids. This means that this 100% organic pH regulator doesn’t harm the substrate micro life

06-300-150 Biobizz CALMAG 250 ml 06-300-155 Biobizz CALMAG 500 ml

09-420-210 Biobizz Bio·Down 250 ml

09-420-240 Biobizz Bio·Up 250 ml

06-300-160 Biobizz CALMAG 1 L

09-420-215 Biobizz Bio·Down 500 ml

09-420-245 Biobizz Bio·Up 500 ml

06-300-165 Biobizz CALMAG 5 L

09-420-220 Biobizz Bio·Down 1 L

09-420-250 Biobizz Bio·Up 1 L

09-420-225 Biobizz Bio·Down 5 L

09-420-255 Biobizz Bio·Up 5 L

06-300-170 Biobizz CALMAG 10 L

106

hydrogarden.com

06-300-180 Biobizz Microbes 150 g

Biobizz | NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES

Biobizz Starters·Pack

Biobizz Try·Packs

•A re you someone with strong organic beliefs? Do you care about the future of the planet? Is it quality above quantity – or more about the flavour and the colour of your crop that matters? Whatever your concerns or goals, choose Biobizz and the rest is easy

Indoor Pack

Outdoor Pack

Stimulant Pack

Hydro Pack

If indoor cultivation is your choice and you don’t know how to start, let Biobizz make it easy for you.

If the climate in your region allows it and outdoor cultivation is your choice, but you don’t know how to start, then try the Outdoor Pack from Biobizz.

Do your plants need a boost? The Stimulant Pack from Biobizz could be just what you need.

Do you grow hydroponically but you are tired of feeding minerals to your plants? Do you want to enjoy the natural taste of an organic harvest but can’t let your system go? Let Biobizz make it easy for you with the Hydro Pack.

ully loaded with everything you need to •F begin your own growing adventure

The Indoor Pack contains Bio·Bloom, Bio·Grow, and Top·Max. A combination that will allow the grower to gain experience with the Biobizz organic fertilizers range as it provides basic feeding for 1-4 plants.

05-225-205 Biobizz Try·Pack - Indoor Pack 05-225-210 Biobizz Try·Pack - Outdoor Pack 05-225-215 Biobizz Try·Pack - Stimulant Pack 05-225-200 Biobizz Starters·Pack

05-225-220 Biobizz Try·Pack - Hydro Pack

Biobizz Fish·Mix contained in this pack boosts all of the natural minerals and (micro) organisms and stimulates the production of useful bacteria. The high levels of proteins will also help to create a rich organic outdoor substrate. But remember, don’t try it at home or you will have to keep the windows open for a week!

The Stimulant Pack contains Root·Juice, Top·Max, and Alg·A·Mic; a combination that will allow both the hydroponic and the organic grower to gain experience with the Biobizz organic stimulant range as it provides basic feeding for 1-4 plants. An ideal pack if you wish to take a step further and get the maximum out of your harvest organically. With the Biobizz Stimulant Pack, you will get sweeter taste, bigger plants, and better results than ever, even hydroponically!

The Hydro Pack contains Bio·Bloom, Bio·Heaven, and Top·Max. A combination that will allow the hydroponic grower to gain experience with the Biobizz organic products that are suitable to be applied in any hydroponic system. Get the best of both worlds with the organic quality and the hydroponic quantity. The Hydro Pack will stimulate an optimal root development and protection by using organics in your hydro system.

hydrogarden.com

107

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES | Additives

Biobizz Pre·Mix

Biobizz Worm·Humus

• A microbially active dry fertiliser comprised of 100% natural ingredients derived from organic matter, rock meal and trace elements

•A 100% organic worm manure of a very high quality

• Formulated to guarantee vigorous growth, abundant flowering and maximum resistance to disease and fungal attack

•T o be used in the rejuvenation of All·Mix or for use in potting mixtures, garden beds etc

hydrogarden.com

•F lushing product to improve taste and texture

•S weeten produce and enhance the aromas of flowers and culinary herbs

•G reatly increase yield by driving unused nutrients to the flowers

•A n array of naturally-occurring hormones, vitamins, sugars, amino acids, chelates, plant acids and macro and micronutrients that promote healthy plant growth •U se throughout all stages of plant development in conjunction with a regular fertilisation programme • May also be used as a foliar feed

05-225-005 Biobizz Pre·Mix 5 L Tub

108

Earth Juice Sugar Peak Catalyst

•C an be used to correct the effects of over-fertilisation

• Make your own soil mixture (1000 L): 50% Potting Soil or Coco·Mix (500 L), 30% Perlite (300 L), 15% Biobizz Worm·Humus (150 L) and 5% Pre·Mix (50 L) - mix well and evenly!

05-225-010 Biobizz Pre·Mix 25 L Bag

Dry Flower Clearing Solution

05-225-015 Biobizz Worm·Humus 40 L Bag

06-275-040 Dry Flower Clearing Solution 1 L

06-325-045 Sugar Peak Catalyst 1 L

06-275-045 Dry Flower Clearing Solution 5 L

06-325-050 Sugar Peak Catalyst 5 L

Additives | NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES

HY-GEN BUDLINK

HY-GEN SEA ESSENTIALS

HY-GEN HUMIBOOSTA

•A n easy to use, soluble silicon additive, that helps your plants to grow stronger, healthier and have an increased resistance to disease

• A unique blend of sea plants including kelp, seaweed and seagrass

• Humic and fulvic acids bind to nutrients, making them more absorbable, helping plants get the most of out of nutrients

.• Helps increase nutrient uptake and CO2 absorption • Improves and strengthens cell development • Helps increase yields

•N aturally occurring compounds also help to promote nutrient uptake •E ncourages healthy roots in the rhizosphere while supporting beneficial microbes. •C an be used through all stages of plant growth, flower and fruit development

an be used through all stages of plant growth and •C flower development • I ncludes additional magnesium and calcium, which support healthy vegetative growth

06-310-005 HY-GEN BUDLINK 1 L 06-310-007 HY-GEN BUDLINK 2 L 06-310-010 HY-GEN BUDLINK 5 L

06-310-055 HY-GEN SEA ESSENTIALS 1 L

06-310-105 HY-GEN HUMIBOOSTA 1 L

06-310-015 HY-GEN BUDLINK 20 L

06-310-065 HY-GEN SEA ESSENTIALS 5 L

06-310-115 HY-GEN HUMIBOOSTA 5 L

hydrogarden.com

109

NUTRIENTS & ADDITIVES | Plant Care

CDU OF 10

ROOT!T First Feed

Guard’n’Aid OxyPlus

• Promotes fast and healthy root development

• Liquid additive that can be used in hydroponic or soil systems to increase oxygen content and maintain system cleanliness

• Proven to reduce standard rooting times • Boosts resistance to infection and disease • Increases your chance of success at this difficult and crucial stage • Provides the basis for overall healthy plants

•C an also be used in seed germination and as a preventative against Pythium •D ose: Add 7.5 ml to 10 L of nutrient solution. Stir thoroughly. Repeat 2 or 3 times per week or as required. •F or sanitising systems: add 75 ml/10 L of water. Use this solution to circulate through the system or through growing medium (e.g. clay, perlite) to sterilise. Remember to flush the system with clean fresh water before use. •U se 5 ml per 10 L of tap water as a pre-treatment to remove chlorine and chloramines • 12% Hydrogen Peroxide

10-510-020 Guard’n’Aid OxyPlus 250 ml 10-510-025 Guard’n’Aid OxyPlus 1 L 05-250-005 ROOT!T First Feed 125 ml - CDU of 10

110

hydrogarden.com

10-510-030 Guard’n’Aid OxyPlus 5 L

NUTRIENT CONTROL

NUTRIENT CONTROL | pH Control

VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Up EASY

VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Up

VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Down EASY

VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Down

• A quality adjuster necessary to control the pH of nutrient solutions

•A quality adjuster necessary to control the pH of nutrient solutions

• A quality adjuster necessary to control the pH of nutrient solutions

• Lower concentration for a more gradual change of pH level

• Highly concentrated

•L ower concentration for a more gradual change of pH level

• Highly concentrated

• 25% potassium hydroxide

• 50% potassium hydroxide

• 25% phosphoric acid

• 81% phosphoric acid

DO NOT PH STORE WN UP & DO ER H TOGET

09-420-300 VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Up EASY 25% 250 ml

09-420-320 VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Up 50% 250 ml

09-420-340 VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Down EASY 25% 250 ml

09-420-360 VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Up Down 81% 250 ml

09-420-310 VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Up EASY 25% 1 L

09-420-330 VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Up 50% 1 L

09-420-350 VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Down EASY 25% 1 L

09-420-370 VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Up Down 81% 1 L

CONTAINS POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE

112

hydrogarden.com

CONTAINS PHOSPHORIC ACID

pH Control | NUTRIENT CONTROL

CONTAINS POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE

CONTAINS CITRIC ACID

CONTAINS PHOSPHORIC ACID

Biobizz Bio·Down

Biobizz Bio·Up

CANNA pH-Series

•L ower pH without lowering your substrate’s nutrient power

•R aise pH in an easy, controlled, and harmless way

CANNA Organic pH-

CANNA pH+ Pro

•A queous solution made of citric acid found naturally in different citrus fruits, such as lemons

•H umic acid based formulation harvested from natural sources

• An organic alternative for CANNA pHthat can be used to bring down the pH values in your water or substrate

• Adjust the pH upwards, suitable for both the growth and the flowering phase

•E nables fast pH adjusting of any type of substrate and for any type of crop •S uitable to be used during both the growing and the flowering period • Doesn’t contain any strong acids. This means that this 100% organic pH regulator doesn’t harm the substrate micro life

• Contains 50% citric acid CANNA pH- Bloom Pro •U sed to bring down the pH values in your water or substrate, crucial for your plant’s ability to take up nutrients

•C ontains potassium carbonate 5% potassium hydroxide (KOH) 20% •T his product can be used safely in both the growth and bloom phases

• Contains 41% phosphoricanhydride (P2O5) •F ormulated especially for use during the flowering stage

09-420-210 Biobizz Bio·Down 250 ml

09-420-240 Biobizz Bio·Up 250 ml

09-420-215 Biobizz Bio·Down 500 ml

09-420-245 Biobizz Bio·Up 500 ml

09-420-030 CANNA Organic pH- 1 L

09-420-220 Biobizz Bio·Down 1 L

09-420-250 Biobizz Bio·Up 1 L

09-420-040 CANNA pH- Bloom Pro 1 L

09-420-225 Biobizz Bio·Down 5 L

09-420-255 Biobizz Bio·Up 5 L

09-420-045 CANNA pH+ Pro 1 L

hydrogarden.com

113

NUTRIENT CONTROL | Calibration WIDE OR NARROW M SPECTRU

VitaLink ESSENTIALS Buffer 4 & 7 • Calibration solution for a precise two-point calibration of all pH meters in conjunction with VitaLink Buffer 4 & 7, or for a single point calibration of pH meters such as ESSENTIALS pH Meter when used on their own • Analytical precision for accurate readings and thriving plants

VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Test Indicators

•F or EC meter which require calibration standard CF 28 – EC 2.80 – PPM 1820 at 20˚C

•F or easy measuring of the pH level by comparing the colour of the reaction to a chart provided

• Analytical precision for accurate readings and thriving plants

URATE INACC NGS READI AD TO MAY LE ANT PL POOR TH GROW

114

VitaLink ESSENTIALS CF Calibration Fluid

•R egular calibration is necessary for taking precise EC readings which guide experienced growers as well as beginners to optimising the nutrient content in nutrient solution

pH Narrow Spectrum

• Approx. 100 reactions

5.6

• Alternative to using a pH meter • Contains everything you need! Technical Specifications

pH Wide Spectrum

6.0

Narrow Spectrum test kit measures between pH 5.6 and 7.4 in increments of 0.2

4.0

6.2

5.0

6.4

Wide Spectrum kit measures between 4.0 and 8.5 in increments of 0.5

6.0

6.6

6.5

6.8

7.0

8.0

7.2

8.5

7.4

09-430-220 VitaLink ESSENTIALS Buffer 4 250 ml

09-430-240 VitaLink ESSENTIALS Buffer 7 250 ml

09-430-200 VitaLink ESSENTIALS CF Standard 250 ml

09-410-200 VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Narrow Spectrum Test Kit

09-430-230 VitaLink ESSENTIALS Buffer 4 1 L

09-430-250 VitaLink ESSENTIALS Buffer 7 1 L

09-430-210 VitaLink ESSENTIALS CF Standard 1 L

09-410-205 VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Wide Spectrum Test Kit

hydrogarden.com

5.8

Meters | NUTRIENT CONTROL VitaLink ESSENTIALS Meter Store

RELIA BL FOR A E MINIM U OF 36 M 5 TEST S

•T o ensure the accuracy and prolong the lifespan of the pH meter •A pplied on the included sponge it prevents the pH probe from drying out • Contains everything you need!

SUITAB LE FOR PH METERS ONLY

09-430-260 VitaLink ESSENTIALS Meter Store 30 ml

ESSENTIALS EC Meter with Memory Function

ESSENTIALS pH Meter with Memory Function

•D irect accurate readings of nutrient solution that is automatically temperature compensated

•A highly accurate, professional and rugged glass type pH tester for easy nutrient control

•M emory function for 10 readings allowing for readings to be tracked easily

• Data hold selection

•E asy-to-use, just dip the sensor into test solution, stir and wait.

• Low battery indicator

• Water and shock resistant

• Sensor cover to keep glass bulb moist

• Low battery indicator

• Sensor cover to keep glass bulb moist

Note: Simple calibration using VitaLink ESSENTIALS Calibration Fluid

Note: Simple calibration using VitaLink ESSENTIALS Buffer 4 or 7

PLANT!T pH Meter •A sturdy, compact, reliable and surprisingly easy to use pH Meter • pH/temperature dual LCD display • Auto-Temperature Compensation (ATC) • One touch auto-calibration • 20 minute sleep function

09-410-100 PLANT!T pH Meter

09-415-022 ESSENTIALS EC Meter with Memory Function

09-410-022 ESSENTIALS pH Meter with Memory Function

hydrogarden.com

115

NUTRIENT CONTROL | Bluelab Range

NEW ZEALAND-MADE QUALITY

Trusted by growers for over 30 years

For generations, Bluelab has made the tools that help growers achieve exceptional crop and yield. Based in New Zealand, the team is international, with offices in the USA and in Europe. Bluelab’s entire product range has been developed with growers, for growers. This means that our robust, accurate and easy-to-use tools can withstand the knocks and drops that come with everyday growing.

Bluelab pH Pens • A hardy, compact pH and temperature pen for measuring nutrient pH •F ully waterproof, not just water-resistant •S imple two-point calibration for increased accuracy •A utomatic temperature compensation for accurate readings anywhere • Auto-off function to extend battery life • 1 x AAA alkaline battery included, getting you started immediately

•F ully waterproof, not just water-resistant •S electable measurement units so you can customise with your preferences lat electrode for easier cleaning •F and maintenance •H old reading function to capture every measurement with ease

• Auto-off function to extend battery life • 1 x AAA alkaline battery included, getting you started immediately

09-445-105 Bluelab pH Pen

hydrogarden.com

•A robust handheld solution for measuring conductivity and temperature on the go

•A utomatic temperature compensation for accurate readings anywhere

Whether you’re growing in soil, hydroponic solution or any other media, there is the perfect product for you.

116

Bluelab Conductivity Pen

09-445-120 Bluelab Conductivity Pen

Bluelab Meters | NUTRIENT CONTROL 09-445-140

REQ BLUEL UIRES AB APP O PULSE NA MOBIL E DEV ICE 09-445-145

0.3 - 3 .6 EC

Bluelab Truncheon & Commercial Truncheon Nutrient Meters

Bluelab Pulse Multimedia EC/MC Meter

• I mpossibly tough, an EC meter built to last a lifetime. Commercial variant is the same great meter just on a bigger scale

easure EC, moisture and temperature directly •M in the root zone

• Three instant measurements with a single click

•R obust and reliable construction for long-lasting value

• Lightning-fast: get three measurements with a single click • View, store and compare all your measurements in the Pulse app

•F ully waterproof; splash, submerge or sink we’ve got you covered

•R obust 200 mm (8”) long-format stainless steel probes provide deeper insight

•A utomatically detects liquids and bright LEDS indicate measurement for brilliantly simple functionality •L ong-format design for mixing and measuring nutrient reservoirs simultaneously • No calibration required and easy to clean and disinfect • All conductivity scales included – EC, CF, PPM 500 (TDS), PPM 700

• Works in a variety of growing substrates and nutrient solution

0.4 - 6 .0 EC

•M ove faster with blink – get quick in- or out-of-range measurement indicators on the Pulse Meter

• Industry-leading five-year warranty for peace of mind

09-445-140 Bluelab Truncheon Nutrient Meter 09-445-145 Bluelab Commercial Truncheon Nutrient Meter

09-445-260 Bluelab Pulse Multimedia EC/MC Meter

hydrogarden.com

117

NUTRIENT CONTROL | Bluelab Meters

Bluelab Combo Meter

Bluelab Combo Meter Plus

•M easure pH, conductivity and temperature on the go

• The best-selling meter paired with the Leap pH Probe for quicker measurements of pH in nutrient solution or pH directly in the root zone in any substrate

•B rilliantly simple design that’s easy to use, clean and calibrate acklit display to capture every measurement •B with ease • I ncludes a pH Probe and Conductivity Probe to cover all your nutrient uptake fundamentals

• Lightweight & portable acklit display to capture every measurement •B with ease • Simple push button calibration

•C ustomise scales to your preference conductivity in EC, CF, PPM 500 (TDS) or PPM 700; temp. in °C or °F

• 2 x AAA batteries included

•2 m cable for measuring in hard-to-reach locations

•5 -year guarantee on Meter, 6-month gurantee for pH Probe

•5 -year guarantee on Meter, 6-month guarantee for Leap pH Probe

118

hydrogarden.com

• Fast and accurate pH measurements in the palm of your hand •F ast sensor response for quicker readings on the go •M ultimedia friendly for measurements across a range of environments •T oughened spear tip for direct root zone measurements •S imple two-point calibration process for ongoing accuracy •B acklit LCD display to capture measurements with ease • 2 x AAA alkaline batteries included •5 -year guarantee on Meter, 6-month guarantee for pH Probe

•2 m cable for measuring in hard-to-reach locations

09-445-205 Bluelab Combo Meter

Bluelab Multimedia pH Meter

09-445-210 Bluelab Combo Meter Plus

09-445-255 Bluelab Multimedia pH Meter

Bluelab Carry Case • Protect your Bluelab meters and enjoy hands-free readings with storage •F irm outer casing for impact resistance •T wo custom pockets for holding Bluelab probes • I nternal strap to tuck probe cables away tidily •N etted pocket for meter and strap to hold in place •S trong nylon strap with adjustable length • ‘ D’ hook at top of outer case for hanging

09-445-920 Bluelab Carry Case

Bluelab Probes | NUTRIENT CONTROL

Bluelab pH Probe •D ependable double-junction pH probe technology that’s built to last •E ffective in solutions of 0.2 EC and above •F ully waterproof not just water resistant •B NC connectors allow use with all other compatible Bluelab products

Bluelab Leap pH Probe •A ccurate direct pH measurements in any substrate in seconds •R einforced spear-tip for fast, direct measurement in substrates •E ffective in soil, coco coir blends, rockwool, potting mixes and solution •F ully waterproof not just water resistant •B NC connectors allow use with all other compatible Bluelab products

Bluelab Pro Controller Conductivity Probe

Bluelab pH Probe Inline

Bluelab Temperature Probe

• A replaceable double-junction pH probe for the Bluelab Guardian Monitor Connect Inline

•F or use with Bluelab pH Controller and Bluelab Pro Controller

•3 /4” NPT thread fits inline mounting; use with 1” adapter

•M easure temperature of solutions to ±0.1°C/°F in reservoirs •F ully waterproof and can be submerged in reservoirs

• Fully submersible probe

•P ressure rating of 7 bar pressure or 100 PSI to withstand line pressure and turbulence

•2 m cable for measuring in hard-to-reach locations

•L iquid flow naturally cleans the flat pH measurement surface

• A replacement conductivity probe for the Bluelab Pro Controller • Easy to clean • Low maintenance

•A dapted internal structure for mounting in any direction •3 m cable for measuring in hard-to-reach locations

09-445-805 Bluelab pH Probe

09-445-810 Bluelab Leap pH Probe

09-445-815 Bluelab Pro Controller Conductivity Probe

09-445-820 Bluelab pH Probe Inline

•R obust stainless-steel construction • Effective in nutrient solution •L ow maintenance – no calibration needed •2 m standard cable for measuring in hard-to-reach places

09-445-825 Bluelab Temperature Probe

hydrogarden.com

119

NUTRIENT CONTROL | Bluelab Controllers

ED REQUIRLL FOR A B BLUELACT CONNE TS! C PRODU

Bluelab pH Controller

Bluelab pH Controller Connect

Bluelab Connect Stick 2

•2 4/7 complete management of your reservoir pH in reservoirs of up to 760 L

• The same great features of the Bluelab pH Controller but you will be able to view your reservoir parameters on your mobile phone no matter where you are

REQUIRED FOR ALL BLUELAB CONNECT PRODUCTS

• 10 ml/min peristaltic pump delivers precise control • Controls pH in the up (alkali) or down (acid) direction • In-built safety lockouts prevent overdosing • Dosing routine allows for effective mixing before next dose • Auto-resume dosing when restarting after power loss • High and low alarms to alert you when pH is out of range • Acid and alkali-resistant delivery tubing •2 m probe and power cable lengths and 4 m total tubing for best positioning and viewing

eceive real-time notifications of any alarms •R you have set up •2 m probe and power cable lengths and 4 m total tubing for best positioning and viewing o connect, you’ll need to purchase a Bluelab Connect •T Stick 2 and download the free Bluelab Connect software. Once installed, you can set up an account for you and your team members to use

APP ENAB LED FULL ! CONT RO 24/7 L

• Flexible mounting options for walls, posts and racks • Easy-to-clean display built for clean environments

09-445-305 Bluelab pH Controller

120

hydrogarden.com

09-445-310 Bluelab pH Controller Connect

eceive wireless data from Bluelab Connect •R devices to your computer and smartphone •S end wireless data up to 100 m/330 ft (typically indoors) SB connection plugs directly into a computer •U for fast setup •L ong-range external antenna for increased wireless range performance •R eceive data from up to 50 Connect devices with one Connect Stick

09-445-390 Bluelab Connect Stick 2

Bluelab Monitors | NUTRIENT CONTROL

Bluelab Guardian Monitor Connect Inline

Bluelab Guardian Monitor Connect

•S tay connected to your nutrient feed line parameters 24/7 with all the features of the Bluelab Guardian Monitor Connect Inline

• The same great features of the Bluelab Guardian Monitor but you will be able to view your reservoir parameters on your mobile phone no matter where you are

• View your reservoir parameters on your mobile phone no matter where you are • 24/7 continuous monitoring of pH, EC & temp. in reservoirs • Receive real-time notifications of any alarms you have set up •E asy screw fitment (1” NPT thread) to remove pH and conductivity probes for routine calibration and cleaning •T o connect, you’ll need to purchase a Bluelab Connect Stick 2 and download the free Bluelab Connect software. Once installed, you can set up an account for you and your team members to use

09-445-365 Bluelab Guardian Monitor Connect Inline

Bluelab Guardian Monitor

• Receive real-time notifications of any alarms you have set up •T o connect, you’ll need to purchase a Bluelab Connect Stick 2 and download the free Bluelab Connect software. Once installed, you can set up an account for you and your team members to use

• 24/7 continuous monitoring of pH, EC and temperature in reservoirs pot any fluctuations, allowing you to solve issues as •S and when they happen • Large, backlit display for at-a-glance viewing •H igh and low alarms to alert you when parameters are out of range • Easy pH calibration function with on-screen instructions • 2 m cable lengths for best positioning and viewing • Flexible mounting options for walls, posts and racks • Easy-to-clean display built for clean environments

APP ENAB LED FULL ! CONT RO 24/7 L

APP ENAB LED FULL ! CONT RO 24/7 L 09-445-360 Bluelab Guardian Monitor Connect

09-445-355 Bluelab Guardian Monitor

hydrogarden.com

121

NUTRIENT CONTROL | Bluelab Dosing DES INCLU B A L E U BL ECT CONN 2 STICK

09-445-440

09-445-430

09-445-435

ACCU RAT AND E CONS IS NUTR TENT IE DOSIN NT G

Bluelab Pro Controller

Bluelab PeriPod M3, M4 & L3

•M onitor and automate nutrient and pH dosing in reservoirs when paired with Bluelab PeriPod dosers

•C onfidently automate pH and nutrient levels in growing reservoirs

•H igh-strength acid-/alkaline-resistant tubing for safe dosing of pH up or down

aintain perfect and stable pH and nutrient levels in your reservoir, •M ensuring optimal nutrient availability for your plants at all times

eristaltic pumps for accurate and consistent dosing of •P nutrient and pH into reservoirs

x 4 m (M3) or 3 x 4 m (M4) of food-grade tubing •2 for dosing nutrient stock solution

• In-built safety lockouts prevent excessive dosing

•F or convenience, doser can be positioned lower than the injectionpoint

• Opaque nutrient tubing to prevent algae growth

• Quiet and fan-cooled for optimal performance

• Rugged wall-mounted design for long-lasting efficiency

• Auto-resume dosing after power loss • View your reservoir parameters on your mobile phone no matter where you are • Multi-part nutrient dosing possible with multiple PeriPods & Connect software • Controls pH in the up (alkali) or down (acid) direction • High and low alarms to alert you when parameters are out of range • Dosing routine allows for effective mixing before next dose • 2 m cable lengths for best positioning and viewing

• Manual dosing from the unit to prime tubing • 120 ml/min pump flow rate

•B luelab PeriPods can be linked to create an expandable multi-part nutrient dosing system of up to 12 pumps*

•M 3 and M4 sizes offers an ultra-compact solution for space-saving environments

Note: Only M series (M3 and M4) can be chained to together. L3 can only be chained to other L3s

• 4 m of tubing for dosing pH adjuster solution

• Flexible mounting options for walls, posts and racks • Includes Bluelab Connect Stick 2

09-445-430 Bluelab PeriPod M3 09-445-435 Bluelab PeriPod M4 09-445-405 Bluelab Pro Controller

122

hydrogarden.com

• Replaceable peristaltic pumps and tubing

09-445-440 Bluelab PeriPod L3

Bluelab Accessories & Spares | NUTRIENT CONTROL Bluelab Pro Controller to PeriPod Data Cable

Bluelab PeriPod Replacement Pump Cassette

•D ata cable for Bluelab Pro Controller and Bluelab PeriPod

•R eplacement Pump Cassette only suitable M3/M4 PeriPods

09-445-870 Bluelab Pro Controller to PeriPod Data Cable

Bluelab External Lockout & Alarm Box •C onnect external switches to your Bluelab Pro Controller for a complete dosing solution • Connect an external lockout sensor (eg float switch), which will stop all dosing, putting your plant safety first • I ntegrate Pro Controller with an irrigation controller and pause dosing during feed-out

Bluelab Guardian Power Supply • Replacement power supply with four interchangeable plug adaptors (Guardian Monitors only) • 5 V 1.5 A

• Wire in the switch options yourself

09-445-875 Bluelab PeriPod Replacement Pump Cassette - Small

Bluelab pH/Pro Controller Power Supply • Replacement power supply with four interchangeable plug adaptors

Bluelab PeriPod Power Supply •R eplacement power supply with four interchangeable plug adaptors • 24 V 2 A

• 24 V 0.3 A

•P ro Controller lockout can be activated with ‘normally open’ and ‘normally closed’ switches dd an external alarm (horn or flashing light) to your •A Pro Controller system for an audible alert system

09-445-455 Bluelab External Lockout and Alarm Box

09-445-855 Bluelab Guardian Power Supply

pH Controller/Pro Controller 09-445-860 Bluelab Power Supply

09-445-865 Bluelab PeriPod Power Supply

hydrogarden.com

123

NUTRIENT CONTROL | Bluelab Probe Care

A CLEA N PROBE IS AN ACCURA TE PROBE!

Bluelab Probe Care Kits • Everything you need to clean, calibrate and maintain your pH probes • To ensure ongoing accuracy and longevity, we recommend that you clean, calibrate and hydrate your Bluelab probes on a regular basis Bluelab Probe Care Kit – pH

Bluelab Probe Care Kit – Conductivity

Bluelab Probe Care Kit – pH and Conductivity

Includes

• Probe care instructions

• 20 ml single-use Bluelab Solution Sachets two each of: pH 7.0, pH 4.0 and KCl solutions

wo 20 ml single-use sachets of Bluelab 2.77 EC •T conductivity standard solution

0 ml single-use Bluelab Solution Sachets •2 two each of: pH 7.0, pH 4.0, KCl and 2.77 EC standard solution

• 3 x plastic cups

• 1 x plastic cup

• 3 x plastic cups

• Bluelab pH Probe Cleaner

• Bluelab Conductivity Probe Cleaner

• Bluelab pH Probe Cleaner

• Toothbrush for cleaning your pH probe

•C hamois for cleaning your conductivity probe

• Bluelab Conductivity Probe Cleaner • Toothbrush for cleaning your pH probe • Chamois for cleaning your conductivity probe

09-445-905 Bluelab Probe Care Kit - pH

124

hydrogarden.com

09-445-910 Bluelab Probe Care Kit - Conductivity

09-445-915 Bluelab Probe Care Kit - pH and Conductivity

Bluelab Meter Maintenance | NUTRIENT CONTROL ALL SOLUT IO AVAILA NS B AS BO LE XES OF 6

Bluelab pH Calibration Solution 4 & 7 •C alibration standard solutions are essential for use with all Bluelab products •M anufactured specifically for Bluelab products and are referenced to high laboratory standards

Bluelab EC Standard Solution • Calibration standard solutions are essential for use with all Bluelab products anufactured specifically for Bluelab products and are •M referenced to high laboratory standards • Improve EC/PPM accuracy with regular cleaning

Bluelab pH Probe Storage Solution • Compatible for use with Bluelab pH pens and probes •M anufactured specifically for Bluelab products and are referenced to high laboratory standards

INACCU RATE READIN GS MAY LE AD TO POOR P LAN GROWT T H

09-445-930 Bluelab pH 4.0 Calibration Solution 250 ml - box of 6 09-445-935 Bluelab pH 4.0 Calibration Solution 500 ml - box of 6 09-445-950 Bluelab pH 7.0 Calibration Solution 250 ml - box of 6

09-445-970 Bluelab 2.77 EC Standard Solution 250 ml - box of 6

09-445-955 Bluelab pH 7.0 Calibration Solution 500 ml - box of 6

09-445-975 Bluelab 2.77 EC Standard Solution 500 ml - box of 6

09-445-990 Bluelab pH Probe Storage Solution 100 ml - box of 6

hydrogarden.com

125

NUTRIENT CONTROL | Accessories & Heaters

Guard’n’Aid OxyPlus

CANNA D-Block

• Liquid additive that can be used in hydroponic or soil systems to increase oxygen content and maintain system cleanliness

• Use CANNA D-Block pre-emptively with every irrigation (the product is completely non-toxic) and make sure that the pipes and dripper remain wet internally between irrigations

• Can also be used in seed germination and as a preventative against Pythium • Dose: Add 7.5 ml to 10 L of nutrient solution. Stir thoroughly. Repeat 2 or 3 times per week or as required. • For sanitising systems: add 75 ml/10 L of water. Use this solution to circulate through the system or through growing medium (e.g. clay, perlite) to sterilise. Remember to flush the system with clean fresh water before use.

• Prevents the build-up of precipitant •B efore every new crop, it is advisable to fill the system with clean water and D-Block (with an adjusted pH of 5.2) to protect the system and prevent any obstructions during the next cultivation

BOYU Submersible Nutrient Heaters •F ully thermostatically controlled heaters that are ideal for the heating of nutrient tanks •K eep your solution at the optimum temperature

• Use 5 ml per 10 L of tap water as a pre-treatment to remove chlorine and chloramines • 12% Hydrogen Peroxide

10-510-020 Guard’n’Aid OxyPlus 250 ml

10-495-505 BOYU 100 W Nutrient Heater

10-510-025 Guard’n’Aid OxyPlus 1 L 10-510-030 Guard’n’Aid OxyPlus 5 L

126

hydrogarden.com

10-495-515 BOYU 200 W Nutrient Heater 10-510-200 CANNA D-Block 1 L

10-495-525 BOYU 300 W Nutrient Heater

Chillers | NUTRIENT CONTROL BOYU Reservoir Chillers

10-495-415

•A void your hydroponic nutrient solution getting too hot which can breed algae growth and prevent the solution from holding in dissolved oxygen leading to lower crop yields, or worse, destruction of your crop through root disease such as Pythium • Can be used for both fresh water and sea water uper-refrigeration can decrease the water •S temperature from 35°C to 18°C rapidly

10-495-440

•M icro-computerised control system makes them easy to operate and accurately control

10-495-405

• I ncludes an over current and overheat auto-protection system that makes them safe and reliable

MBER REME D A TO AD ND A PUMP TO G PIPIN DER!* OR YOUR 10-495-400

Technical Specifications Chiller Flow Rate

L-075

L-200

600 - 2000 L/h

800 - 2200 L/h

Supply Power Water Refrigerated Dimensions Weight

L-500

1200 - 3000 L/h

1800 - 4800 L/h 3/5 hp (max. 495 W)

230 V | 50/60 Hz 1/8 hp (max. 160 W)

1/6 hp (max. 190 W)

1/3 hp (max. 250 W)

80 - 400 L

90 - 500 L

120 - 600 L

200 - 1000 L

397 x 329 x 465 mm

467 x 396 x 526 mm

480 x 520 x 526 mm

N.W. - 13 kg | G.W. - 15.1 kg

N.W. - 13.7 kg | G.W. - 15.7 kg

N.W. - 17 kg | G.W. - 19 kg

N.W. - 25 kg | G.W. - 27.5 kg

10-450-535 BOYU FP-3000

10-450-540 BOYU FP-4000

Inlet/Outlet Size Min. Recommended Pump

L-350

19 mm 10-450-525 BOYU FP-1500

10-495-400 BOYU L-075 Reservoir Chiller

10-495-410 BOYU L-350 Reservoir Chiller

10-495-405 BOYU L-200 Reservoir Chiller

10-495-415 BOYU L-500 Reservoir Chiller

10-450-530 BOYU FP-2000

*Appropriate size pipe for connecting the pump to the chiller and from the chiller to the tank/reservoir is required. We recommend 19 mm LDPE Pipe for use with BOYU chillers.

hydrogarden.com

127

Anniversary

SEE PAGES 104 - 108

100% organic, 100% certified

LIGHTING

LIGHTING | LUMii BLACK LED

KIT WITH BALLAST E AVAILABL

LED Range LUMii BLACK, the original and reliable horticultural lighting range is leaping ahead to the future with a NEW range of LED lights. Staying true to the core value of affordability and reliablity, you will not be disappointed.

LUMii BLACK 720 W LED Fixture • An efficient, high-performance 6-bar LED fixture • Lightweight with no integral ballast, it is easy to install •P owered by a LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast (not included) which can sit on the fixture or remote from it

720 W

Real world PPFD (μmol/m2/s) output test

Voltage (Fixture Input)

130-160 V

Average reading 819 μmol/m2/s

Frequency (Fixture Input) 40 - 100 kHz

• PPF of 1870 μmol/s

PPF

1870 μmols/s

• Full spectrum, white light with elevated blues and reds

Life Hours

>50,000 hrs

Size

1080 x 1100 x 50 mm

Weight

7.8 kg (fixture only)

03-155-130 LUMii BLACK LED 720 W 6 Bar Fixture 03-155-135 LUMii BLACK Electronic LED Kit

Spectrum Graph 1.0

380

480 580 680 780 Wavelength (n/m)

1.5 m 600

790

860

790

600

700

950

1030

950

700

750

1000 1080 1000

750

710

950

1030

950

710

600

760

860

760

600

1.5 m

IP65

Note: A LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast is required for the fixture to operate

hydrogarden.com

Power

IP Rating

• I deal for heat management – much cooler than traditional HID lighting

130

Technical Specifications

Tested in a LightHouse WHITE 1.5 m2 Tent with 100 mm Inline Fan in use. All light measurements taken 50 cm from the light source. All light measurements taken using a LI-250A Light Meter (LI‑COR) and Quantum sensor (μmol)

LUMii BLACK LED | LIGHTING

PPF: 1870 μmol/s

Need help with the jargon?

μmol: 1 mole of photons = 6.02 x 1023 which is a gargantuan number so to simplify this you’ll see figures referring to Micromoles (μmol). PPF (μmol/s): This is the measure of how much plant usable light is

being produced by a fixture

Two options for the LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast: it can sit on the fixture or remote from it.

PPE (μmol/J): This is the measure of how efficient a fixture is at turning energy into light If you want to grow bigger plants, PPF is more important than PPE, as it directly tells you the total light output of a fixture. The higher the better!

hydrogarden.com

131

LIGHTING | LUMii BLACK LED

A GREAT E ALTERNATIV W 0 0 /4 TO 250 HID OR 315 W CMH

WORKS BEST WITH LIGHTHOUSE WHITE CLONE TENT SEE PAGE 227

LUMii BLACK Blade 100 W LED • Designed for seedlings, cuttings and mother plants • Compact, lightweight and easy to install • Thick alloy plate heat sink minimizes heat, which can be problematic in small growing environments • PPF of 260 μmol/s •F ull spectrum, white light with elevated blues, essential to help plants produce healthy stems, increased density, and established roots

LUMii BLACK Blade 200 W LED

Technical Specifications

•A balanced spectrum and intensity to provide single source lighting for your entire grow

Power

100 W

Voltage

100-277 V

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

IP Rating

IP65

PPF

260 μmols/s

Life Hours

425 x 215 x 92 mm

Weight

2 kg

132

hydrogarden.com

100-277 V

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

IP Rating

IP65

• PPF of 520 μmol/s

PPF Life Hours

520 μmols/s

• Full spectrum, white light with elevated blues and reds • I deal for heat management – much cooler than traditional HID lighting

1.0 = 6.531e+002mW/nm

1.2

03-155-950 LUMii BLACK Blade 100 W LED

400 W

Voltage

• Compact, lightweight and easy to install

Size

Spectrum Graph Spectrum

Power

•U se through both vegetative and flower stages in a small tent or along side the 400 W version in a larger tent to give optimal coverage

>50,000 hrs

Technical Specifications

• Fully dimmable

Spectrum Spectrum 1.2 1.2

1.0 = 6.531e+002mW/nm 1.0 = 5.714e+002mW/nm

505 x 305 x 104 mm

Weight

3.4 kg

Spectrum Graph Spectrum

1.0

1.0 1.0

0.8

0.8 0.8

0.8

0.6

0.6 0.6

0.6

0.4

0.4 0.4

0.4

0.2

0.2 0.2

0.2

0.0 380

0.0 0.0 380380

480

580

680

480 580 (nm) 680 Wavelength Wavelength (n/m)

780

1.0 = 5.714e+002mW/nm

1.2

1.0

380

>50,000 hrs

Size

1.0 1.0

480480

580580

Wavelength Wavelength (nm) (nm)

680680

03-155-955 LUMii BLACK Blade 200 W LED

780780

0.0 380

380

480 Wavelength 580 (nm) 680 Wavelength (n/m) 480

580

680

780

LUMii BLACK LED | LIGHTING

1.0 = 6.531e+002mW/nm

Get the best of both worlds when you Combined Spectrum Graph1.0 = 5.714e+002mW/nm Spectrum 1.2 combine the LUMii BLACK Bar 30 W UV/FR LED with the LUMii BLACK Blade 400 W LED. 1.01.0 Full spectrum light with 0.8 supplementary UVA 0.6 and Far Red. 0.4 0.2

780

0.0 380

380

480

580

680

480 580 (nm) 680 Wavelength Wavelength (n/m)

780

SUPPLEMENTARY LIGHT DESIGNED TO WORK WITH LUMii BLACK BLADE 400 W LED!

Ideal for tents/footprints of 90 cm up to 1.2 m due to its novel adjustable design

LUMii BLACK Bar 30 W UV/FR LED

LUMii BLACK Blade 400 W LED

Technical Specifications

•D esigned to give supplementary UVA (385 nm) and Far Red (730 nm) light to growing plants but does not provide the full spectrum of light which they require • I deal for attachment to the LUMii BLACK Blade 400 W LED, but can also be used alongside any other full-spectrum grow lighting to increase yield and stimulate growth and promote flowering

• An ideal replacement for 600 W HID lighting which can be used with the LUMii BLACK Bar 30 W UV/FR LED for extra UV/FR light

Power

30 W

Voltage

100-277 V

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

IP Rating

IP65

•A balanced spectrum and intensity to provide single source lighting for your entire grow • PPF of 1040 μmol/s •F ull spectrum, white light with elevated blues and reds

PPF (200 - 800 nm) 56.60 μmols/s

• Output of PPF of 56.60 μmol/s • Initially the UV/FR LED should be lit for no more than 2 hours during the photoperiod. This can be increased carefully in small increments over time if, in the grower’s opinion, the plants will benefit

Life Hours

>6400 hrs

Size

605 x 57 x 31 mm

Weight

0.85 kg

• I deal for heat management – much cooler than traditional HID lighting • Fully dimmable

7.960o - 001

UV/FR Spectrum Graph

Spectrum 1.2

6.633o - 001

1.0

5.306o - 001

Spectrum

680

3.980o - 001

1.0 = 5.714e+002mW/nm 1.0 = 6.531e+002mW/nm

Spectrum 1.2

Technical Specifications Power

400 W

Voltage

100-277 V

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

IP Rating

IP65

PPF

1040 μmols/s

Life Hours

>50,000 hrs

Size

610-740 x 505 x 97 mm

Weight

6.2 kg

Spectrum Graph Spectrum

1.0 = 5.714e+002mW/nm

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0 380

0.0 380 480

1.0

2.652o - 001

1.327o - 001

0.000o - 000 300

03-155-990 LUMii BLACK Bar 30 W UV/FR LED

380

500

600

700

480Wavelength580 680 (nm) Wavelength (n/m)

760

780

480 580

580 680

Wavelength (nm) Wavelength (nm)

680 780

03-155-960 LUMii BLACK Blade 400 W LED

780

0.0 380

380

480 Wavelength 580 (nm) 680 Wavelength (n/m) 480

580

680

780

hydrogarden.com

133

LIGHTING | PowerPlant LED INTERNAL DRIVER FOR NO NEED TE A R A A SEP ! T S A L L A B

RA IDEAL FO 2 TENT OR 1.5 M IN A USE TWO T! N 2.4 M TE

LED Range The NEW PowerPlant LED range brings outstanding quality LED lighting equipment to the forefront of growing. This innovative range includes two sizes of LED fixture, both with internal drivers, plus a controller that can control up to 100 fixtures!

PowerPlant 400 W LED Fixture • A high-performance, quality 4-bar LED fixture

Power

400 W

Voltage

100-277 V

• Internal driver - no need for a separate ballast!

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

•S uitable for use as a single standalone fixture, an array of up to 100 fixtures may be run using the PowerPlant LED Controller

IP Rating

IP65

PPF Life Hours

1120 μmols/s

• PPF of 1120 μmol/s • 120° light distribution

Size

900 x 900 x 60 mm

• Full spectrum, white light with elevated blues and reds

Weight

7 kg

• Samsung 301B & OSRAM 660 nm chips • I deal for heat management – much cooler than traditional HID lighting • Dimming options - 30, 60, 80 & 100%

03-155-085 PowerPlant 400 W LED Fixture

134

hydrogarden.com

Technical Specifications

• Compact, lightweight, easy to install and maintain, it has outstanding efficacy and output while simplifying heat management

>50,000 hrs

Spectrum Graph 1.0

380

480 580 680 Wavelength (n/m)

780

PowerPlant LED | LIGHTING

PowerPlant LED Controller

PowerPlant 650 W LED Fixture

•T his controller will help growers get the most out of the PowerPlant 400 W and 650 W LED Fixtures

• A high-performance, quality 8-bar LED fixture

• Allows growers to control up to 100 linked Fixtures at once • Programmable to control a day/night lighting cycle •S imulates a period of ‘sunrise’ and ‘sunset’ to protect plants from sudden light and temperature change •T emperature sensitive auto-dim and emergency shutdown settings to protect plants from high temperatures • Thermostat and temperature sensor included Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications

• Compact, lightweight, easy to install and maintain, it has outstanding efficacy and output while simplifying heat management

Power

650 W

Voltage

100-277 V

• Internal driver - no need for a separate ballast!

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

•S uitable for use as a single standalone fixture, an array of up to 100 fixtures may be run using the PowerPlant LED Controller

IP Rating

IP65

PPF

1755 μmols/s

• PPF of 1755 μmol/s

Life Hours

>50,000 hrs

• 120° light distribution

Size

1200 x 1100 x 60 mm

• Full spectrum, white light with elevated blues and reds

Weight

12.5 kg

Input

5 V DC

• Samsung 301B & OSRAM 660 nm chips

Output Signal

11.5 V DC Max.

• I deal for heat management – much cooler than traditional HID lighting • Dimming options - 30, 60, 80 & 100%

03-155-095 PowerPlant LED Controller

INTERN A DRIVER L NO NEE D FOR A SEPA RA BALLAS TE T!

03-155-090 PowerPlant 650 W LED Fixture

Spectrum Graph 1.0

380

480 580 680 Wavelength (n/m)

780

hydrogarden.com

135

LIGHTING | SYLVANIA LED

SYLVANIA GroXpress 340 W LED Fixture •A dimmable, low-profile LED Fixture carefully engineered so that the light penetrates deeper into the plant, leading to increased growth rates of indoor grown flowers, vegetables and crops onsists of four LED modules which create a large lighted area •C (100 x 100 cm for maximum uniformity) •U ses Gro-Lux FullSpectrum+; a plant specific spectrum for all stages of plant growth, optimised for applications without natural sunlight

Technical Specifications Power

340 W

Voltage

220-240 V

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

IP Rating

IP20

• PPF of 780 μmol/s

PPF

780 μmol/s

• Passively cooled – increased LED board surface area leading to increased cooling for maximum performance and lifetime

Life Hours

>50,000 hrs

Size

676 x 653 x 53 mm

Weight

8.3 kg

• Plug in and grow – includes power cable and two different hanging solutions

Spectrum Graph 1.0

03-155-155 SYLVANIA GroXpress LED 340 W Full Spectrum Fixture

136

hydrogarden.com

380

480 580 680 Wavelength (n/m)

780

DON’T FORGET YOUR HANGING EQUIPMENT! SEE PAGES 160-161 FOR OUR ENTIRE RANGE

ROOT!T LED | LIGHTING 42 W 930 MM

LE MULTIP NG HANGI NS O OPTI

ROOT!T LED Light Stand

26 W 530 MM

Single

Double

Two clip styles included for horizontal or vertical hanging

26 | 42 W

Voltage

220-240 V

Frequency

50 Hz

IP Rating

IP54

PPF

57 | 93 μmols/s

Colour Temp.

6500 K

TWO SI AVAIL ZES ABLE!

Spectrum Graph 1.0

380

480

580

680

780

Wavelength (n/m) Note: Light not included

03-155-900 ROOT!T 26 W LED Grow Light

03-155-930 ROOT!T LED Light Stand Single

03-155-915 ROOT!T 26 W LED Grow Light & Stand Kit - Single

03-155-910 ROOT!T 42 W LED Grow Light

03-155-935 ROOT!T LED Light Stand Double

03-155-920 ROOT!T 26 W LED Grow Lights & Stand Kit - Double

03-155-925 ROOT!T 42 W LED Grow Light & Stand Kit

hydrogarden.com

137

LIGHTING | T5 Lights BOX OF 20

LINKABL

EnviroGro by LUMii T5 Fixture • These durable lights are ideal for small and large-scale propagation • Low profile powder coated, pre-galvanized steel housing

• Replacement lamps for T5 Lights

• 2 m grounded power cord • On/Off switch • Outlet socket for daisy-chaining multiple units

PLUG & P

Technical Specifications Model

Power

60 cm 2 Lamp

48 W

60 cm 4 Lamp

96 W

122 cm 4 Lamp

216 W

122 cm 8 Lamp

432 W

EnviroGro by LUMii T5 Lamps

IP Rating

Technical Specifications

L AY

Size

Power Lumen Output

54.8 cm

24 W

Up to 1600 lm

114.9 cm 54 W

Up to 4100 lm

6400 K

Spectrum Graph IP20

More control for you: dual switches are featured on all models (except the 60 cm 2 lamp model). Switches allow half illumination of either inner or outer lamps illuminated or full illumination of all lamps.

1.0

380

138

Colour Temp.

480 680 580 Wavelength (n/m)

780

03-140-050 EnviroGro by LUMii 60 cm (2 ft) 2 Lamp T5 Light

03-140-060 EnviroGro by LUMii 122 cm (4 ft) 4 Lamp T5 Light

03-117-155 EnviroGro by LUMii 54.8 cm 24 W T5 Lamp (6400 K) - Box of 20

03-140-055 EnviroGro by LUMii 60 cm (2 ft) 4 Lamp T5 Light

03-140-065 EnviroGro by LUMii 122 cm (4 ft) 8 Lamp T5 Light

03-117-185 EnviroGro by LUMii 114.9 cm 54 W T5 Lamp (6400 K) - Box of 20

hydrogarden.com

TLED | LIGHTING LINKABL

PLUG & P

EnviroGro by LUMii TLED Tube

EnviroGro by LUMii TLED Fixture

• Replacement tubular lamps for TLED Fixture

• Cool running tubular LED technology

• Highly energy efficient: 130 lm/W

• Long lasting with high yield potential

Technical Specifications

• On/Off switch

Size

Power Lumen Output

54.9 cm

114.9 cm 18 W

Colour Temp.

Up to 1180 lm

6000 K

Up to 2340 lm

Spectrum Graph 1.0

380

480 680 580 Wavelength (n/m)

L AY

• Outlet socket for daisy-chaining multiple units Technical Specifications Power

Max. 20 | 40 | 75 W

Input

220 - 240 V

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

IP Rating

IP40

More control for you: dual switches are featured on the 4 lamp models. Switches allow half illumination of either inner or outer lamps illuminated or full illumination of all lamps.

780 03-155-405 EnviroGro by LUMii 60 cm (2 ft) 2 Lamp TLED Fixture - 20 W

03-155-450 EnviroGro by LUMii 54.9 cm 9 W TLED Tube

03-155-410 EnviroGro by LUMii 60 cm (2 ft) 4 Lamp TLED Fixture - 40 W

03-155-455 EnviroGro by LUMii 114.9 cm 18 W TLED Tube

03-155-415 EnviroGro by LUMii 120 cm (4 ft) 4 Lamp TLED Fixture - 75 W

hydrogarden.com

139

LIGHTING | LUMii BLACK

POWERS THE LUMii BLACK 720 W LED FIXTURE ONE BALLAST FOR BOTH LED & HID!

HID Range LUMii BLACK is the original, reliable and affordable range of horticultural lighting. Low on price but NOT low on quality, reliability or performance…

LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast

LUMii BLACK 600 W Metal Magnetic Ballast

• The iconic electronic ballast from LUMii BLACK

• The classic magnetic ballast from LUMii BLACK

• Compatible with any reflector fitted with an IEC socket

•U ses electromagnetic technology to regulate the voltage supplied to your grow lights

• ‘Dim’ and ‘Boost’ functions give growers flexible control over the power output: switch between 250, 400, 600 W, and a ‘super-lumens’ boost of 15% (delivering 690 W on average) • Cool and silent running • Soft Start and thermal protection to ensure maximum safety against energy spikes • Can be used with any 600 W HID lamp Technical Specifications Power Input

600 W 240 V

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

Amp.

2.9 A

IP Rating

IP20

03-105-150 LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast

140

hydrogarden.com

• Compatible with any reflector fitted with an IEC socket • Well vented metal-case ensures the ballast runs cool • Quiet running • Can be used with any 600 W HID lamp Technical Specifications Power

600 W

Input

240 V

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

Amp.

2.9 A

IP Rating

IP20

03-105-510 LUMii BLACK 600 W Metal Magnetic Ballast

LUMii BLACK | LIGHTING

5M LEAD LUMii BLACK Reflector

LUMii BLACK HPS Lamp

LUMii BLACK Contactor Timers

• The tried-and-true classic Dutch Barn style reflector

• A 600 W Dual Spectrum, High Pressure Sodium (HPS) Lamp

• A simple and cost-effective solution for grow light scheduling

•D impled wings for improved reflectivity and reduction of hot-spots

•P erfect for stimulating enhanced flowering and offers 18,000 life hours

• Mechanical timer, easy to programme in 15 minute increments

•2 conveniently positioned tabs on reflector top, ideal for easy hanging

• Supplied in cartons of 10

• Relay switch safely turns on HID lights without causing a power surge or overloading the timer

Technical Specifications

• Lightweight, flexible power bar that takes up to 13 A

•U se with any horizontally mounted HPS lamp up to and including 600 W • Comes pre-assembled in a carton of 10 Technical Specifications Dimensions: 510 x 380 x 130 mm

We recommend running no more than

Power

600 W

Colour Temp.

2000 K

PAR Value

1050 μmols/s

Lumens

90,000

4 x 315 W per 4-socket power bar

Fitting

E40

8-Way requires 2 mains sockets

2 x 1000 W per 4-socket power bar 3 x 600 W per 4-socket power bar 4 x 400 W per 4-socket power bar

03-125-500 LUMii BLACK 4-Way Contactor Timer 03-105-400 LUMii BLACK Reflector - Box of 10

03-115-510 LUMii BLACK 600 W HPS Lamp

03-125-510 LUMii BLACK 8-Way Contactor Timer

hydrogarden.com

141

LIGHTING | LUMii BLACK Electronic Kits LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit - MAXii Includes • LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast • LUMii BLACK 600 W HPS Lamp • LUMii MAXii Reflector • Rope Ratchets

LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit - AeroTube Includes • LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast •L UMii BLACK 600 W HPS Lamp •L UMii AeroTube Reflector

BUNDLE OF 4

03-101-515 LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit - MAXii (Bundle of 4)

LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit - MAXii & SunBlaster

LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit SunBlaster Lamp

Includes

• LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast

•L UMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast

• LUMii SunBlaster 600 W HPS Lamp • LUMii MAXii Reflector • Rope Ratchets

BUNDLE OF 4

• Rope Ratchets

03-101-520 LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit - AeroTube

LUMii BLACK Electronic Kits - Mantis Includes • LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast • LUMii BLACK 600 W HPS Lamp • PowerPlant Mantis Reflector

• LUMii BLACK Reflector •L UMii SunBlaster 600 W HPS Lamp

BUNDLE OF 10

03-101-525 LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit - Mantis 03-101-095 LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit - MAXii SunBlaster

142

hydrogarden.com

03-101-545 LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit - SunBlaster Lamp

03-101-542 LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit - Mantis w/o Lamp

LUMii BLACK Electronic Kits | LIGHTING LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit without Reflector Includes • LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast • LUMii BLACK 600 W HPS Lamp

BUNDL E OF 10 03-101-510 LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit - without Reflector

LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit Includes • LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast • LUMii BLACK 600 W HPS Lamp

LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit without Lamp Includes • LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast

• LUMii BLACK Reflector • Rope Ratchets

•L UMii BLACK Reflector

Includes

• Rope Ratchets

• LUMii BLACK 600 W HPS Lamp

• LUMii BLACK 600 W Electronic Ballast • LUMii BLACK Reflector

BUNDL E OF 10 BUNDL E OF 10 03-101-500 LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit

OUR MOST POPULAR KIT!

LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit without Rope Ratchets

03-101-540 LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit - without Lamp

BUNDL E OF 10

03-101-505 LUMii BLACK Electronic Kit - without Rope Ratchets

hydrogarden.com

143

LIGHTING | LUMii DIGITA

1000 W

600 W

LUMii DIGITA Ballast

LUMii DIGITA Ballast Kits

•D immable as well as featuring a boost setting for each lamp size, meaning you can take control of the light output

• Choose between the reflector type, the power and whether you want to include LUMii SunBlaster Lamps

• Cool and quiet running

Reflector

•R esin covered on the inside, helping to protect from dust ingress to the components and creating even heat distribution

MAXii

• Efficient power management • Available in 600 W (dimmable to 250 W/400 W) and 1000 W (dimmable to 400 W/600 W) Technical Specifications Power

600 | 1000 W

Input

240 V

Frequency

50 | 60 Hz

Amp.

2.9 | 4.6 A

IP Rating

IP20

AeroTube

Power

With Lamp

600 W

03-101-025

1000 W1

03-101-040

600 W2

03-101-230

03-101-280

1000 W3

03-101-330

03-101-380

1. With Heavy Duty MAXii Reflector 2. With 150 mm AeroTube 3. With 200 mm AeroTube Dimensions: 600 W - 295 x 115 x 80 mm 1000 W - 340 x 160 x 105 mm

03-101-025 LUMii DIGITA 600 W, MAXii & SunBlaster Kit 03-101-040 LUMii DIGITA 1000 W, HD MAXii & SunBlaster Kit 03-101-230 LUMii DIGITA 600 W, AeroTube & SunBlaster Kit 03-101-330 LUMii DIGITA 1000 W, AeroTube & SunBlaster Kit

144

03-105-260 LUMii DIGITA 600 W Dimmable Ballast

03-101-280 LUMii DIGITA 600 W, AeroTube Kit - No Lamp

03-105-270 LUMii DIGITA 1000 W Dimmable Ballast

03-101-380 LUMii DIGITA 1000 W, AeroTube Kit - No Lamp

hydrogarden.com

Without Lamp

LUMii 400 V | LIGHTING

LUMii 400 V 1000 W Ballast

LUMii 400 V DE Reflector

• 6 Power settings, range from 600 W to 1150 W • RF shielded • Soft-start technology • Supplied with 2 m, 3 x 1.0 mm2 power lead, UK plug to female IEC

• Designed for use specifically with double-ended lamps

Technical Specifications Power

1000 W

Input

240 V

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

IP Rating

IP20

•U nique design that allows you to install and remove lamps with ease • Optically engineered for high performance • 4 metre lead included Technical Specifications Dimensions: 470 x 380 x 130 mm

LUMii 400 V DE Lamps

LUMii 400 V Kits

• Double-ended lamps are more stable than traditional single ended, increasing light intensity and PAR by 10%

•C omplete lighting kit, including ballast, reflector and lamp (also available without lamp)

• Increased light intensity

Includes

Technical Specifications

• LUMii 400 V 1000 W Ballast

Lumens

140,000

PPF

2100 μmol/s

Colour Temp.

2000 K

Life Hours

10,000

• LUMii 400 V DE 750 or 1000 W HPS Lamp •L UMii 400 V DE Reflector or PowerPlant Mantis DE Reflector WITH 750 W LAMP ENSURE 1000 W BALLAST IS ON 750 W SETTING!

Dimensions: 232 x 175 x 95 mm 03-101-910 LUMii 1000 W 400 V DE Kit 03-101-915 LUMii 1000 W 400 V DE Kit - Without Lamp 03-101-920 LUMii 750 W 400 V DE Kit 03-105-470 LUMii 400 V 1000 W

03-110-450 LUMii 400 V DE Reflector

03-115-255 LUMii 400 V 750 W DE Lamp

03-101-930 LUMii 750 W 400 V DE Mantis Kit

03-115-260 LUMii 400 V 1000 W DE Lamp

03-101-935 LUMii 1000 W 400 V DE Mantis Kit

hydrogarden.com

145

LIGHTING | PowerPlant Ballast

HID Range The PowerPlant range is full of outstanding quality lighting equipment to help achieve optimum plant growth. This innovative range includes a unique reflector, metal halide and HPS lamps, a controllable ballast and controller, and more.

PowerPlant 600 W Controllable Ballast • Ballast can be controlled either manually or via a controller connected by a lead • Designed for use with 600 W HID lamps • Dimmable up to 50% power (300 W) • BOOST setting bumps up lamp effectiveness to 115%, providing plants with more light • Compatible with any reflector fitted with a universal IEC socket Technical Specifications

hydrogarden.com

• Allows growers to control up to 100 ballasts at once • Programmable to control a day/night lighting cycle •S imulates a period of ‘sunrise’ and ‘sunset’ to protect plants from sudden light and temperature change •T emperature sensitive auto-dim and emergency shutdown settings to protect plants from high temperatures • Thermostat and temperature sensor included Technical Specifications Input

15 V DC

Power

600 W

Output Signal

11.5 V DC Max.

Input

230 V

Power

1.2 W

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

IP Rating

IP22

Amp.

2.9 A

IP Rating

IP20

CAUTION: DO NOT BOOST METAL HALIDE LAMPS

03-105-610 PowerPlant 600 W Controllable Ballast

146

PowerPlant Controller

03-105-640 PowerPlant Controller

PowerPlant Kits | LIGHTING

PowerPlant 600 W Controllable Kit - BLACK Lamp

PowerPlant 600 W Controllable Kit - SunBlaster Lamp

PowerPlant 600 W Controllable Kit - Mantis

Includes • PowerPlant 600 W Controllable Ballast

Includes

• PowerPlant 600 W Controllable Ballast

• LUMii BLACK Reflector

• LUMii MAXii Reflector - 2 Hooks & Cord Set

• PowerPlant Mantis Reflector

• 600 W LUMii BLACK HPS Lamp

• 600 W PowerPlant Super HPS Lamp

BUNDL E OF 10 KITS

BUNDL E OF 4 KITS

03-102-215 PowerPlant 600 W Controllable Kit - Mantis 03-102-205 PowerPlant 600 W Controllable Kit - BLACK Lamp

03-102-210 PowerPlant 600 W Controllable Kit - SunBlaster Lamp

03-102-230 PowerPlant 600 W Controllable Kit - Mantis w/o Lamp

hydrogarden.com

147

LIGHTING | PowerPlant Reflectors 03-110-600

03-110-610

03-110-615

03-110-605

PowerPlant AeroWing Reflector - SE • Air-cooled lighting helps combat high growroom temperatures, particularly useful in the summer months • Closed-end design concentrates light over a specific space, minimising wasteful light dispersal into the environment – light is directed towards the plants • Enclosed design allows you to lower the light closer to your plants without burning them – ideal for a smaller tent • Airtight unit means that unwanted smells are not picked up and transmitted through the cooling system Technical Specifications Connection

E40

Max. Load

250 V - 6 A

03-110-620

PowerPlant Mantis Reflector - SE & DE • Quick and easy set up – with no tools • Increased reflector size compared to standard reflectors • Optimal reflectivity level with adjustable wing position

PowerPlant Mantis Reflector Component Sets • C omponent sets of the full Mantis Reflector kits; not standalone parts

• 96% Reflectivity • Even distribution of light coverage

• Cord Length - 4 m

• Durable and robust design Technical Specifications SE

Connection

E40

Connection

K12 x 30s

Max. Load

250 V - 6 A

Max. Load

250 V - 10 A

Suitable for up to 600 W HPS Lamps

Suitable for up to 1000 W Double Ended HPS Lamps

Suitable for up to 600 W HID Lamps

03-110-610 PowerPlant Mantis Reflector - Wing Set 03-110-615 PowerPlant Mantis Reflector - SE Spine & Cord Set 03-110-660 PowerPlant AeroWing Reflector - SE 150 mm

148

hydrogarden.com

03-110-600 PowerPlant Mantis Reflector - SE

03-110-605 PowerPlant Mantis Reflector - DE

03-110-620 PowerPlant Mantis Reflector - DE Spine Set

Air-cooled Reflectors | LIGHTING 03-110-330 Removable lamp holder

03-110-320

Plastic ends

LUMii AeroTube Reflector When used in conjunction with ducting and fans, the AeroTube Reflector allows air to flow through the reflector, thus helping to control the environment temperature. The reflector features a removable lamp holder and a two-part external reflector. Multiple reflectors can be mounted in series with the use of flexible ducting. • Temperature control

03-110-325

• Toughened glass • Removable lamp holder for easy lamp access and cleaning • External 2-part reflector for superior light output and spread • Mount multiple reflectors in series Technical Specifications Dimensions: 125 mm Reflector - 500 x 228 x 134 mm 150 mm Reflector - 500 x 295 x 165 mm 200 mm Reflector - 550 x 370 x 217 mm

03-110-320 LUMii AeroTube Reflector - 125 mm (5”)

Recommended Wattage 125 mm

03-110-325 LUMii AeroTube Reflector - 150 mm (6”)

Up to 400 W

150 mm

Up to 600 W

200 mm

Up to 1000 W

03-110-330 LUMii AeroTube Reflector - 200 mm (8”)

hydrogarden.com

149

LIGHTING | Reflectors

BOX OF 4

LUMii MAXii Reflector

Adjustable lamp holder

• Dutch barn-style lightweight reflector • Highly polished and dimpled

• Converts the supplied IEC to a conventional power supply

• Unique, patented, adjustable lamp holder • Use with HID and CFL lamps • Supplied with hanging hooks and a 4 m IEC cord set • Optional LUMii HID to CFL Converter Set available Technical Specifications Dimensions: 470 x 380 x 190 mm MAXii REFLECTOR UP TO 600 W ONLY HEAVY DUTY MAXii UP TO 1000 W

03-110-390 LUMii MAXii Reflector -2 Hooks & Cord Set - Box of 4 03-110-335 LUMii MAXii Reflector with Heavy Duty Cord Set - Box of 4

150

hydrogarden.com

LUMii HID to CFL Converter Cable Kit

Full crop lighting; CFL or HPS? You choose! With the LUMii MAXii Reflector and the CFL Converter Kit you can use a cool CFL lamp for vegetative growth, then if you are flowering, switch to an HPS lamp by simply unplugging the converter plug and plugging into a LUMii ballast; all without taking your reflector down or changing it. No other reflector does this, it’s easy!

• I ncludes an innovative support device to assist with the additional weight of a CFL lamp when used in a LUMii MAXii Reflector

03-110-370 LUMii HID to CFL Converter Lead - UK Plug

Parabolic Reflectors & Growroom Lenses | LIGHTING 03-110-480

BOX OF 6

LUMii Parabolic Reflectors

LUMii Growroom Lenses

•E ven diffusion of light creates a more consistent light spread

•S pecially developed blue lenses that correct the orange hue of sodium lights allowing you to see and work in your growroom under more natural light

• Minimises hotspots compared to a Euro style reflector

• I dentifying pest and plant disease issues is even easier as there is no longer a need to switch off your grow lights

•L amp bracket to mount a lamp vertically, making the most of the parabolic design • Multiple vents on the reflector top to diffuse heat

03-110-485

• Choose between silver or white model • Ideal for 1.2 x 1.2 m area

• Check those key growth indicators clearly • Daylight vision With

Without

Technical Specifications Connection

E40

Max. Load

250 V - 6 A

Suitable for up to 600 W HPS lamps

03-110-480 LUMii Parabolic Reflector - Silver

03-110-485 LUMii Parabolic Reflector - White

35-005-090 LUMii Growroom Lenses - Box of 6

hydrogarden.com

151

LIGHTING | HPS Lamps

HPS Lamps • Our range of High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lamps from brands such as Philips, SYLVANIA & OSRAM plus our own LUMii, LUMii BLACK & PowerPlant lamps • Spectral output changes in a HPS lamp as it ages • We recommend changing your lamp every 9-12 months for optimum growth conditions ALL HID LIGHTING SYSTEMS REQUIRE A BALLAST TO RUN THE LAMP!

Type

250 W HPS

400 W HPS

Product Code

03-115-025

03-115-027

03-115-038

03-115-040

03-115-041

03-115-045

03-115-062

Brand

Philips

PowerPlant

SYLVANIA

OSRAM

Philips

PowerPlant

LUMii

Lumens

32,100

33,000

58,000

56,500

55,900

54,500

56,000

PPF

390 μmol/s*

400 μmol/s

†

720 μmol/s*

700 μmol/s

720 μmol/s*

Colour Temp.

2000 K

2050 K

2000 K

Life Hours

36,000

28,000

26,000

32,000

36,000

32,000

Fitting

03-115-205

E40 * Estimated

† Data unavailable at time of printing

03-115-038 400 W SYLVANIA Gro-Lux HPS Lamp

03-115-045 400 W Philips Son-T PIA Plus HPS Lamp

03-115-025 250 W Philips Son-T PIA Plus HPS Lamp

03-115-040 400 W OSRAM Vialox Nav-T Super (Son-T Plus) HPS Lamp

03-115-062 400 W PowerPlant Super HPS Lamp

03-115-027 250 W PowerPlant Super HPS Lamp

03-115-041 400 W OSRAM PLANTASTAR HPS Lamp

03-115-205 400 W LUMii SunBlaster HPS Lamp Images not to scale

152

hydrogarden.com

HPS Lamps | LIGHTING

Type

600 W HPS

1000 W HPS

Product Code

03-115-064

03-115-065

03-115-070

03-115-077

03-115-075

03-115-082

03-115-210

03-115-510

03-115-085

03-115-90

03-115-092

Brand

SYLVANIA

OSRAM

Philips

PowerPlant

LUMii

LUMii BLACK

OSRAM

Philips

PowerPlant

LUMii

Lumens

90,000

88,000

86,500

90,000

88,000

90,000

130,000

150,000

PPF

1100 μmol/s

†

1100 μmol/s

960 μmol/s*

1000 μmol/s

1050 μmol/s

1500 μmol/s*

1550 umol/s

1550 μmol/s*

Colour Temp.

2050 K

2000 K

Life Hours

26,000

32,000

30,000

28,000

32,000

18,000

20,000

24,000

Fitting

03-115-215

E40 * Estimated

† Data unavailable at time of printing

03-115-064 600 W SYLVANIA Gro-Lux HPS Lamp

03-115-075 600 W Philips SON-T PIA Plus HPS Lamp

03-115-085 1000 W OSRAM Vialox Nav-T Super (Son-T Plus) HPS Lamp

03-115-065 600 W OSRAM Vialox Nav-T Super (Son-T Plus) HPS Lamp

03-115-082 600 W PowerPlant Super HPS Lamp

03-115-090 1000 W Philips Son-T HPS Lamp

03-115-070 600 W OSRAM PLANTASTAR HPS Lamp

03-115-210 600 W LUMii SunBlaster HPS Lamp

03-115-092 1000 W PowerPlant Super HPS Lamp

03-115-077 600 W Philips GreenPower SON-T PIA HPS Lamp

03-115-510 600 W LUMii BLACK HPS Lamp

03-115-215 1000 W LUMii SunBlaster HPS Lamp

Images not to scale

hydrogarden.com

153

P HOLDE

APTOR AV AD L A BLE AI

LIGHTING | MH & CDM Lamps

MH & CDM Lamps and Adaptor • Our range of Metal Halide (MH) and Ceramic Discharge Metal Halide (CDM) lamps from Philips and PowerPlant • Spectral output changes in MH & CDM lamps as they age • We recommend changing your lamp every 9-12 months for optimum growth conditions • E40 to PGZ18 Adaptor available - allows growers to use regular E40 reflectors with CDM ballasts & 315 W lamps ALL HID LIGHTING SYSTEMS REQUIRE A BALLAST TO RUN THE LAMP!

Type

CDM

Watt

315 W

250 W

400 W

600 W

1000 W

Product Code

03-115-380

03-115-385

03-115-390

03-115-395

03-115-036

03-115-056

03-115-083

03-115-096

Brand

Philips

PowerPlant

Lumens

36,200

34,300

35,400

36,800

21,000

40,000

50,000

92,000

PPF

605 μmol/s*

560 μmol/s*

625 μmol/s

590 μmol/s

350 μmol/s

500 μmol/s

780 μmol/s

1450 μmol/s

Colour Temp.

3000 K

4200 K

3100 K

4200 K

4000 K

Life Hours

12,000

10,000

5,000

Fitting

PGZ18

E40 * Estimated

03-110-470 E40 to PGZ18 (315 W CDM) Lamp Holder Adaptor

03-115-380 315 W Philips GreenPower Elite Agro 930 Lamp

03-115-036 250 W PowerPlant Metal Halide Retro Fit Lamp

03-115-385 315 W Philips Colour CDM-TP MW 942 Lamp

03-115-056 400 W PowerPlant Metal Halide Retro Fit Lamp

03-115-390 315 W CDM 930 Lamp – 3100 K

03-115-083 600 W PowerPlant Metal Halide Retro Fit Lamp

03-115-395 315 W CDM 942 Lamp – 4200 K

03-115-096 1000 W PowerPlant Metal Halide Retro Fit Lamp Images not to scale

154

hydrogarden.com

CFL Lamps | LIGHTING

EnviroGro by LUMii CFL Lamps •S elf-ballasted compact fluorescent lighting that offers growers the choice of low energy growing, where heat or cost is a concern •U ltra high output compact fluorescent tubes that are powered by an integral power unit •E 40 fitting, which means these lamps can be easily interchanged in most reflectors •A vailable in 3 colour temperatures: - Super Cool White - ideal for propagation - Cool White – ideal for young plants and general growing - Warm White – ideal for over–wintering flowers & fruiting plants • Excellent colour rendering

Technical Specifications Warm White Type Product Code

Flowering 03-117-020

Colour Temp. Lumens

Cool White

03-117-070

Foliage 03-117-120

03-117-025

2700 K 6300

Super Cool White

8050

03-117-075

Propagation 03-117-125

03-117-030

6400 K 12,950

6300

8050

Life Hours

10,000

Rendering Index

80 RA

Fitting

E40

03-117-080

03-117-130

14,000 K 12,950

6300

8050

12,950

• Minimal heat generation and low power usage!

03-117-020 130 W EnviroGro by LUMii Warm CFL Lamp - 2700 K

03-117-070 200 W EnviroGro by LUMii Warm CFL Lamp - 2700 K

03-117-120 300 W EnviroGro by LUMii Warm CFL Lamp - 2700 K

03-117-025 130 W EnviroGro by LUMii Cool CFL Lamp - 6400 K

03-117-075 200 W EnviroGro by LUMii Cool CFL Lamp - 6400 K

03-117-125 300 W EnviroGro by LUMii Cool CFL Lamp - 6400 K

03-117-030 130 W EnviroGro by LUMii Super Cool CFL Lamp - 14000 K

03-117-080 200 W EnviroGro by LUMii Super Cool CFL Lamp - 14000 K

03-117-130 300 W EnviroGro by LUMii Super Cool CFL Lamp - 14000 K

hydrogarden.com

155

LIGHTING | Cables

LUMii UK Power Lead • A 3 m UK power lead with a UK plug • 3 x 0.75 mm Strand with crimped ends

LUMii Cord Sets

LUMii Extension Leads

•T he LUMii Reflector Cord Sets both include 4 m long cable to IEC for use with LUMii reflectors allowing you to switch reflector styles without changing power leads

•W hen using extension leads for HID, please make sure your ballast is built to ignite the lamp over long distances, such as LUMii Ballasts

• LUMii Cord Set comes in a box of 12 Technical Specifications LUMii Cord Set - 0.75 mm strand, suitable for lamps up to 600 W LUMii Heavy Duty Cord Set - 1.5 mm strand, suitable for lamps up to 1000 W

• Ideal for ‘daisy-chaining’ EnviroGro by LUMii T5 Fixtures! Technical specifications Length

Cable Core Size

Max Lamp Wattage

0.3 m

3 x 0.75 mm2

Up to 600 W

1.5 m

3 x 0.75 mm2

Up to 600 W

3 x 0.75 mm2

Up to 600 W

1.5 m HD

3 x 1.5 mm

Up to 1000 W

5 m HD

3 x 1.5 mm2

Up to 1000 W

03-110-354 LUMii Extension/Link Lead - 0.4 m 03-110-340 LUMii UK Power Lead - 3 m

156

hydrogarden.com

03-110-350 LUMii Cord Set with 4 m Cord - Box of 12

03-110-355 LUMii Extension/Link Lead - 1.5 m

03-110-357 LUMii HD Extension Lead - 1.5 m

03-110-352 LUMii Heavy Duty Cord Set with 4 m Cord

03-110-360 LUMii Extension/Link Lead - 5 m

03-110-362 LUMii HD Extension Lead - 5 m

Timers | LIGHTING

LUMii 24 Hour Manual Timer

LUMii 24 Hour Heavy Duty Timer

PowerPlant Heavy Duty Timer

•G reat for setting on/off (day and night) periods with CFL, T5 and LED grow lights and timing pumps for irrigation cycles

• Heavy duty contacts means it can take high inductive loads

4 hour, 15 minute segmental timer with 96 switching •2 operations within a 24 hour period (every 15 min)

•S uitable for timing one 600 W HID ballast or up to 6 x 200 W CFLs

• Suitable for timing 400 & 600 W HID ballasts

4 hour, 15 minute segmental timer with 96 switching •2 operations within a 24 hour period (every 15 min) •D esigned to take a 13 A plug, no need to remove the plug to reset the controls • Reliable, high quality timer

BOX OF 5

10-470-050 LUMii 24 Hour Manual Timer - Box of 5

• No need to buy a contactor • Robust ‘inline’ case design with socket and timer dust covers

•R obust case design with socket and timer dust/moisture covers, rated IP40 CAUTION: DO NOT USE MORE THAN ONE 600 W BALLAST PER TIMER

BOX OF 5

10-470-055 LUMii 24 Hour Heavy Duty Timer - Box of 5

10-470-065 PowerPlant Heavy Duty Timer

hydrogarden.com

157

LIGHTING | Timers

Protective Covers

LUMii Contactor Timers •D esigned, assembled and quality checked in the UK, LUMii Contactor Timers are the most robust and professional on the market • Fitted with the world-leading Grässlin timer • Features purpose designed protection covers for all sockets • Floor pads for floor use • Includes two dual-purpose brackets allowing them to be hung on a wall or onto tent poles if necessary • Require 2 main sockets

03-125-305 LUMii 4 Socket Contactor Timer - 26 Amp 03-125-310 LUMii 6 Socket Contactor Timer - 26 Amp 03-125-315 LUMii 8 Socket Contactor Timer - 26 Amp

158

hydrogarden.com

Floor pads for floor use

Timers | LIGHTING Heater socket powered when lighting sockets are timed off

Utility socket - untimed with a switch at the rear

LUMii Enviro Contactor Timers • Control lighting and heating in a growing environment through 24 hours • The Grässlin timer can be set in 15-minute increments •T hese heavy-duty contactors will power four or six sockets for HID lamps and one for a heater, without harming the timer • When the lights are on, the heater is off, and vice versa •A n additional, switch-controlled utility socket can be used for any other electrical application • Designed and assembled in UK •B rackets provided for wall mounting or hanging from tent poles • Robust and durable • Up to 26 A maximum load, 13 A per side • Require 2 main sockets

FEATU ADDIT RES ION CONTR AL O SOCKE L TS

Timed sockets for lighting

03-125-360 LUMii 4+2 Socket Enviro Contactor Timer - 26 Amp 03-125-365 LUMii 6+2 Socket Enviro Contactor Timer - 26 Amp

hydrogarden.com

159

LIGHTING | Hangers

TWIN PACK INCLUDES EASY•HOOK Easy•Hooks - the perfect accompaniment to the PowerPlant Easy•Rolls

LightHouse Heavy Duty Steel Hooks • Corrosion-resistant heavy duty zinc plated steel • Easy to fix, maximum load depends upon surface fixed to

Jack Chain

PowerPlant Easy·Rolls

•A 10 m box of Jack Chain to hang reflectors or carbon filters as required

• Great hanging support, easy set up and easy to adjust, simply pull up or down to desired height • Adjustable clutch for different weights

• Made from galvanised steel

• Rewindable suspension cable

• Rust-resistant

• Twin Pack includes Easy•Hook • Save you time and hassle!

• Ideal for hanging filters, lighting fixtures, ducting etc. or to fix catenary wires for power cables or espalier-trained plants

• Made in Italy by Sacla

• 55 mm from fixing surface to centre of hook • Hook Diameters - approx. 42 mm

Can be used to hang the Easy•Rolls, thread the Easy•Hook through the eyelet on the top of the PowerPlant Easy•Roll and suspend from your chosen location (21 mm approximate inner diameter) Can be used to easily suspend items from the PowerPlant Easy•Roll, simply attach the cord through the purposemade slot inside the Easy•Hook ensuring that the pre-tied knot in the cord is below the Easy•Hook and pull taut.

10-480-150 LightHouse Heavy Duty Steel Screw Hooks - Pack of 2 10-480-155 LightHouse Heavy Duty Steel Plate Hook

160

hydrogarden.com

03-130-010 Jack Chain 2.5 mm Single x 10 m Box

03-135-005 Easy•Rolls - Single Unit

03-135-010 PowerPlant Easy•Rolls - Twin Pack

Hangers | LIGHTING 03-110-380

40 KG EACH!

65 KG EACH!

03-110-382

LUMii Rope Ratchets

LUMii Lift Light Hanger

Standard Rope Ratchets

Heavy Duty Rope Ratchets

• I deal for for fixtures and ventilation products up to 80 kg

• Ideal for heavier lighting fixtures and ventilation products

• Easy-to-use wing nut on the front to adjust the grip

•T wo quick release carabiner clips for ease of use

• Supplied with two 6 mm Steel hanging hooks

• 5-tooth ratchet system is very smooth

• 2.4 m of tough braided polypropylene rope

•2 .4 m of 6 mm heavy duty braided polypropylene rope

• Includes carabiner clip

• Supplied in packs of 2

• Can support 40 kg each!

•C an support 65 kg each, thats 130 kg in total for the pair!

03-110-380 LUMii Rope Ratchet - Pack of 2

03-110-382 LUMii Heavy Duty Rope Ratchet - Pack of 2

• Adjustable hanging system, simply attach the LUMii Lift onto a firm fixture using cable ties or chain

• Designed in the UK • Supplied in packs of 2 • Can support 5 kg each!

5 KG EACH!

03-110-385 LUMii Lift Light Hanger - Pack of 2

hydrogarden.com

161

SEE PAGES 116 - 125

ENVIRONMENT

164

hydrogarden.com

RAM Information | ENVIRONMENT

AS HYDROPONIC VENTILATION EXPERTS, RAM UNDERSTANDS THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVING THE RIGHT BALANCE OF AIR MOVEMENT FOR THE GROWTH AND YIELD OF YOUR PLANTS. WE PROVIDE HIGH QUALITY SPECIALIST VENTILATION EQUIPMENT FOR GROWROOMS, GROW TENTS AND OTHER HYDROPONIC GROWING ENVIRONMENTS. ALL OUR FANS, CARBON FILTERS, DUCTING, FAN SPEED CONTROLLERS AND AIR MOVEMENT ACCESSORIES HAVE BEEN DESIGNED BY GROWERS FOR GROWERS. The table below will give you an indication of which fans, filters and reducers (if needed) go together: RAM Filter

RAM Fan

Reducer (if required)

Product Code

Neck Size Ø

Max. Air Flow

Product Code

Neck Size Ø

Max. Air Flow

Product Code

08-350-150

100 mm

170 m3/hr

08-355-355

100 mm

165 m3/hr (low speed)

08-355-360

125 mm

284 m3/hr (high speed)

08-355-455

100 mm

277 m3/hr

08-380-105

125 mm > 100 mm

08-355-365

150 mm

410 m3/hr (low speed)

08-355-460

125 mm

378 m3/hr

08-380-115

150 mm > 125 mm

08-355-370

200 mm

690 m3/hr (low speed)

08-380-125

200 mm > 150 mm

08-355-465

150 mm

580 m3/hr

08-355-815

150 mm

531 m3/hr

08-355-370

200 mm

840 m3/hr (high speed)

08-355-470

200 mm

998 m3/hr

08-380-135

250 mm > 200 mm

08-355-820

200 mm

1078 m /hr

08-380-135

250 mm > 200 mm

08-355-825

250 mm

1617 m3/hr

08-355-925

250 mm

1652 m3/hr

08-350-155 08-350-160

08-350-165

125 mm 150 mm

150 mm

350 m3/hr 500 m3/hr

700 m3/hr

08-350-170

200 mm

850 m3/hr

08-350-175

250 mm

1080 m3/hr

08-350-177

250 mm

1800 m3/hr

08-350-180

315 mm

1350 m3/hr

08-350-185

315 mm

2400 m /hr 3

Neck Size Ø

08-355-920

200 mm

1250 m3/hr

08-380-140

315 mm > 200 mm

08-355-475

250 mm

1088 m3/hr

08-380-145

315 mm > 250 mm

08-355-930

315 mm

2206 m /hr

When fitting ducting between a filter and fan of differing neck diameters, always use ducting to suit the largest diameter and place the reducer directly to the smaller diameter component.

hydrogarden.com

165

ENVIRONMENT | Filters Compaction Foam: Polyester polyurethane foam 08-350-150

Carbon Retention Netting: 20D vortex weave

08-350-155 08-350-160 Top Plate and Base: 1.5-1.9 mm Spun Aluminium

08-350-165 08-350-170 08-350-175 08-350-177

Side Mesh Plate: Zintec with 1.1 mm hole pitch. Hole diameter 4 mm

Pressure Loss Curve The air flow capacity of a fan is commonly measured in metres cubed per hour (m3/hr). Pressure within the ventilation system has a direct effect on the flow rate of a fan, so all fans will have a pressure loss curve contained somewhere in the literature that is supplied with the fan. Pressure is measured in pascals (Pa) and in all cases a fan’s maximum flow rate is measured at 0 Pa. Adding ducting and/or a filter to a ventilation system will increase the operating pressure and as such will lower the flow rate of the fan. It is critical that you understand this in order to specify the correct filter for your area. As a rule of thumb, when you purchase your filter, make sure its cubic metre capacity is 20% greater than the fan output. This will assure you have the best filtration efficiency.

166

hydrogarden.com

08-350-180 38 mm Carbon Bed 08-350-185

RAM Filters • Effortlessly absorbs volatile organic smells through the use of high-grade activated carbon • Australian RC412 carbon, widely considered to be one of the superior carbons for air filtration •C arbon pore size of 0.02 micron makes the carbon incredibly absorbent to organic smell compounds •6 5% CTC carbon – this means the specification of carbon used takes on board 65% of its own density in volatile airborne molecules (smell)

Filter Size

Max. recommended fan flow rate

100 x 200 mm

170 m3/hr

125 x 475 mm

350 m3/hr

150 x 475 mm

500 m3/hr

150 x 600 mm

700 m3/hr

200 x 600 mm

850 m3/hr

250 x 600 mm

1080 m3/hr

250 x 1000 mm

1800 m3/hr

315 x 800 mm

1350 m3/hr

315 x 1250 mm

2400 m3/hr

Elasticated Pre-filter

Filters | ENVIRONMENT 0

170 M3/HR 08-350-150 RAM Filter - 100/200 (4") 170 m³/hr

150/47 (6”)

350 M3/HR 08-350-155 RAM Filter - 125/475 (5") 350 m³/hr

700 M3/HR 08-350-165 RAM Filter - 150/600 (6") 700 m³/hr

250/60 (10”)

850 M3/HR 08-350-170 RAM Filter - 200/600 (8") 850 m³/hr

00 250/10 ) (10”

500 M3/HR 08-350-160 RAM Filter - 150/475 (6") 500 m³/hr

00 200/6 ) ” (8

150/60 (6”)

1080 M3/HR 08-350-175 RAM Filter - 250/600 (10") 1080 m³/hr

50 315/12 (12”)

315/80 (12”)

1800 M3/HR 08-350-177 RAM Filter - 250/1000 (10") 1800 m³/hr

125/47 (5”)

100/20 (4”)

1350 M3/HR 08-350-180 RAM Filter - 315/800 (12") 1350 m³/hr

2400 M3/HR 08-350-185 RAM Filter - 315/1250 (12") 2400 m³/hr

hydrogarden.com

167

ENVIRONMENT | Filters Why choose Mountain Air? Superior carbon compaction = longer life and more effective odour removal. Mountain Air carbon is non-uniform, allowing maximum tortuosity of air flow through the filtration medium. This ensures uniform and complete absorption throughout the entire carbon bed over the life span of the filter.

VOTED NORTH AMERICA’S BEST FILTER FIVE TIMES

Hints and Tips: • Carbon filters work best with a humidity of less than 80%. Over 85% RH they don’t work at all • Always use a fabric sleeve with your filter and replace it when it becomes clogged up – usually after 6 months

UP LASTS TO RS! 3 YEA

• If, after installing a carbon filter system, odour is still a problem then, simply purchase an additional fan and filter

Mountain Air Filters

168

• Mountain Air Filters use the highest quality carbon and under normal circumstances you can expect them to last up to 3 years. You know when the carbon within your filter has reached the end of its useful life as it no longer works. There are no merits in using cheap carbon • It is best to suspend your carbon filter from the ceiling using chains and hooks, or position on our filter stand. Mountain Air benefits: • Lasts longer • Exchanges more air • Removes more contaminant • Eliminates odours completely • Reduces noise through its muffled design

Recommended Fans

Product Code

Neck Size

Max. Air Flow

Product Code

08-350-050

100 mm

310 m3/hr

08-355-455

08-350-051

125 mm

500 m3/hr

08-350-055

150 mm

575 m3/hr

08-350-056

150 mm

1135 m3/hr

08-350-060

200 mm

740 m3/hr

08-350-072

200 mm

1615 m3/hr

08-350-077

250 mm

1870 m3/hr

Fan

Reducer (if required) Neck Size

Air Flow

Product Code

RAM Inline Duct Fan

100 mm

277 m3/hr

Neck Size -

08-355-460

RAM Inline Duct Fan

125 mm

378 m3/hr

08-355-865

Mountain Air EC Whisper Fan

150 mm

594 m3/hr

08-380-125

200 mm > 150 mm

08-355-815

RAM EC Silenced Fan

150 mm

531 m /hr

08-355-470

RAM Inline Duct Fan

200 mm

998 m3/hr

08-355-820

RAM EC Silenced Fan

200 mm

1078 m3/hr

08-355-370

RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fan

200 mm

690 m3/hr (low speed)

08-355-870

Mountain Air EC Whisper Fan

200 mm

1205 m /hr

08-355-825

RAM EC Silenced Fan

250 mm

1617 m3/hr

08-350-135

250 mm > 200 mm

08-355-875

Mountain Air EC Whisper Fan

250 mm

1808 m3/hr

08-355-875

Mountain Air EC Whisper Fan

250 mm

1808 m3/hr

08-355-930

RAM EC Mixed-Flow Inline Fan

315 mm

2206 m3/hr

08-380-145

315 mm > 250 mm

08-355-875

Mountain Air EC Whisper Fan

250 mm

1808 m3/hr

08-380-145

315 mm > 250 mm

08-355-930

RAM EC Mixed-Flow Inline Fan

08-350-079

250 mm

2380 m3/hr

08-350-082

315 mm

2293 m3/hr

315 mm

2206 m /hr

08-350-087

315 mm

2870 m3/hr

08-350-088

350 mm

4250 m3/hr

08-350-090

350 mm > 315 mm

hydrogarden.com

Filters | ENVIRONMENT 0

150/50 (6”)

125/50 (5”)

310 M3/HR

00 150/10 (6”)

100/40 (4”)

500 M3/HR

575 M3/HR

08-350-050 Mountain Air Filter 0416 - 100/400 (4”) 310 m³/hr

08-350-051 Mountain Air Filter 0520 - 125/500 (5”) 500 m³/hr

08-350-055 Mountain Air Filter 0620 - 150/500 (6”) 575 m³/hr

00 200/5 ) (8”

00 200/10 ) (8”

250/80 (10”)

740 M3/HR 08-350-060 Mountain Air Filter 0820 - 200/500 (8”) 740 m³/hr

315/80 (12”)

08-350-056 Mountain Air Filter 0640 - 150/1000 (6”) 1135 m³/hr

00 250/10 ) ” (10

1615 M3/HR

1870 M3/HR

08-350-072 Mountain Air Filter 0840 - 200/1000 (8”) 1615 m³/hr

08-350-077 Mountain Air Filter 1030 - 250/800 (10”) 1870 m³/hr

00 315/10 (12”)

00 350/10 (14”)

4250 M3/HR 2293 M3/HR

1135 M3/HR

2380 M3/HR 08-350-079 Mountain Air Filter 1040 - 250/1000 (10”) 2380 m³/hr

15 MM 350>3 OWN STEP D AR COLL LE B AVAILA 40 FOR 14

2870 M3/HR 08-350-088 Mountain Air Filter 1440 - 350/1000 (14”) 4250 m³/hr

08-350-082 Mountain Air Filter 1230 - 315/800 (12”) 2293 m³/hr

08-350-087 Mountain Air Filter 1240 - 315/1000 (12”) 2870 m³/hr

08-350-092 Mountain Air Filter 1440 with 315 mm Reducer

08-350-090 Mountain Air Filter Step Down Collar 350>315mm (14>12”)

hydrogarden.com

169

ENVIRONMENT | Inline Duct Fans SUPPLIED WITH NOISE INSULATED MOUNTING BRACKET

IEC SOCKET

AC FEATU THE PA RES TE FAST-F NTED LOW TM EVEN A I FLOW R FIN

RAM Inline Duct Fans • Optimised design for high pressure/quiet air movement • Patented FAST-FLOW™ even air flow fin • Quiet operation • Plug and play, no wiring required • To be used with ducting • Protection class IP44 (when used with ducting) • Fitted with IEC power socket • Supplied with noise insulated mounting bracket Technical Specifications Fan Size

100 mm

125 mm

150 mm

200 mm

250 mm

277 m /hr

378 m /hr

580 m /hr

998 m /hr

1088 m3/hr

Max. Static Pressure

340 Pa

325 Pa

400 Pa

575 Pa

580 Pa

Max. Current

0.32 A

0.34 A

0.44 A

0.77 A

0.80 A

Max. Air Flow

Voltage

50 Hz

Max. Temperature Max. Speed Max. Sound Emission

50°C 69 W

74 W

96 W

166 W

174 W

2550 RPM

2475 RPM

2210 RPM

2280 RPM

2350 RPM

63 dBA

62 dBA

65 dBA

66 dBA

67 dBA

IP rating

170

220~240 V

Frequency Power

hydrogarden.com

IP44

Inline Duct Fans | ENVIRONMENT 100 MM

150 MM

125 MM

277 M3/HR

378 M3/HR

580 M3/HR

08-355-455 RAM Inline Duct Fan - 100 mm - 277 m³/hr

08-355-460 RAM Inline Duct Fan - 125 mm - 378 m³/hr

08-355-465 RAM Inline Duct Fan - 150 mm - 580 m³/hr

08-355-456 RAM Inline Duct Fan - 100 mm with UK Lead

08-355-461 RAM Inline Duct Fan - 125 mm with UK Lead

08-355-466 RAM Inline Duct Fan - 150 mm with UK Lead

200 MM

250 MM

998 M3/HR 08-355-470 RAM Inline Duct Fan - 200 mm - 998 m³/hr

08-355-471 RAM Inline Duct Fan - 200 mm with UK Lead

1088 M3/HR 08-355-475 RAM Inline Duct Fan - 250 mm - 1088 m³/hr

08-355-476 RAM Inline Duct Fan - 250 mm with UK Lead

hydrogarden.com

171

ENVIRONMENT | Mixed-Flow Inline Fans

TWO SPEED S MOTOR

IEC SOCKET

AC RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fans • A switched two speed mixed-flow inline fan which is optimised design for high pressure and quiet air movement • Mixed-Flow ABS impeller • Quiet operation • To be used with ducting • Supplied with mounting bracket and IEC socket for easy power lead connection Technical Specifications Fan Size

100 mm

125 mm

150 mm

200 mm

Air Flow

165 | 199 m3/hr

248 | 284 m3/hr

410 | 530 m3/hr

690 | 840 m3/hr

Static Pressure

131 | 156 Pa

106 | 159 Pa

240 | 300 Pa

274 | 352 Pa

Current

0.11 | 0.12 A

0.13 | 0.14 A

0.19 | 0.22 A

0.52 | 0.53 A

Voltage

220~240 V

Frequency

50 Hz

Max. Temperature

60°C

Power

23 | 26 W

28 | 33 W

44 | 54 W

123 | 128 W

Speed

1850 | 2200 RPM

1850 | 2250 RPM

1850 | 2550 RPM

1950 | 2450 RPM

26 | 31 dBA

29 | 33 dBA

55 | 63 dBA

Max. Sound Emission IP Rating

172

hydrogarden.com

IP44

EASY FAN REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE & CLEANING

Mixed-Flow Inline Fans | ENVIRONMENT 100 MM

125 MM

199 M3/HR 08-355-355 RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fans - 100 mm - 199 m³/hr

08-355-356 RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fans - 100 mm with UK Lead

284 M3/HR 08-355-360 RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fans - 125 mm - 284 m³/hr

200 MM

150 MM

530 M3/HR 08-355-365 RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fans - 150 mm - 530 m³/hr

08-355-361 RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fans - 125 mm with UK Lead

08-355-366 RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fans - 150 mm with UK Lead

840 M3/HR 08-355-370 RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fans - 200 mm - 840 m³/hr

08-355-371 RAM Mixed-Flow Inline Fans - 200 mm with UK Lead

hydrogarden.com

173

ENVIRONMENT | EC Mixed-Flow Inline Fans

IEC SOCKET

RAM EC Mixed-Flow Inline Fans •E conomical use of energy and excellent ease of control •T hey can be varied in speed to match the airflow demand, and operate at high efficiency levels •D elivers greater air volume and static air pressure compared to equivalent AC fans • Lower noise level than traditional AC inline fans • Same size as the equivalent AC fans, but higher airflow • Variable speed control via a dial speed controller • Energy efficient Technical Specifications Fan Size

200 mm

250 mm

315 mm

1250 m3/h

1652 m3/h

2206 m3/h

Max. Static Pressure

746 Pa

1059 Pa

818 Pa

Max. Current

1.05 A

1.5 A

1.4 A

Max. Air Flow

Voltage

110~240 V

Frequency

50 Hz

Max. Temperature

60°C

Power Max. Speed Max. Sound Emission

180 W

255 W

250 W

3000 RPM

2350 RPM

50 dBA

65 dBA

68 dBA

IP rating

174

hydrogarden.com

IP44

OLLER CONTR ED D INCLU

EASY FAN REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE & CLEANING

EC Mixed-Flow Inline Fans | ENVIRONMENT What is EC? Electronically Commutated also known as EC is where AC and DC voltages are combined to provide the best of elements of both technologies. EC Fan motors run on a DC voltage, but with a standard AC supply. Power comes from a brushless DC motor which utilises a permanent magnet, when the rotor is energised it creates a repelling magnet, allowing the motor to rotate within the field. An AC electrical supply powers the EC fan, but the onboard electronics convert the power to DC before reaching the motor. This makes EC motors more efficient and quieter than AC induction motors. EC fans allow far more precision and control than AC fans. The brushless DC motor allows you to adjust fan speed in much smaller increments with a fan speed controller. Compare that with AC motors which are less flexible and create a lot of humming and buzzing, when used with a fan speed controller.

200 M

1250 M3/HR 08-355-920 RAM EC Mixed-Flow Inline Fan - 200 mm - 1250 m³/hr 08-355-921 RAM EC Mixed-Flow Inline Fan - 200 mm with UK Lead

250 MM

The last major benefit of EC fans is that they are much cheaper to run. When used with a fan speed controller, running costs drop proportionate to fan speed. At half speed, EC fans use half the electricity they would use at full power and at a quarter speed, EC fans use a quarter of the electricity and so forth. With AC fans they use almost full power whatever speed you run them at.

1652 M3/HR 08-355-925 RAM EC Mixed-Flow Inline Fan - 250 mm - 1652 m³/hr 08-355-926 RAM EC Mixed-Flow Inline Fan - 250 mm with UK Lead

315 MM

2206 M3/HR

Example EC motor showing copper coils and permanent magnet

08-355-930 RAM EC Mixed-Flow Inline Fan - 315 mm - 2206 m³/hr 08-355-931 RAM EC Mixed-Flow Inline Fan - 315 mm with UK Lead

hydrogarden.com

175

ENVIRONMENT | EC Fans

Hanging brackets

150 MM

531 M3/HR 08-355-815 RAM EC Silenced Fan - 150 mm - 531 m³/hr 08-355-816 RAM EC Silenced Fan - 150 mm with UK Lead

OLLER CONTR ED D INCLU

200 M

RAM EC Silenced Fans • Exceptional air volume output and uses significantly less power than traditional AC duct fans with added efficiency

Technical Specifications Fan Size Max. Air Flow

1078 M3/HR 150 mm

200 mm

250 mm

531 m /hr

1078 m /hr

1617 m3/hr

08-355-820 RAM EC Silenced Fan - 200 mm - 1078 m³/hr

500 Pa

469 Pa

461 Pa

08-355-821 RAM EC Silenced Fan - 200 mm with UK Lead

0.52 A

1.05 A

• Soft start circuitry resulting in less wear and tear

Max. Static Pressure

• Lightweight aluminium casing

Voltage

• Powder coated white for durability and heat reflection

Frequency

50 Hz

Max. Temperature

60°C

• Self-lubricating bearings

Max. Current

• Brushless multiphase motors

Power

• Supplied with an independent fan speed controller.

Max. Speed Max. Sound Emission IP rating

0.3 A

220~240 V

250 MM

40 W

75 W

135 W

5000 RPM

3800 RPM

3200 RPM

58 dBA

58.3 dBA

63.7 dBA

IPX4 1617 M3/HR 08-355-825 RAM EC Silenced Fan - 250 mm - 1617 m³/hr 08-355-826 RAM EC Silenced Fan - 250 mm with UK Lead

176

hydrogarden.com

EC Fans | ENVIRONMENT Hanging brackets

150 MM

594 M3/HR

OLLER CONTR ED D INCLU

08-355-865 Mountain Air EC Whisper Fan - 150 mm - 594 m³/hr 08-355-866 Mountain Air EC Whisper Fan - 150 mm with UK Lead

200 M

Mountain Air EC Whisper Fans • Air transfer or extraction • Class leading performance •D ual impeller and turbine style inlet igh power output with •H whisper-quiet operation • I deal for systems requiring shorter ducting lengths •O ptimised pressure within fan housing improves air flow • Supplied with Mountain Air EC Fan Speed Controller, spares also available

Technical Specifications Fan Size Max. Air Flow Max. Static Pressure Max. Current

1205 M3/HR 150 mm

200 mm

250 mm

594 m /h

1205 m /h

1808 m3/h

08-355-870 Mountain Air EC Whisper Fan - 200 mm - 1205 m³/hr

472 Pa

498 Pa

494 Pa

08-355-871 Mountain Air EC Whisper Fan - 200 mm with UK Lead

0.88 A

1.38 A

0.5 A

Voltage

220~240 V

Frequency Power Max. Sound Emission IP rating

250 MM

50 Hz

Max. Temperature Max. Speed

-10~+60°C 45 W

75 W

135 W

4800 RPM

3800 RPM

3200 RPM

37 dBA

37.5 dBA

40.5 dBA

IPX4 1808 M3/HR 08-355-875 Mountain Air EC Whisper Fan - 250 mm - 1808 m³/hr 08-355-890 Mountain Air EC Fan Speed Controller - Spare

08-355-876 Mountain Air EC Whisper Fan - 250 mm with UK Lead

hydrogarden.com

177

ENVIRONMENT | Fans & Controllers

RAM Variispeed Fan Speed Controller

RAM Air Pro II Fan Speed Controller

• Designed for continuous operation

• Adjusts and controls the speed of your fans ensuring a longer life of the fan motor

•A responsive and silent indoor ventilation controller designed to monitor the temperature of the growing environment

• Can be used for intake or extraction purposes

• Variable speed - full power to completely off

Technical Specifications

• Suitable for up to 300 W

• Adjusts the speed of intake and exhaust fans subtly and smoothly, thus minimising variations in temperature and maintaining the desired relative air pressure

RAM Inline Exhaust Fans • Designed for use in-line in ventilation ducting • Includes 1.5 m lead and mains plug for easy installation

Fan Size

100 mm

150 mm

Max. Air Flow

80 m3/hr

210 m3/hr

Max. Current Voltage

0.12 A 220~240 V

Frequency Power Dimensions

50 Hz 15 W

20 W

111 x 100 mm

130 x 150 mm

Note: These fans should only be used with ventilation duct (either rigid or flexible) connected to both sides - if this is not the case a suitable protective grille must be used to prevent access to the rotating parts

• Variable fan speed control the majority of fan sizes • Controls (Do not exceed the maximum load) • Operates at 7 A per socket output • Includes 2 m remote thermostat sensor • 2 m power lead

08-355-330 RAM Inline Exhaust Fan - 100 mm (4”) - 80 m³/hr 08-355-340 RAM Inline Exhaust Fan - 150 mm (6”) - 210 m³/hr

178

hydrogarden.com

08-375-050 RAM Variispeed Fan Speed Controller

08-375-120 RAM AIR-PRO II Fan Speed Controller

Kits | ENVIRONMENT

Mountain Air EC Air Kits

RAM Air Kits

RAM & Mountain Air Air Kits

Includes

• Mountain Air EC Whisper Fan

• RAM Filter

• Mountain Air Filter

• RAM Inline Duct Fan

• RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting

• RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting

• 2 Clamps

08-340-150 RAM Air Kit (277 m³/hr) - 100 mm

08-340-505 RAM & Mountain Air Kit (277 m³/hr) - 100 mm

08-340-815 Mountain Air EC 0620 Air Kit (594 m³/hr) - 150 mm

08-340-155 RAM Air Kit (378 m³/hr) - 125 mm

08-340-510 RAM & Mountain Air Kit (378 m³/hr) - 125 mm

08-340-820 Mountain Air EC 0840 Air Kit (1205 m³/hr) - 200 mm

08-340-160 RAM Air Kit (580 m³/hr) - 150 mm

08-340-515 RAM & Mountain Air Kit (580 m³/hr) - 150 mm

08-340-825 Mountain Air EC 1030 Air Kit (1808 m³/hr) - 250 mm

08-340-165 RAM Air Kit (998 m³/hr) - 200 mm

08-340-520 RAM & Mountain Air Kit (998 m³/hr) - 200 mm

08-340-830 Mountain Air EC 1040 Air Kit (1808 m³/hr) - 250 mm

08-340-170 RAM Air Kit (1088 m³/hr) - 250 mm

08-340-525 RAM & Mountain Air Kit (1088 m³/hr) - 250 mm

hydrogarden.com

179

ENVIRONMENT | Ducting Quick Release Clamps •T hese quick release and easy-to-use clamps are used to attach fans and filters to ducting • Available in a range of sizes

08-365-005 60-135 Quick Release Clamp (5”) 08-365-015 60-215 Quick Release Clamp (8”) 08-365-025 60-325 Quick Release Clamp (12”)

Cloth Duct Tape

White Cloth Duct Tape

• Ideal for duct-sealing or for hanging reflective sheet in a growroom

• Ideal for hanging reflective sheet in a growroom

• Shrinkwrapped

RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting • A 3 layer multi-ply reinforced aluminium and polyester laminated ducting with an encapsulated high tensile steel wire helix • Individually boxed in 5 or 10 m lengths • In the event of fire, no toxic gases are emitted

08-370-005 Cloth Duct Tape - 48 mm x 50 m

Aluminium Duct Tape • Ideal for duct-sealing or for hanging reflective sheet in a growroom • Shrinkwrapped

08-370-015 Cloth Duct Tape - White - 48 mm x 50 m

Silver Foil Scrim Weave Tape

Material

• Ideal for duct-sealing or for hanging reflective sheet in a growroom

To Fit Fan/Filter Diameter Range

100 / 125 / 150 / 200 / 250 / 315 mm

Wire Thickness

1.1 mm

• Shrinkwrapped

08-370-010 Aluminium Duct Tape - 50 mm x 45 m

180

hydrogarden.com

Technical Specifications

08-370-020 Silver Foil Scrim Weave Tape - 72 mm x 45 m

Reinforced aluminium and polyester

Wire Strength Layers

72A Alloy 0.0075 mm – PET 0.015 mm – Alloy 0.0075 mm

08-360-005 RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 102 mm x 10 m

08-360-105 RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 102 mm x 5 m

08-360-010 RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 127 mm x 10 m

08-360-110 RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 127 mm x 5 m

08-360-015 RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 152 mm x 10 m

08-360-115 RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 152 mm x 5 m

08-360-020 RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 203 mm x 10 m

08-360-120 RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 203 mm x 5 m

08-360-025 RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 254 mm x 10 m

08-360-125 RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 254 mm x 5 m

08-360-030 RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 315 mm x 10 m

08-360-130 RAM ALUDUCT Low Noise Ducting - 315 mm x 5 m

Ducting | ENVIRONMENT

RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting

RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting

•C onstructed using micro-perforated inner ducting to dampen noise, 25 mm fibrewool insulation and covered with an outer jacket, which acts as a vapour barrier • Individually boxed in 5 or 10 m lengths

• A 4 layer multi-laminated construction with an encapsulated high tensile steel wire helix • The black PVC outer is totally plant safe and is a strong vapour/light barrier ensuring extra air tightness over standard alloy ducting while still being very flexible • Individually boxed in 10 m lengths

Technical Specifications Material

Reinforced aluminium and polyester with fibrewool inner

Wire Strength Layers

72A Alloy 0.0075 mm – PET 0.015 mm – Alloy 0.0075 mm – Fibrewool 25 mm – Polythene – Alloy 0.0075 mm PET 0.015 mm – Alloy 0.0075 mm

Technical Specifications Material

Reinforced aluminium and polyester with PVC outer

Wire Strength Layers

72A PVC – Alloy 0.0075 mm – PET 0.015 mm – Alloy 0.0075 mm

To Fit Fan/Filter Diameter Range

100 / 125 / 150 / 200 / 250 / 315 mm

To Fit Fan/Filter Diameter Range

100 / 125 / 150 / 200 / 250 / 315 mm

Wire Thickness

1.1 mm

Wire Thickness

1.1 mm

08-360-050 RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting - 102 mm x 10 m

08-360-150 RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting - 102 mm x 5 m

08-360-205 RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting - 102 mm x 10 m

08-360-055 RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting - 127 mm x 10 m

08-360-155 RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting - 127 mm x 5 m

08-360-210 RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting - 127 mm x 10 m

08-360-060 RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting - 152 mm x 10 m

08-360-160 RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting - 152 mm x 5 m

08-360-215 RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting - 152 mm x 10 m

08-360-065 RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting - 203 mm x 10 m

08-360-165 RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting - 203 mm x 5 m

08-360-220 RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting - 203 mm x 10 m

08-360-070 RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting - 254 mm x 10 m

08-360-170 RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting - 254 mm x 5 m

08-360-225 RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting - 254 mm x 10 m

08-360-075 RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting - 315 mm x 10 m

08-360-175 RAM SONODUCT Acoustic Ducting - 315 mm x 5 m

08-360-230 RAM Combi-Duct Lightproof Ducting - 315 mm x 10 m

hydrogarden.com

181

ENVIRONMENT | Ducting Ducting Wall Flanges •S imple connection between ducting and any wall or chosen surface vailable in a wide •A range of sizes

08-330-405 Ducting Wall Flange - 100 mm 08-330-410 Ducting Wall Flange - 125 mm 08-330-415 Ducting Wall Flange - 150 mm Male Joiner goes inside the ducting

08-330-420 Ducting Wall Flange - 200 mm 08-330-425 Ducting Wall Flange - 250 mm 08-330-430 Ducting Wall Flange - 315 mm

Ducting Back Draft Damper Joiners

Ducting Joiners • Allows multiple lengths of ducting to be joined together

•A one way gate to ensure air flow only goes in one direction

• Available in a wide range of sizes

• Ensures you do not get a back draft • Available in a wide range of sizes

08-330-505 Male Ducting Joiner - 100 mm

Square Backed Flanges • Pre-drilled holes make installation quick and easy • Simple connection between ducting and any wall or chosen surface •A vailable in a wide range of sizes

Female Joiner goes over the flange

08-330-510 Male Ducting Joiner - 125 mm 08-330-515 Male Ducting Joiner - 150 mm 08-330-520 Male Ducting Joiner - 200 mm 08-330-525 Male Ducting Joiner - 250 mm 08-330-530 Male Ducting Joiner - 315 mm

182

08-330-555 Female Ducting Joiner - 100 mm

08-330-605 Ducting Back Draft Damper Joiner - 100 mm

08-330-455 Square Backed Flange - 100 mm

08-330-560 Female Ducting Joiner - 125 mm

08-330-610 Ducting Back Draft Damper Joiner - 125 mm

08-330-460 Square Backed Flange - 125 mm

08-330-565 Female Ducting Joiner - 150 mm

08-330-615 Ducting Back Draft Damper Joiner - 150 mm

08-330-465 Square Backed Flange - 150 mm

08-330-570 Female Ducting Joiner - 200 mm

08-330-620 Ducting Back Draft Damper Joiner - 200 mm

08-330-470 Square Backed Flange - 200 mm

08-330-575 Female Ducting Joiner - 250 mm

08-330-625 Ducting Back Draft Damper Joiner - 250 mm

08-330-475 Square Backed Flange - 250 mm

08-330-580 Female Ducting Joiner - 315 mm

08-330-630 Ducting Back Draft Damper Joiner - 315 mm

08-330-480 Square Backed Flange - 315 mm

hydrogarden.com

Ducting | ENVIRONMENT Ducting Pressed Bend 90 Degrees • 90° bend • Available in a wide range of sizes

08-330-705 Ducting Pressed Bend 90 Degrees - 100 mm 08-330-710 Ducting Pressed Bend 90 Degrees - 125 mm 08-330-715 Ducting Pressed Bend 90 Degrees - 150 mm 08-330-720 Ducting Pressed Bend 90 Degrees - 200 mm 08-330-725 Ducting Pressed Bend 90 Degrees - 250 mm

Ducting Tee Connectors • Can be used to duct in to different areas and join different duct runs together • Available in a wide range of sizes

Pressed Ventilation Reducers

Flexible Silencers •G erman–made silencers which assist in reducing the noise levels when using fans

08-330-205 Ducting Tee Connector - 100 mm 08-330-210 Ducting Tee Connector - 125 mm 08-330-215 Ducting Tee Connector - 150 mm

• Used to reduce from one standard ventilation size to another

•V ery flexible - they can be bent around 90°, allowing fitting into the corners of growrooms or tents

• Available in a wide range of sizes

• 1 m in length

08-330-230 Ducting Tee Connector - 315 mm

•A vailable in a wide range of sizes

08-330-220 Ducting Tee Connector - 200 mm 08-330-225 Ducting Tee Connector - 250 mm

Ducting Y Connectors • Ideal for use when using multiple LUMii AeroTube reflectors in series

08-380-105 Pressed Ventilation Reducer - 125 mm>100 mm

•P rovides extra options when creating extraction systems

08-380-110 Pressed Ventilation Reducer - 150 mm>100 mm

• Available in a wide range of sizes

08-380-115 Pressed Ventilation Reducer - 150 mm>125 mm 08-380-120 Pressed Ventilation Reducer - 200 mm>125 mm

08-395-005 Flexible Silencer 100 mm (4”)

08-330-305 Ducting Y Connector - 100 mm

08-380-125 Pressed Ventilation Reducer - 200 mm>150 mm

08-395-010 Flexible Silencer 125 mm (5”)

08-330-310 Ducting Y Connector - 125 mm

08-380-130 Pressed Ventilation Reducer - 250 mm>150 mm

08-395-015 Flexible Silencer 150 mm (6”)

08-330-315 Ducting Y Connector - 150 mm

08-380-135 Pressed Ventilation Reducer - 250 mm>200 mm

08-395-020 Flexible Silencer 200 mm (8”)

08-330-320 Ducting Y Connector - 200 mm

08-380-140 Pressed Ventilation Reducer - 315 mm>200 mm

08-395-025 Flexible Silencer 250 mm (10”)

08-330-325 Ducting Y Connector - 250 mm

08-380-145 Pressed Ventilation Reducer - 315 mm>250 mm

08-395-030 Flexible Silencer 315 mm (12”)

08-330-330 Ducting Y Connector - 315 mm

hydrogarden.com

183

ENVIRONMENT | Accessories

65 KG EACH!

Jack Chain •F or hanging reflectors or carbon filters as required • Made from galvanised steel • Rust-resistant • 10 m

LightHouse Heavy Duty Steel Hooks

LUMii Heavy Duty Rope Rachets

UK Plug to Female IEC Plug Lead

• Corrosion-resistant heavy duty zinc plated steel

• I deal for heavier lighting fixtures and ventilation products

•A durable, heavy duty UK plug to IEC cable

• Supplied with two 6 mm Steel hanging hooks

•D esigned to power your fans from a mains power outlet

•E asy to fix, maximum load depends upon surface fixed to • I deal for hanging filters, lighting fixtures, ducting etc. or to fix catenary wires for power cables or espalier-trained plants

•2 .4 m of 6 mm heavy duty braided polypropylene rope

• 55 mm from fixing surface to centre of hook

•C an support 65 kg each, thats 130 kg in total for the pair!

• Hook Diameters - approx. 42 mm

• Supplied in packs of 2

• Suitable for all fans with IEC sockets • 2 m length

10-480-150 LightHouse Heavy Duty Steel Screw Hooks - Pack of 2 03-130-010 Jack Chain 2 mm Single x 10 m Box

184

hydrogarden.com

10-480-155 LightHouse Heavy Duty Steel Plate Hook

03-110-382 LUMii Heavy Duty Rope Ratchet - Pack of 2

60-965-210 UK Plug to Female IEC Plug Lead - 2 m

Accessories | ENVIRONMENT

Stop those bugs from getting into your room

RAM Bug Barriers •A fine mesh screen for intake fans to prevent insects in the growroom

RAM Filter Stand Air flow Air Flow

• The RAM Filter Stand will hold all sizes of filter

•F its over your fan so ducting can then be fitted to Bug Barrier.

• Fully adjustable!

• Includes hook & loop strips!

an support filters up to •C 550 mm in diameter

• Max. load of 60 kg

Barrier fits over your fan.

Barrier fits over your fanDucting can then be fitted to Bug Barrier. Ducting can then be out over Bug Barrier

60 KG MAX. LOAD

08-370-100 RAM Bug Barrier 100 mm - 4 Hook & Loop Parts 08-370-105 RAM Bug Barrier 125 mm - 4 Hook & Loop Parts 08-370-110 RAM Bug Barrier 150 mm - 4 Hook & Loop Parts 08-370-115 RAM Bug Barrier 200 mm - 6 Hook & Loop Parts 08-370-120 RAM Bug Barrier 250 mm - 8 Hook & Loop Parts 08-370-125 RAM Bug Barrier 315 mm - 8 Hook & Loop Parts

08-350-102 RAM Filter Stand

hydrogarden.com

185

ENVIRONMENT | Fans RAM Clip-on Fan

RAM Eco Fan

• I ncludes multiple clip styles, allowing the fan to be positioned however it is needed

•A compact fan, ideal to fit into a growroom or grow tent providing excellent air circulation

•L ightweight - can be hung from tent poles without causing damage

• Louvre fan for even air flow

• Two speed settings • 1.4 m power cable Technical Specifications Impeller size

150 mm (6”)

Power

15 W

Voltage

220-240 V

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

Speed

2 settings

08-355-273 RAM 150 mm (6”) Clip-on Fan - 15 W

• Fan speed control • Narrow design Technical Specifications Impeller size

300 mm (12”)

Power

40 W

Voltage

220-240 V

Frequency

50 Hz

Speed

3 settings

08-355-320 RAM 300 mm (12”) Eco Fan

RAM Oscillating Multi Fan

RAM Floor Air Circulators

• I ncludes multiple clip styles, allowing the fan to be positioned however it is needed

• High quality fans with stylish chrome finish

ightweight - can be hung from tent •L poles without causing damage

• Three speed settings

• Two speed settings

• 130 degree tilt adjustment Technical Specifications

• Oscillating mode

Impeller size

• 1.4 m power cable

Power

Technical Specifications

230 mm (9”)

300 mm (12”)

400 mm (16”)

40 W

55 W

100 W

Voltage

220-240 V

Impeller size

180 mm (7”)

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

Power

20 W

Speed

3 settings

Voltage

220-240 V

Frequency

50 / 60 Hz

Speed

2 settings

Tip: Air circulators work in a different way to other fans and are the best for moving air within a growroom. The correct way to use them to maximise their performance is to have them tilted upwards.

08-355-150 RAM 230 mm (9”) Air Circulator - 3 Speed 08-355-155 RAM 300 mm (12”) Air Circulator - 3 Speed 08-355-278 RAM 180 mm (7”) Oscillating Multi Fan – 20 W

186

hydrogarden.com

E THRE S E Z I S ABLE L I A V A

08-355-160 RAM 400 mm (16”) Air Circulator - 3 Speed

Fans | ENVIRONMENT RAM Wall Fan

RAM Heavy Duty Wall Fan

•S turdy and wall-mountable: increases the air flow within the growroom without taking up floor space

• Sturdy and wall-mountable: increases the air flow within the growroom without taking up floor space

• Oscillating mode • Space saver – wall mountable • Spectacularly quiet for the high air flow Technical Specifications Impeller size

400 mm (16”)

Power

40 W

Voltage

220-240 V

Frequency

50 Hz

Speed

3 settings

08-355-295 RAM 400 mm (16”) Wall Fan - 3 Speed

RAM Pedestal Fan

• Oscillating mode • Space saver – wall mountable • Spectacularly quiet for the high air flow Technical Specifications Impeller size

450 mm (18”)

Power

100 W

Voltage

220-240 V

Frequency

50 Hz

Speed

3 settings

08-355-297 RAM 450 mm (18") Heavy Duty Wall Fan - 3 Speed

RAM Heavy Duty Pedestal Fan

• A sturdy, reliable and quiet fan automatic swing

• High-power, robust fan ideal for larger growrooms

• Quiet operation means less noise in the growroom

• Adjustable height and adjustable fan head tilt

• Finger-safe mesh grill

Technical Specifications

400 mm (16”)

Impeller size

450 mm (18”)

Power

45 W

Power

100 W

Voltage

220-240 V

Voltage

220-240 V

Frequency

50 Hz

Frequency

50 Hz

Speed

3 settings

Speed

4 settings

Impeller size

08-355-325 RAM 400 mm (16”) Pedestal Fan Solid Base - 3 Speed

08-355-327 RAM 450 mm (18”) Heavy Duty Pedestal Fan - 4 Speed

hydrogarden.com

187

ENVIRONMENT | Heaters 45 W 135 W

80 W

240 W

CE PRODULE STAB HEAT

DON’T FORGET YOUR WIRELESS THERMOSTAT!

LightHouse ECOHEAT Greenhouse Heaters • ECOHEAT Heaters produce a stable heat to protect plants against sudden temperature fluctuations and protect against frost • Ideal for use in propagation areas where ambent temperatures are required • Helps reduce humidity and condensation when growing indoors thus protecting against fungal attack • More economical than a fan heater, cleaner and safer than paraffin heaters • Cheap-to-run, similar to a Laptop or an LCD TV and 25% less than most similar tube heaters • IP55 rated, splash and sprinkler resistant

DON’T FORGET YOUR WIRELESS THERMOSTAT!

LightHouse 2 kW Greenhouse Heater

LightHouse 3 kW Greenhouse Heater

•D ual use – can be used as both a heater and a fan

•T hermostatically controlled with a choice of two heat settings or fan only

•N ot suitable for control by external thermostats

• Simple and robust design, easy to assemble

Technical Specifications

• Quiet Running

Power

2025 W

Power

3050 W

Input

220-240 V

Input

220-240 V

Frequency

50 Hz

Frequency

50 Hz

09-435-250 LightHouse ECOHEAT 45 W Greenhouse Heater - 305 mm 09-435-255 LightHouse ECOHEAT 80 W Greenhouse Heater - 608 mm 09-435-260 LightHouse ECOHEAT 135 W Greenhouse Heater - 915 mm 09-435-262 LightHouse ECOHEAT 240 W Greenhouse Heater - 1220 mm

188

hydrogarden.com

09-435-280 LightHouse 2 kW Greenhouse Heater

09-435-290 LightHouse 3 kW Greenhouse Heater

Heaters | ENVIRONMENT CONTR OL YOUR HEATE RS!

3 HEAT S G SETTIN

DON’T FORGET YOUR WIRELESS THERMOSTAT!

LightHouse Oil Filled Radiators

LightHouse Wireless Thermostat

•B oth feature adjustable thermostats with protection against overheating • On/Off switches • Thermostatically controlled with a choice of three heat settings • Castor wheels for easy mobility • Cable management for when not in use

• An easy to use plug and play unit with a portable design which allows it to be hung, placed or even wall mounted anywhere in your growroom or tent • Automatic wireless connection between the remote thermostat and the receiver switch • Built-in temperature sensor • Backlit LCD display shows the current and target temperature • Measures temperatures in both ˚C and ˚F • Features a battery saving automatic display time-out

Technical Specifications Power

1000 W | 2000 W

Fins

5|9

Input

220-240 V

Frequency

50/60 Hz

09-435-310 LightHouse 1000 W Oil Filled Radiator 09-435-320 LightHouse 2000 W Oil Filled Radiator

09-435-350 LightHouse Wireless Thermostat

hydrogarden.com

189

ENVIRONMENT | Meters ESSENTIALS Digital 2 Way Min-Max Thermometer • Two measurements in one displays your nutrient tank and growroom temperature • The Min/Max memory records the highest and lowest temperature values • Nutrient temp. measurement is via a thin waterproof probe with 1.8 m cord

Digital Series Indoor/Outdoor Min Max Thermometer •M in/max memory at the touch of a button! •L arge display with in (unit) and out (sensor) temp. alternating & humidity on constantly •M easures temperatures in both ˚C and ˚F

• Reliable and accurate within +/- 1˚C (+/- 2˚F) • Measures temperatures in both ˚C and ˚F

09-435-055 ESSENTIALS Digital 2 Way Min-Max Thermometer

ESSENTIALS Digital Min-Max Thermo Hygrometer •A Thermo Hygrometer that simultaneously displays your growroom/greenhouse temperature and humidity •D isplays the highest and lowest values recorded since the unit was last reset

09-435-070 Digital Series Indoor/Outdoor Min Max Thermometer

Digital Series Min Max Thermometer & Hygrometer • Min/max memory at the touch of a button! •L arge display showing temp. and humidity •M easures temperatures in both ˚C and ˚F

Thermometer • Ideal for monitoring the temperature levels in your growroom • Measures temperatures in both ˚C and ˚F • Contains no mercury

• 10% RH to 99% RH humidity range •R eliable and accurate within +/- 1˚C (+/- 2˚F) • Measures temperatures in both ˚C and ˚F

09-435-065 ESSENTIALS Digital Min-Max Thermo Hygrometer

190

hydrogarden.com

09-435-075 Digital Series Min Max Thermometer & Hygrometer

09-435-045 Plastic Thermometer

Humidifiers | ENVIRONMENT Float for Mist Makers 3, 5 & 12

Mist Maker 3, 5 & 12

•P air with the relevant sized Mist Makers to ensure they’re always positioned at the correct depth within a reservoir or tank

• Helps cool the air and gives up to 100% humidity

•R aises the level of the Mist Maker to ensure it runs at optimal rates

• Powerful and compact humdifiers that produce water vapour via ultrasonic vibration for a very fine micron size droplet, increasing the environmental humidity •M aintain the optimum growing environment required for cuttings and seedlings as well as with growth through the vegetative stage of your plant cycle ery quiet operation and requires no wiring as it plugs •V directly into a standard electrical plug socket Technical Specifications Model

Max. Output

1200 ml/hr

1600 ml/hr

5300 ml/hr

HELP COOL S TH AIR AN E INCRE D A HUMID SE ITY

09-435-150 Float for Mist Maker 3 09-435-155 Float for Mist Maker 5 09-435-157 Float for Mist Maker 12

Replacement Ceramic Discs

09-435-100 Mist Maker 3 - 1200 ml/hr (DK3)

•R eplacement ceramic discs are compatible with all Mist Makers • Discs last up to 2000 working hours, depending on water quality • Specially coated for less frequent changing • For Mist Maker 12, simply buy a combination of replacement pack sizes

09-435-160 Pack of 3 Replacement Ceramic Discs - Mist Maker 3 09-435-165 Pack of 5 Replacement Ceramic Discs - Mist Maker 5

09-435-105 Mist Maker 5 - 1600 ml/hr (DK5)

09-435-110 Mist Maker 12 - 5300 ml/hr (DK12)

hydrogarden.com

191

ENVIRONMENT | Humidifiers Inline DI Resin Water Filter •T his De-Ionising Resin water filter is particularly recommended for users in hard water areas. • I deal for use inline with the RAM Wall Humidifier, or to produce clean water for filling other humidifiers and appliances •H elps to protect the longevity of appliances by preventing build-up of limescale and deposits from hard water

RD IN A HA EA? R A WATER MMEND O C E R WE ATER THE W KIT FILTER

09-435-580 Inline DI Resin Water Filter 09-435-590 Spare Foam Insert for DI Resin Water Filter

RAM Wall Humidifier • Wall mounted unit allowing for extra floor space without sacrificing your growroom environment • Prevent dryness in your growing environment • Easy-to-use dial humidistat control • Up to 1600 ml/hr output • No refills required – mains water connection (all fittings included) Technical Specifications

FILLS NO RE ED – R REQUI ATER W S N I ! MA CTION E CONN

Power

120 W

Input

220-240 V

Frequency

50 Hz

Max. Output

1600 ml/hr

Purolite Polystyrenic Resin Refill Pack •R efill pack for the Inline DI Resin Water Filter asy to tell when the resin •E needs replacing - it turns from blue to gold when exhausted

09-435-550 RAM Wall Humidifier 09-435-555 RAM Wall Humidifier & Water Filter Kit

192

hydrogarden.com

09-435-585 Purolite Polystyrenic Resin Refill Pack - 220 ml

Humidifiers | ENVIRONMENT 13 L

RAM Ultrasonic Humidifier (5 L)

RAM Ultrasonic Humidifier (13 L)

•F ully adjustable, intuitive design making it easy for growers to increase the humidity of the growing environment

• Fully adjustable, intuitive design making it easy for growers to increase the humidity of the growing environment

• 5 L tank

• 13 L tank

•A uto cut-off feature shuts off the units when the tank becomes empty

•T he four nozzle design allows for an even distribution of mist in each direction

Technical Specifications

•A uto cut-off feature shuts off the units when the tank becomes empty

Tank Size

Power

30 W

Input

220-240 V

Frequency

50 Hz

Max. Output

400 ml/hr

09-435-400 RAM Ultrasonic Humidifier - 5 L Tank

Technical Specifications Tank Size

13 L

Power

85 W

Input

220-240 V

Frequency

50 Hz

Max. Output

1100 ml/hr

09-435-410 RAM Ultrasonic Humidifier - 13 L Tank

hydrogarden.com

193

ENVIRONMENT | CO2

Airbomz CO2 Dispenser • Designed for small to medium grow tents • Emitts measured amounts of CO2 at set intervals, raising the ambient CO2 levels in your grow space to an ideal 1200 PPM which is perfect for explosive plant growth •A llows higher growing temperatures and humidity • Battery powered

TNB The Enhancer CO2 Dispersal Canister & Refill Pack A safe and effective all natural solution for CO2 supplementation.. • 1 00% organic ingredients • Can reach 1200 PPM in a 12 x 12 x 12 ft area for up to 2 weeks (extraction dependent) • Refill packs available

• Built in light sensor • Includes remote control

194

09-400-312 Airbomz CO₂ Dispenser - Maxi Can Included

09-400-350 TNB The Enhancer - CO₂ Dispersal Canister - 240 g

09-400-315 Airbomz Maxi CO₂ Can

09-400-355 TNB The Enhancer - CO₂ Refill Pack - 240 g

hydrogarden.com

SHAKE DAILY F OR OPTIMA L PERFOR MANCE

CO2 | ENVIRONMENT UNIQUE 2 IN 1 CO 2 SYSTEM

BUNDLE AVAILAB LE WITH R AM CO 2 CONTRO LLER!

CO2 Release System

RAM CO2 Monitor & Controller

•A complete system for dosing CO2 from a gas bottle

• Unique 2 in 1 system allowing easy monitoring and control of the CO2 climate in your growroom

• Regulator made by GasArc, widely renowned as the best hardware on the market • Full instructions are included • Use only with vapour release CO2 •C omplete with 10 m of layflat tubing

• Set a desired CO2 range specifying a PPM limit either side of a desired target level • 1 week visual log of CO2 levels • Easy to use, plug and play system that can be effortlessly added to existing growroom without changing equipment • 4.5 m cable to CO2 sensor Technical Specifications

09-400-005 CO2 Release Kit

Input

100-240 V

Frequency

50-60 Hz

Max. Load

5 A at 240 V

09-400-020 CO2 Solenoid - Type 6013 09-400-027 CO2 Single Stage Cylinder Regulator 09-400-030 1/4” BSP Male to Hose Connecter 09-400-035 3/8” BSP Female to 1/4” BSP Male Connector 09-400-040 Spare CO2 Fibre Washer

09-400-120 RAM CO2 Monitor & Controller

09-400-045 CO2 Layflat Release Pipe - metre

09-400-155 RAM CO2 Controller & Release Kit Bundle

REMEMBER! CARBON DIOXIDE IS AN ASPHYXIANT; ALWAYS ENSURE THAT CO2 LEVELS ARE NOT TOO HIGH WHEN WORKING IN GROWING AREAS

hydrogarden.com

195

SEE PAGES 24 - 31

PEST & DISEASE CONTROL

PEST & DISEASE CONTROL | Pest Control

The pest control and plant health range that promotes healthy plants and good growroom practice.

Guard’n’Aid Insect Catcher •D ouble-sided glue sheets used to monitor the presence of all flying insects •U se sticky fly traps as part of your routine pest management (IPM) procedure to alert you to a problem before it becomes an infestation

Guard’n’Aid Pest Pistol • A high quality sprayer is ideal for applying pest products to the plant, designed with a fine output • For foliar application

Pump Up Compression Sprayers •S pritz plants efficiently with this sprayer. Simply pressurise the bottle using the handy pump lid and spray! •H andle features an on/off trigger to allow a constant stream •A djustable nozzle allows growers to choose between a fine mist or a more direct spray

IERS MAGNIF LE B AVAILA E ON PAG 212

10-505-025 Pump Up Compression Sprayer - 2 L 10-475-050 Guard’n’Aid Insect Catcher CDU - 12 Packs

198

hydrogarden.com

10-475-055 Guard’n’Aid Pest Pistol 750 ml

10-505-030 Pump Up Compression Sprayer - 5 L

Efficacy against eggs on spider mites % killed eggs

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

When using in the presence of beneficial insects Pyrethrum should only be applied in small strategic amounts where pest pressure is highest as beneficial insects can also be killed on contact.

Guard’n’Aid for SpiderMite

0% Guard’n’Aid for Thrip

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Guard’n’Aid for Thrip

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

•

• Controls some eggs, larval stages and adult Thrip •P yrethrins as a oil-based formulation with added Canola oil targets the respiratory organ and nervous system of insects, eradicating them •M ost effective when applied in the evening or early morning when temperatures are lower. The effectiveness decreases when temperatures are 25°C or higher

•

insects, eradicating them

THIS 250 M L BOTTL E MAK ES UP TO 33 X 750 M L REA DY TO US E HAN D SPRAY ERS

93%

91%

97%

89%

97%

•

10%

99%

20%

98%

Guard’n’Aid for SpiderMite

30%

Pyrethrum product)

•C anola oil also works extremely well against the egg Reference Guard’n’Aid (another brand stages of pests. This is especially important when for Thrip Pyrethrum product) dealing with red spider mites •M ost effective when applied in the evening or early morning when temperatures are lower. The effectiveness decreases when temperatures are 25°C or higher

THIS 250 M L BOTTL E MAK ES UP TO 100% 33 X 7 5 0 ML RE 90% ADY TO US 80% E HAN 70%SP RAYER D S 60%

Effectiveness against thrips on palm trees % killed thrips Average value from 2 attempts with independent inspection stations

100%

•A contact insecticide specially developed for use against Thrips in all edible and non-edible crops grown in outdoor and protected situations, including hard surfaces.

100%

40%

44%

50%

•P yrethrum-based targeted contact insecticide for use against Thrips in all edible and non-edible crops grown in outdoor and in protected situations

Guard’n’Aid for SpiderMite

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

98%

60%

97%

70%

Guard’n’Aid for Thrip

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Efficacy on spider mites on orn Effectiveness againts Mealy Bugsagainst eggs on spider mitesEffectiveness against Whitefly Efficacy % killed spider mites % killed Mealy Bugs % killed Whitefly % killed eggs Average of 6 independent trials Average value from 4 attempts with Average value from 4 attempts with independent inspection stations independent inspection stations 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 90% 90% 90% 90% 90% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 70% 70% Effectiveness against thrips on palm trees 70% 70% 70% % killed thrips 60% 60% Average value from 2 attempts with independent 60% 60% 60% Effectiveness againts caterpillars inspection stations 50% 50% % killed caterpillars 50% 50% 50% 100% 40% 40% 40% 40% 40% 100% 90% 30% 30% 30% 30% 30% 90% 80% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 80% 70% 10% 10% Pyrethrum-based targeted contact insecticide for use 10% 10% 10% 70% 60% 0% 0% against SpiderMite and their eggs 60% 0% 0% 0% A targeted contact insecticide 50% for use against SpiderMite 50% 40% grown in outdoor and in all edible and non-edible crops Refere Reference 40% Guard’n’Aid Guard’n’Aid (anoth (another brand Reference for SpiderMite Reference 30% protected situations.Guard’n’Aid ControlsReference eggs, larval stages and for SpiderMite Pyreth Pyrethrum product) Guard’n’Aid Guard’n’Aid (another brand (another brand (another brand 30% PestOFF Plus PestOFF Plus PestOFF Plus Pyrethrum product) Pyrethrum product) Pyrethrum product) adult mites 20% 20% 10% Pyrethrins as a oil-based formulation with added Canola 10% oil targets the respiratory organ 0% and nervous system of Reference 0% Guard’n’Aid for Thrip (another brand

99%

98%

100%

80%

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Effectiveness againts caterpillars % killed caterpillars

100% 90%

89%

0% Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

Effectiveness against thrips on palm trees % killed thrips Average value from 2 attempts with independent inspection stations

92%

44%

Guard’n’Aid for SpiderMite

82%

30%

20% Our Pyrethrum based insecticides are ideal for 20% 10% use alongside 10% beneficial insects as part of an 0% management program. Because0% integrated pest it breaks down so fast, beneficial insects can be introduced into the garden only three days Reference Guard’n’Aid (another brand after treatment. for SpiderMite Pyrethrum product)

92%

40%

30% Organisms... Use of Beneficial

68%

50%

40%

93%

60%

50%

44%

60%

Efficacy on aphids on roses Efficacy against Scale Insects % killed aphids % killed Scale Incects Averange of 6 independent trials Average of 5 independent trials Efficacy on spider mites on ornamentals Efficacy against eggs on spider mites % killed spider mites 100% 100% % killed eggs Average of 6 independent trials 90% 90% 100% 100% 80% 80% 90% 90% 70% 70% 80% 80% 60% 60% 70% 70% 50% 50% 60% 60% 40% 40% 50% 50% 30% 30% 40% 40% 20% 20% 30% 30% 10% 10% 20% 20% 0% 0% 10% 10%

93%

70%

84%

80%

92%

70%

90%

82%

80%

Pest Control | PEST & DISEASE CONTROL 100%

92%

90%

93%

100%

Efficacy on spider mites on ornamentals % killed spider mites Average of 6 independent trials

50% 40% 30%

10-475-420 Guard’n’Aid for Thrip - 250 ml

10-475-425 Guard’n’Aid for SpiderMite - 250 ml

20% 10% 0% Guard’n’Aid for Thrip

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Guard’n’Aid for Thrip

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

hydrogarden.com

199

80% 70% 60%

100%

50%

90%

40%

80%

30%

70%

20%

60%

10%

50%

40%

44%

60%

100%

40%

90%

30%

20%

80%

20%

10%

70%

30%

Reference

Guard’n’Aid for SpiderMite

Reference

Guard’n’Aid Guard’n’Aid (another brand (another brandPyrethrum-based contact 10% •A broad spectrum insecticide for control of many for SpiderMite for SpiderMite Pyrethrum product) Pyrethrum product) sucking and biting insects including White Fly, Aphids,Reference Thrip, Mites, Scale bugs, 0% Guard’n’Aid for Thrip (another brandlarvae Caterpillars, Wool bug, Mealy bug, beetles and some wasp Pyrethrum product) Efficacy on spider mites on ornamentals

uct)

70% 70%

60% 60%

40%

Guard’n’Aid for SpiderMite

30%

• •

Pyrethrum product)

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

10-475-400 Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus Concentrate - 250 ml Reference Guard’n’Aid for Thrip

200

68% 89%

70% 60% 50% 40% 30%

40% 40%

20%

30% 30%

10%

(another brand Pyrethrum product)

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product) Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

hydrogarden.com Effectiveness againts caterpillars % killed caterpillars

100%

90% 80% 70% 60%

10%

10% 10%

10%

0%0%

Guard’n’Aid for Thrip

0% Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product) Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

Effectiveness againts caterpillars % killed caterpillars Effectiveness against Whitefly % killed Whitefly 100% value from 4 attempts with Average

independent inspection stations 90% 100% 80% 90% 70% 80% 60% 70% 50% 60% 40% 50% 30% 40% 20% 30% 10% 20% 0% 10%

97%

98%

Average of 5 independent trials Bugs Effectiveness againts Mealy % killed Mealy Bugs 100% Average value from 4 attempts with independent inspection stations 90% 100% 80% 90% 70% 80% 60% 70% 50% 60% 40% 50% 30% 40% 20% 30% 10% Reference 20% (another 0%brand Pyrethrum product) 10%

Reference Reference (another brand (another brand Pyrethrum product) Pyrethrum product)

90%

60% 50% 40% 30% 20%

30%

10%

100%

70%

40%

20% 20%

Efficacy against Scale Insects % killed Scale Incects Average of 5 independent trials

80%

50%

20%

Guard’n’Aid Guard’n’Aid PestOFF PestOFF PlusPlus

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

20%

10%

20%

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Effectiveness againts Mealy Bugs % killed Mealy Bugs Average value from 4 attempts with independent inspection stations

Effectiveness against Whitefly % killed Whitefly Average value from 4 attempts with independent inspection stations

100%

90% 80% 70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0% Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product) Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

palm trees

th independent

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

10%

80%

50% 50%

89% 93%

10%

Reference 40% (another brand Pyrethrum30% product)

92% 97%

30% 20%

% killed caterpillars is a contact spray. Therefore the plants must be90%sprayed from all sides. 80% 100% 80% 90% spray technique and application are very important The to the effectiveness 70% 90% of 70% 80%the product 60% 80% 60% 70%e recommend a secondary spraying 5-7 days after W the first application50% 70% 50% 60% W hen dealing with Draceanae thrips (Parthenothrips dracaenae), scales 40% and 60% 40% 50% mealy-bugs the second application should be sprayed after 14 days. 30% 50% 30% 40% 20% 40% Reference 20% 30% Guard’n’Aid (another brand 10% for SpiderMite Pyrethrum product) 30% 10% 20% 0% 20% 0% 10% 10% 0% Reference 0% Guard’n’Aid for Thrip (another brand

• 100% This

100%

40%

50%

10%

20%

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

97%

50%

of 6 independent trials Mkilled ostthrips effective when applied in the evening or early Averange morning when temperatures •% 100% Average value from 2 attempts with independent Effectiveness againts caterpillars inspection stationsThe effectiveness decreases when temperatures are lower. are 25°C or higher 100% 90%

99% 68%

60%

50%

80% 80%

(another brand

84%

70%

Guard’n’Aid

98%

80%

60%

Effectiveness againts Mealy Bugs Efficacy against % killed Mealy Scale Bugs Insects % Average killed Scale Incects value from 4 attempts with Average of 5 independent independent inspection trials stations

90% 90%

30%

adult insects, some larval stages andReference eggs

82%

90%

60%

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

100% 100%

Reference Reference for Thrip Pyrethruma product) Guard’n’Aid Guard’n’Aid •C ontains the active ingredients of Natural Pyrethrum and formulated addition (another brand(another brand PestOFF Plus PestOFF Plus Pyrethrum product) Pyrethrum product) of Rapeseed oil. Natural Pyrethrum is obtained from a species of chrysanthemum Effectiveness against thrips on palm trees (Chrysanthemum cinerariaefolium) indigenous to Africa. The actual agent, % killed thrips Efficacy on aphids on roses against Scale Insects Average value from 2 attemptsEfficacy with independent Pyrethrin, is contained in the yellow petal heads of the plant Effectiveness against thrips on palm trees % killed aphids % killed Scale Incects inspection stations

100%

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

40%

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

89%

% killed spider mites • Effective against Average of 6 independent trials

70% Efficacy on aphids on roses 60% Effectiveness againts caterpillars % killed aphids caterpillars Averange% ofkilled 6 independent trials 50%

50%

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus Concentrate 20%

80%

60%

40%

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

99%

30%

70%

98%

70%

90%

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

80%

Effectiveness against thrips on palm trees % killed thrips Average value from 2 attempts with independent inspection stations

100% 82%

80%

90%

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

93%

90%

92%

90%

(another brand Pyrethrum product)

50%

89%

100%

Guard’n’Aid for Thrip

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

60%

89%

100%

70%

92%

Efficacy on spider mites on ornamentals % killed spider mites Average of 6 independent trials

10%

91%

Guard’n’Aid for Thrip

Efficacy against eggs on spider mites % killed eggs Reference

20%

10%

80%

97%

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

20%

44%

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)30%

93%

10%

40%

Guard’n’Aid for SpiderMite

99%

20%

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)30%

92%

Guard’n’Aid for SpiderMite

97%

40%

30%

90%

91%

50%

89% 93%

60%

84% 91%

92% 97%

60%

82%

70%

93%

70%

10%

50%

40%

97%

THIS 250 BOTTL ML E MAK ES UP TO 3 3 X 750 M L REA DY TO US E HAN D SPRAY ERS

80%

100%

89%

82%

100%

90%

68%

50%

20%

84%

60%

30%

90% 80%

10%

100%

97%

20%

100%

Efficacy against Scale Insects % killed Scale Incects Average of 5 independent trials

Effectiveness againts Mealy Bugs % killed Mealy Bugs Average value from 4 attempts with independent inspection stations

40%

99%

44%

30%

70%

100%

60%caterpillars Effectiveness againts % killed caterpillars 50%

40%

98%

100%

80%

Efficacy against eggs on spider mites % killed eggs 0%

70%

50%

90%

Efficacy on aphids on roses % killed aphids Averange of 6 independent trials Effectiveness against Whitefly % killed Whitefly 100% Average value from 4 attempts with independent inspection stations 90% 100% 80% 90% 70% 80% 60% 70% 50% 60% 40% 50% 30% 40% 20% 30% 10% 20% 0% Efficacy on spider mites on ornamentals 10% % killed spider mites 0% Average of 6 independent trials

80%

60%

100%

93%

92%

70%

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

89%

90%

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

93%

90% 80%

Effectiveness against thrips on palm trees % killed thrips Average value from 2 attempts with independent inspection stations

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

92%

100%

84%

100%

91% 68%

0% Efficacy on spider mites on ornamentals % killed spider mites Average of 6 independent trials

PEST & DISEASE CONTROL | Pest Control

93%

Efficacy against eggs on spider mites % killed eggs

Effectiveness againts Mealy Bugs % killed Mealy Bugs Average value from 4 attempts with independent inspection stations

Effectiveness against Whitefly % killed Whitefly Average value from 4 attempts with independent inspection stations

100%

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product) Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus

Reference (another brand Pyrethrum product)

Pest Control | PEST & DISEASE CONTROL

Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus Fumers •P ermethrin-based smoke generators for use in controlling crawling and flying insects in difficult to reach places, growrooms and empty glasshouses •P lease note: Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus Fumers are specifically for fumigating vacated areas and are not for treating plants. The room must be vacated for 4 hours after the treatment. ADVICE SHEET INCLUDED (contains Permethrin Synthetic Pyrethriod Insecticide) • NOTE: MAXI FUMERS ARE FOR PROFESSIONAL USE ONLY Technical Specifications PestOFF Plus Mini Fumer – contains 2 x 3.5 g smoke generators PestOFF Plus Midi Fumer – contains 1 x 15 g smoke generator PestOFF Plus Maxi Fumer – contains 1 x 31 g smoke generator

DESIG SPECI NED FICAL LY FOR FUMIG AT VACA ING TE AREAS D

10-475-405 Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus Mini Fumer - Pack of 2 10-475-410 Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus Midi Fumer 10-475-415 Guard’n’Aid PestOFF Plus Maxi Fumer

hydrogarden.com

201

PEST & DISEASE CONTROL | Plant Health ALLY NATUR D DERIVE AT E TH BIOCID 9.9% KILLS 9 ERIA T OF BAC

Guard’n’Aid Healthy Leaf & Bud

Guard’n’Aid Healthy Root

Guard’n’Aid CleanRoom

• Feeds and strengthens the leaf by adding beneficial bacteria, improves calcium absorption and uptake and will ensure that your leaves and buds grow strong and healthy even in the harshest of conditions

• Restores the microbial balance by adding beneficial bacteria, improves nutrient availability and uptake and will ensure that your roots grow strong and healthy even in the harshest of conditions.

•K eep your growroom and growing equipment/cutting blades clean and free from fungi and bacteria

• Use alongside your standard nutrient program or as a boost when you see stress • Contains naturally-occurring bacteria (Bacillus subtilis) at 5 x 108 cfu/g (colony forming units per gram) and essential nutrient Calcium in chelated form

THE 250 M L BOTTL E MAK ES UP TO 750 M 22 X L TO US READY E HAN D SPRA YERS

202

•U se alongside your standard nutrient program or as a boost when you see stress or browning of roots

ROOTS W RO WILL G OD IN GO D OR BA NS IO CONDIT

10-475-430 Guard’n’Aid Healthy Leaf & Bud - 250 ml

10-475-440 Guard’n’Aid Healthy Root - 250 ml

10-475-435 Guard’n’Aid Healthy Leaf & Bud - 1 L

10-475-445 Guard’n’Aid Healthy Root - 1 L

hydrogarden.com

Healthy roots

•K ills 99.9% of bacteria as well as common plant pathogenic fungi, such as Fusarium and Botrytis • Naturally derived Biocide •U sed to clean down a room and growing equipment in between crops. Not to be used directly on the crop.

Stressed, unhealthy roots

After application, healthy roots grow

10-510-010 Guard’n’Aid CleanRoom - 1 L

Plant Health | PEST & DISEASE CONTROL

Guard’n’Aid OxyPlus

CANNACURE

CANNA D-Block

•L iquid additive that can be used in hydroponic or soil systems to increase oxygen content and maintain system cleanliness

• The natural way to control pests

• Use CANNA D-Block pre-emptively with every irrigation (the product is completely non-toxic) and make sure that the pipes and dripper remain wet internally between irrigations

an also be used in seed germination and as a preventative •C against Pythium •D ose: Add 7.5 ml to 10L of nutrient solution. Stir thoroughly. Repeat 2 or 3 times per week or as required. •F or sanitising systems: add 75 ml/10 L of water. Use this solution to circulate through the system or through growing medium (e.g clay, perlite) to sterilise. Remember to flush the system with clean fresh water before use.

•E nvironmentally friendly, this product eliminates pests and mildew, while stimulating growth and blooming •C ANNACURE forms a second natural ‘skin’ on your plants. This layer improves leaf colour and vigour, while ensuring that the plants can still breathe • I t can be used from the beginning of growth until harvesting, alongside your normal feeding routine

•U se 5 ml per 10 L of tap water as a pre-treatment to remove chlorine and chloramines • 12% Hydrogen Peroxide

10-510-020 Guard’n’Aid OxyPlus 250 ml

10-475-300 CANNACURE RTU 750 ml

10-510-025 Guard’n’Aid OxyPlus 1 L

10-475-305 CANNACURE Concentrate 1 L

10-510-030 Guard’n’Aid OxyPlus 5 L

10-475-310 CANNACURE Concentrate 5 L

10-510-200 CANNA D-Block 1 L

hydrogarden.com

203

PEST & DISEASE CONTROL | Plant Health

100% IC R O GAN L A R U NAT CTION PROTE

Biobizz Leaf·Coat

Microbial

•M ade from natural latex that was originally developed to prevent evaporation, it creates a permeable, self-degradable barrier on the leaf, which still allows air and light to get through

• Acts as a micro-cleanser and plant rootzone conditioner, which cleans and rejuvenates plants. This allows the plant to naturally withstand attacks from common pests and biological contaminants like bacteria, fungi, algae and viruses

• Ready-to-use product that strengthens and protects plants against unwanted insects and damaging leaf fungi • Helps prevent the plant from losing too much water through evaporation • An environmentally friendly alternative to pesticides

wide-ranging aqueous solution derived in part from •A naturally occurring plant extracts •N on toxic to humans, animals and plants and is totally biodegradable and environmentally friendly

INSECTO Pro Formula Insect Fogger+ •A n automatic one-shot fogging aerosol, intended for amateur use for eradication of all crawling and flying insects in enclosed spaces • Suitable for use against all insect species •T wo-hour fogging period, plus up to half a day of ventilation to clear • Fast-acting

• Beneficial effects last for up to two weeks after application

• Leaves no visible residue

• Does not affect the taste or aroma of fruit

•O ne 150 ml fogger will treat up to 180 m3, penetrating all crevices

10-475-500 Biobizz Leaf·Coat 500 ml (incl. Spray Nozzle) 10-475-505 Biobizz Leaf·Coat 500 ml - Refill 10-475-510 Biobizz Leaf·Coat 1 L 10-475-515 Biobizz Leaf·Coat 5 L 10-475-520 Biobizz Leaf·Coat 10 L

204

hydrogarden.com

10-510-500 Microbial 1 L

10-475-570 INSECTO Pro Formula Insect Fogger+ 150 ml

GROWROOM MANAGEMENT

GROWROOM MANAGEMENT | Plant Support

LightHouse Twist Tie

LightHouse Soft Garden Tie

•T his plastic coated wire is durable and comes with a cutting tool built into the dispenser

• Ideal for tying plants to stakes and trellises

• Available as a 50 m roll

• 8 metres long

• Padded tie that will not cut into the stems

LightHouse PVC Coated Stiff Wire • Useful for a range of different applications such as securing plants to plant supports in a greenhouse or growroom • 50 m x 1.2 mm (approx.)

50 M

10-480-065 LightHouse Twist Tie - 50 m Roll

206

hydrogarden.com

50 M

10-480-070 LightHouse Garden Soft Tie - 3.5 mm x 8 m (26’ x 1/8”)

10-480-090 LightHouse PVC Coated Stiff Wire - 50 m

Plant Support | GROWROOM MANAGEMENT

Plant Bends •P lant Bends enable you to train leaves or stems to ensure a plant receives as much light as possible • Bendable, so the stem does not have to be forced through the support and they bend with the truss as the stem grows • Pack of 50

YoYo - Plant Support Device

PLANT!T YoYo

• A single self-tightening plant support device

• The ultimate plant support, eliminating the need to re-hang everyday

• Automatically tightens as plants grow, offering support and sculptural training •N o need to constantly adjust the device as plants grow • Supports your plant as it grows or holds fruiting trusses

• Automatically tightens as plants grow, offering support and sculptural training • No need to constantly adjust the device as plants grow • Supports your plant as it grows or holds fruiting trusses • Includes locking pin!

SOLD LY SING

10-480-085 Plant Bends - Pack of 50

10-480-005 YoYo - Plant Support Device

BOX OF 8

10-480-020 PLANT!T YoYo - Box of 8

hydrogarden.com

207

GROWROOM MANAGEMENT | Support Netting

LightHouse Trellis Netting

LightHouse Pea Netting

LightHouse StretchNet

• I deal for supporting vine crops, bush crops or top-heavy flowers

• Helps manage heavy fruiting/flowering plants

• Strong and elastic, ideal for SCROG

• 15 cm (6”) square mesh reduces crop damage and makes harvesting more efficient

• When used horizontally, the netting will help support a weighty canopy to avoid plants drooping and becoming damaged

• Easy to attach to grow tent poles

• NON tangle, a common problem with netting

• Strong and reusable

Technical Specifications

• Easy to install

Dimensions: 1.5 x 4.5 m & 1.5 x 9 m

Suitable for tents up to 1.2 m2. Size can be adapted. For larger tents more stretch nets can be connected together.

Technical Specifications

Mesh size: 15 x 15 cm

Hooks fit poles up to 25 mm diameter.

Dimensions: 2 x 25 m

Material: Polyester

Mesh size: 15 x 15 cm

• Easily adjusted for different size grow tents Technical Specifications

Material: Nylon >25 mm Ø

>16 mm Ø

10-480-075 LightHouse Trellis Netting 1.5 x 4.5 m (5’ x 15’) 10-480-080 LightHouse Trellis Netting 1.5 x 9 m (5’ x 30’)

208

hydrogarden.com

10-480-095 LightHouse Pea Netting 2 m x 25 m

15-500-215 LightHouse StretchNet with 4 Hooks

Support | GROWROOM MANAGEMENT M 180 C (6’)

M 180 C (6’)

M 150 C (5’)

M 120 C (4’)

90 CM (3’)

M 120 C (4’)

PLANT!T Plant Support – Connectable •A llows growers not just to support their plants but also extend the support to required length

Plastic Coated Poles • Provides a strong grip for growing plants allowing growers to support their plants • Plastic coated steel supports • Increased strength and durability

•C onnect together for longer support

PLANT!T Bamboo Stakes • Lightweight stakes that have a smooth, attractive natural finish • Strong and durable •U se indoors or outdoors

• Plastic coated steel supports • I ncreased strength and durability

10-480-055 PLANT!T Bamboo Stakes 90 cm (3’) - Pack of 25

10-480-100 PLANT!T Plant Support - Connectable 60 cm (2ft) - Pack of 50

10-480-120 Plastic Coated Poles 120 cm (4’) - Pack of 25

10-480-060 PLANT!T Bamboo Stakes 120 cm (4’) - Pack of 25

10-480-125 Plastic Coated Poles 150 cm (5’) - Pack of 25

10-480-062 PLANT!T Bamboo Stakes 150 cm (5’) - Pack of 25

10-480-130 Plastic Coated Poles 180 cm (6’) - Pack of 25

10-480-064 PLANT!T Bamboo Stakes 180 cm (6’) - Pack of 25

hydrogarden.com

209

GROWROOM MANAGEMENT | Accessories CANNA Spanner • Tough, plastic spanner • Perfect size for CANNA 5 & 10 L bottles • Ideal for breaking the seals on new bottles of CANNA

CANNA Gloves •L ight duty gloves with rubber palm and polyester lining • Fully washable for re-use • Comfortable & secure fit

4-Gang Power Extension Leads • Available with 2 or 5 m leads • Current rating: 13 A

10-530-010 4 Gang Power Extension Lead - 2 m 10-485-200 CANNA Spanner

CANNA Tap Cap • Tough, plastic tap • Makes measuring the correct amount for your feeding tank easier

10-485-205 CANNA Tap Cap

210

hydrogarden.com

10-485-210 CANNA Gloves

10-530-060 4 Gang Power Extension Lead - 5 m

Dry Powder Automatic Extinguisher

6-Gang Power Extension Leads

Pump Up Compression Sprayers

•A n effective suppressant on Class A, B, & C fires as well as electrical equipment fires

• Available with 2 or 5 m leads • Current rating: 13 A

• Fitted with a pressure gauge

•S pritz plants efficiently with this sprayer. Simply pressurise the bottle using the handy pump lid and spray!

•C an detect changes in temperature and is activated at 68°C

•H andle features an on/off trigger to allow a constant stream

•P erfectly suited to growrooms and can be ceiling mounted for best effect (brackets included).

•A djustable nozzle allows growers to choose between a fine mist or a more direct spray

10-515-150 Dry Powder Automatic Extinguisher - 2 kg

10-530-015 6 Gang Power Extension Lead - 2 m

10-505-025 Pump Up Compression Sprayer - 2 L

10-530-065 6 Gang Power Extension Lead - 5 m

10-505-030 Pump Up Compression Sprayer - 5 L

Measuring | GROWROOM MANAGEMENT 10 ML 1 ML . INCR

Graduated Jugs

10 ML 5 ML

1 ML . INCR

50 M

L 50 ML 5M . INCR

L 100 ML 10 M . INCR

3 MLL 0.5 M . INCR

10-485-041 50 ml Graduated Jug - 5 ml increments

L 250 ML 25 M . INCR

Plastic Pipettes

Plastic Syringes

•U sed to take an accurate amount of concentrate to mix with water or add to your tank

• Used to take an accurate amount of concentrate to mix with water or add to your tank

10-485-044 250 ml Graduated Jug - 25 ml increments

100 M

L 50 M . INCR

10-485-025 3 ml Plastic Pipette - 0.5 ml increments

10-485-005 10 ml Plastic Syringe

10-485-030 5 ml Plastic Pipette - 1 ml increments

10-485-010 50 ml Plastic Syringe

10-485-035 10 ml Plastic Pipette - 1 ml increments

10-485-015 100 ml Plastic Syringe

10-485-050 1 L Graduated Jug - 50 ml increments

10-485-042 100 ml Graduated Jug - 10 ml increments

L 500 ML 50 M . INCR

10-485-045 500 ml Graduated Jug - 50 ml increments

L 100 M . INCR

10-485-055 2 L Graduated Jug - 100 ml increments

hydrogarden.com

211

GROWROOM MANAGEMENT | Microscopes

ESSENTIALS Illuminated Magnifier Loupe

ESSENTIALS Illuminated Microscopes

• Easily identify pests or diseases

• The protective lens cover also serves as a handle, making handling far easier and comfortable

• 60x to 100x magnification

• Built-in light provides targeted illumination

• Includes protective pouch and instructions

• Includes protective case and instructions • Batteries included

• Built-in light provides targeted illumination

PHONESCOPE • Quick and easy magnification using your mobile • Take amazing magnified photos and videos • Easily attaches directly to your mobile or tablet p to 30x magnification using •U your device’s digital zoom

• Batteries included

10-465-035 ESSENTIALS Illuminated Microscope (60x - 100x) 10-465-030 ESSENTIALS Illuminated Magnifier Loupe

212

hydrogarden.com

10-465-040 ESSENTIALS Illuminated Microscope (100x)

10-465-080 PHONESCOPE

LED Lighting | GROWROOM MANAGEMENT How do LUMii Green Lights work? See, but keep your plants in the dark. If growing in controlled environments with lights, you do not want to interrupt the photoperiod and you want to keep the dark periods dark. This is difficult if you have to foliar feed or apply pest control measures when the lights are off, but here is a solution. We can now offer green lights to assist, which leading experts like George Van Patton tell us will not interrupt the photoperiod. So you can now see, but keep your plants in the dark. “The smart way to visit a garden room during the dark period is to illuminate with a green light. Short–day plants do not respond to the green portion of the light spectrum.” George Van Patton, Gardening Indoors

LUMii Green LED Head Torch • Photoperiod-safe green LED technology • Three lighting options – full, partial and strobe • Tilting light delivers illumination where needed • 6 High intensity green LEDs

LUMii Green LED Work Light • 10 W ultra bright high-intensity green LED •P hotoperiod-safe green LED technology •T ilting light delivers illumination where needed •H eavy duty clip supplied to allow for easy fixing

10-465-200 LUMii Green LED Head Torch

10-465-205 LUMii Green LED Work Light

hydrogarden.com

213

GROWROOM MANAGEMENT | Odour Control L

750 M

225 M

The History of Odour Neutraliser starts in Australia in the 1980s. A group of scientists developed a process that was extremely effective at locking onto odour molecules and actually neutralising them. This technology then spread to Canada & the UK in the mid-1990s. Odour Neutraliser is the original UK formulation, for odour elimination. Originally designed for industrial applications, Odour Neutraliser was developed as a treatment for potent odours from natural waste facilities, animal rendering plants and sewage treatment works. 214

hydrogarden.com

Odour Neutraliser Blocks •P erfect for placing in internal ventilation systems to eliminate odours • Simply remove the lid or cover and place in the target area • Long-lasting odour elimination • Four pleasant scents: Linen Fresh - think fabric softener and freshly washed clothes hanging on a washing line Pro Active - this smells like strong cleaning products Pacu Fizz - smells just like the sweets and sherbet you had as a kid, mmm, citrusy goodness NEW Cherry Burst - bursting with freshness, this will trigger a fruity cherry explosion!

Odour Neutraliser Sprays • Powerful odour elimination! A small spray goes a long way • Monster-sized, 750 ml cannister lasts a long time •P leasant fresh-washed linen scent, sweet bubblegum or a burst of cherry freshness

07-320-105 Odour Neutraliser Linen Fresh Blocks - 225 ml 07-320-110 Odour Neutraliser Pro Active Blocks- 225 ml

07-320-605 Odour Neutraliser Linen Fresh Spray - 750 ml

07-320-115 Odour Neutraliser Pacu Fizz Blocks - 225 ml

07-320-620 Odour Neutraliser Bubblegum Boom Spray - 750 ml

07-320-125 Odour Neutraliser Cherry Burst Blocks - 225 ml

07-320-625 Odour Neutraliser Cherry Burst Spray - 750 ml

Odour Control | GROWROOM MANAGEMENT

10 L

20 L Odour Neutraliser Gels

Odour Neutraliser Gel Buckets

•T his gel based product is ideal for larger room applications due to its controlled release formula, which offers a constant treatment of odours over a longer time frame

• The same great Linen Fresh Gel, available in large 10 or 20 L bulk size buckets • Use a fan to blow air over the product to speed up spread

•S imply place in your target area and take off the lid

Note: shake well before use and every other day to allow the neutraliser to fully mix with the gel.

• Ideal for home or office use and is pet safe

•U se a fan to blow air over the product to speed up spread • Four pleasant scents • Ideal for home or office use and is pet safe Note: shake well before use and every other day to allow the neutraliser to fully mix with the gel.

BULK SIZE!

07-320-305 Odour Neutraliser Linen Fresh Gel - 1 L

07-320-405 Odour Neutraliser Linen Fresh Gel - 3 L

07-320-310 Odour Neutraliser Pro Active Gel - 1 L

07-320-410 Odour Neutraliser Pro Active Gel - 3 L

07-320-315 Odour Neutraliser Pacu Fizz Gel - 1 L

07-320-415 Odour Neutraliser Pacu Fizz Gel - 3 L

07-320-705 Odour Neutraliser Linen Fresh Gel - 10 L

07-320-325 Odour Neutraliser Cherry Burst Gel - 1 L

07-320-425 Odour Neutraliser Cherry Burst Gel - 3 L

07-320-805 Odour Neutraliser Linen Fresh Gel - 20 L

hydrogarden.com

215

GROWROOM MANAGEMENT | Trimming Straight Blade Precision Pruners

Curved Blade Precision Pruners

• Available with razor-sharp high-grade stainless steel or durable coated titanium blades

•A vailable with razor-sharp high-grade stainless steel or durable coated titanium blades

• Soft grips for comfort

• Spring-loaded

12-570-200 Stainless Steel Straight Blade Precision Pruners

12-570-205 Stainless Steel Curved Blade Precision Pruners

12-570-220 Titanium Coated Straight Blade Precision Pruners

12-570-225 Titanium Coated Curved Blade Precision Pruners

Stainless Steel Curved Shears

Stainless Steel Mini Clippers

• Ergonomically designed handles for comfortable, easy use • Quality stainless steel remains sharp and untarnished even through heavy use

•Q uality stainless steel remains sharp and untarnished even through heavy use

Scalpels •U se for accurate and clean cuttings • We recommend using any cutting tools in conjunction with Guard’n’Aid CleanRoom which will sterilise your blades reducing the risk of disease

•M ini blades ideal for precision trimming

PACK OF 12 12-570-240 Stainless Steel Curved Shears

216

hydrogarden.com

12-570-245 Stainless Steel Mini Clippers - Pack of 12

PACK OF 10

12-570-020 Scalpels (Packet of 10)

Oksinto PRO Pruning Scissors • I deal for trimming back little leaves and doing finer clean-up work • Ergonomic design with finger holder • High-grade Japanese carbon steel keeps a strong, sharp edge • Spring-loaded to take strain off the gardener’s hands • Safety lock for safe storage

12-570-305 Oksinto PRO H420 - Pruning Scissors

Trimming | GROWROOM MANAGEMENT

Chikamasa Pruners & Shears • Made in Japan • Lightweight Ergonomic Grip Handles • Spring-loaded to take strain off the gardener’s hands • Fluorine coating on blades prevents sap sticking

Chikamasa TP-530S Ultra-Light Pruners

Chikamasa T-710GDX Chrome Plated Pruners

Chikamasa PST-8 Pruning Shears

Chikamasa B-220S Pruners

Chikamasa B-500SLF Pruners

Technical Specification

Technical Specifications

Total Length: 185 mm

Total Length: 220 mm

Total Length: 190mm

Total Length: 130 mm

Total Length: 155 mm

Blade Length: 42 mm

Blade Length: 63 mm

Blade Length: 45 mm

Blade Length: 33 mm

Blade Length: 35 mm

Weight: 55 g

Weight: 145 g

Weight: 160g

Weight: 32 g

Weight: 42 g

Blade: High-quality stainless steel

Blade: High-quality carbon steel with hard-chrome plating

Blade: High-quality carbon steel

Blade: High-quality stainless steel

Handle: Steel plate with non-slip coating

Handle: Elastomer

Blade: High-quality stainless steel with Flourine coating

Handle: Elastomer

Handle: Steel plate with non-slip coating

12-570-400 Chikamasa TP-530S Ultra-Light Pruners

12-570-430 Chikamasa PST-8 Pruning Shears

12-570-405 Chikamasa T-710GDX Chrome Plated Pruners

12-570-450 Chikamasa B-220S Pruners

Handle: Elastomer

12-570-455 Chikamasa B-500SLF Pruners

hydrogarden.com

217

GROWROOM MANAGEMENT | Crop Management

15-500-205

15-500-200

Portable Trimmer • Trim your produce in minutes, not hours • Features no moving or perishable blades • Super simple and lightweight design, which can be packed down • Value for money •S aves finger ache and scissor blisters from standard trimming methods Technical Specifications Dimensions: 530 x 530 x 500 mm (50 mm when packed)

LightHouse Round DryNets • Designed to dry a lot of flowers or herbs on a small footprint of a grow tent • Good ventilation prevents mould and mildew growth • Collapsible • Small footprint and large capacity • 750 mm DryNet includes a carry case •7 50 mm DryNet features clips to add or remove pairs of shelves at a time Technical Specifications Diameter: 550 mm (21.7”) & 750 mm (30”) Max. Load: 16 kg (2 kg/layer) & 21 kg (3.5 kg/layer)

15-500-200 LightHouse Round DryNet - 550 mm (21.7”) 15-500-250 Portable Trimmer

218

hydrogarden.com

15-500-205 LightHouse Round DryNet - 750 mm (30”)

Crop Management | GROWROOM MANAGEMENT

ESSENTIALS Digital Moisture Meter • I deal for testing herbs that are drying, or plants such as tobacco or tea •B attery and carry case included

Integra BOOST 55% & 62% • A safe, simple, effective solution for creating the balanced environment your products need to thrive.

•T he sachets are FDA-approved, spill & tear resistant, biodegradable and non-toxic

ehydrate herbal medicine, keep your favorite •R cigars fresh, and protect pantry items from mold

omes with a replacement indicator card to tell •C you when your sachet needs replacing

•E asy to use - simply put a sachet into the curing jar, bucket, or sealable bag where you are storing your products

• Available in two humidity levels

•T wo-way humidity control increases or decreases your humidity levels as needed • Salt-free - won’t alter the taste

09-435-600 Integra BOOST 55% 8 g Pack - CDU of 144 09-435-605 Integra BOOST 62% 8 g Pack - CDU of 144 09-415-150 ESSENTIALS Moisture Meter

09-435-620 Integra BOOST 55% 67 g Pack - CDU of 12

09-435-640 Integra BOOST 55% 67 g Pack

09-435-625 Integra BOOST 62% 67 g Pack - CDU of 12

09-435-645 Integra BOOST 62% 67 g Pack

hydrogarden.com

219

220

hydrogarden.com

GROWTENTS

GROWTENTS | LightHouse MAX Range Double lined quality Tivax zips that are easy to use and offer good light proofing with no snagging

MAX LightHouse MAX is the premium tent, for the grower who wants no compromises. It offers a durable, heavy duty frame that incorporates metal corners, the thickest, strongest poles on the market and multiple choices of ducting and cable glands all with double seals. • Heavy duty Tri-Layer 600 Denier material with the special LightHouse ULTRALUX reflective liner • Quality Tivax double lined zips offer snag-free usage and excellent light-proofing • Frame: 22 or 25 mm steel poles with welded metal corners – gives ultimate strength and durability • All outlets for air and cables are double lined and light-tight with pull toggles on each lining • All larger air out socks benefit from outer attachable hook & loop covers to stop light when not in use • Roof poles with rubber ends for strong grip • Waterproof insert tray(s) • Hook & loop handy straps for securing cables and wires • Door clips on all doors for fastening when open • Supplied in strong fabric carry bags

222

hydrogarden.com

All apertures feature draw strings and are double lined for light proofing. Larger apertures also benefit from an outer light proof cover when not in use

Steel welded corners with spring lock system

Base trays made from single waterproof sheet and wipe clean finish

LightHouse MAX Range | GROWTENTS What is ULTRALUX? Manufactured using the highest quality non toxic and environmentally friendly plasticisers, this 3 layer fabric is extremely strong, 100% light proof and has some of the highest reflective qualities on the market. Tests show that it offers more than 30% more reflectivity than rival products.

Woven Polyamide (PA) strong - 600 Denier Light proofing

Silver finish metallised ULTRALUX film - durable and highly reflective

LightHouse MAX 0.5 m

LightHouse MAX 0.76 m2

Includes

• 22 mm steel poles with welded metal corners

• 1 x roof inlet with a 200 mm (8”) ducting gland

• 2 x inline 200 mm (8”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 2 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 3 x low level passive air vents

• 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray

• 4 x filter straps

Single lamp set up (either a 250 W HID or high wattage CFL) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 100 mm (4”).

Single lamp set up (either a 250/315 W HID or high wattage CFL) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 100 mm (4”).

SEE PAGE 241 FOR ULTRALUX FILMS 15-500-110 LightHouse MAX 0.5 m (0.5 m x 1 m x 1.8 m)

15-500-115 LightHouse MAX 0.76 m2 (0.76 m x 0.76 m x 1.8 m)

hydrogarden.com

223

GROWTENTS | LightHouse MAX Range

LightHouse MAX 1 m2

LightHouse MAX 1.2 m2

LightHouse MAX 1.5 m2

Includes

• 22 mm steel poles with welded metal corners

• 25 mm steel poles with welded metal corners

• 1 x base side inlet with a 250 mm (10”) ducting gland

• 1 x base side inlet with a 300 mm (12”) ducting gland

• 2 x inline 250 mm (8”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 2 x inline 300 mm (12”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 2 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 3 x low level passive air vents

• 2 x side doors for easy access to crop

• 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray

• 4 x filter straps

• 2 options on extraction, through the roof or side

Single lamp set up (1 x 400 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 100 mm (4”).

Single lamp set up (1 x 600 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 125 mm (5”).

Single lamp set up (1 x up to 1000 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 125 mm (5”).

NOTE: Ideal as a drying/storage environment, when used with the LightHouse DryNet.

NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300 mm socks. Fits most growing systems and is ideal for the PLANT!T aeros IV Master System or GoGro Tray Modules.

15-500-120 LightHouse MAX 1 m2 (1 x 1 x 2 m)

224

hydrogarden.com

15-500-125 LightHouse MAX 1.2 m2 (1.2 m x 1.2 m x 2 m)

15-500-133 LightHouse WHITE 1.5 m2 (1.5 m x 1.5 m x 2 m)

LightHouse MAX Range | GROWTENTS

LightHouse MAX 2 m2

LightHouse MAX 2.4 m

LightHouse MAX 2.4 m2

Includes

• 25 mm steel poles with welded metal corners

• 1 x base side inlet with a 300 mm (12”) ducting gland

• 4 x inline 300 mm (12”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 2 x inline 300 mm (12”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 4 x inline 300 mm (12”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 4 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 3 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 4 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 6 x low level passive air vents

• 4 x low level passive air vents

• 6 x low level passive air vents

• 2 x side doors plus large rear door for easy access to crop

• 2 x side doors for easy access to crop

• 2 x side doors plus large rear door for easy access to crop

• 2 x one piece waterproof insert tray

• 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray

• 8 x filter straps

• 4 x filter straps

• 8 x filter straps

• 4 options on extraction, through the roof or side

• 2 options on extraction, through the roof or side

• 4 options on extraction, through the roof or side

Four lamp set up (4 x 400 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 150 mm (6”).

Two lamp set up (2 x 600 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 150 mm (6”).

Four lamp set up (4 x 600 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 150 mm (6”).

NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300 mm socks. If full access to crop is required, the entire front can be zipped off.

SUPPLIED IN TWO BOXES

15-500-135 LightHouse MAX 2 m2 (1.95 m x 1.95 m x 1.95 m)

15-500-130 LightHouse MAX 2.4 m (2.4 m x 1.2 m x 2 m)

NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300 mm socks. If full access to crop is required, the entire front can be zipped off.

SUPPLIED IN TWO BOXES

15-500-140 LightHouse MAX 2.4 m2 (2.4 m x 2.4 m x 2 m)

hydrogarden.com

225

GROWTENTS | LightHouse MAX Range

LightHouse MAX 3 m

LightHouse MAX 3 m2

Includes

• 25 mm steel poles with welded metal corners

• 1 x base side inlet with a 300 mm (12”) ducting gland

• 4 x inline 300 mm (12”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 4 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 6 x low level passive air vents

• 2 x side doors plus large rear door for easy access to crop

• 2 x one piece waterproof insert tray

• 8 x filter straps

• 4 options on extraction, through the roof or side

Four to six lamp set up (4 x 1000 W or 6 x 600 W plus 2 x 400 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 150 mm (6”).

Four to six lamp set up (4 x 1000 W or 6 x 600 W) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 200 mm (8”). NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300 mm socks. If full access to crop is required, the entire front can be zipped off.

NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300 mm socks. If full access to crop is required, the entire front can be zipped off.

15-500-142 LightHouse MAX 3 m (3 m x 2 m x 2 m)

226

hydrogarden.com

SUPPLIED IN TWO BOXES

15-500-145 LightHouse MAX 3 m2 (3 m x 3 m x 2 m)

SUPPLIED IN TWO BOXES

LightHouse CLONE Range | GROWTENTS

OPTIMIS ED FOR USE WITH LEDS

LightHouse CLONE The LightHouse CLONE Tent can be used for propagation or as a small grow tent. Features tri-layer 210 Denier material with special LightHouse ULTRALUX reflective liner. Excellent design and high quality make it a must-have. • 2 x extraction outlets with a 100 mm (4”) ducting gland • 1 x low level passive air vent with fine (anti-mite) mesh • 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray Dimensions: 700 x 500 x 900 mm (when on a long edge as a propagation tent) Main frame made from 16 mm steel poles with nylon corners

TRALUX UL

ATURING E F

Technical Specifications

15-500-050 LightHouse CLONE 1 (0.7 x 0.5 x 0.9 m)

SEE PAGE 223

LightHouse WHITE CLONE Can comfortably fit 2 large ROOT!T Propagators

Built to the same quality standard of the LightHouse CLONE Tent but optimised for LED. The LightHouse WHITE CLONE is lined with a highly reflective white inner lining, chosen specifically to ensure a homogenous diffusion of light from LEDs. It can be used for propagation or as a small grow tent. • 2 x extraction outlets with a 100 mm (4”) ducting gland • 1 x low level passive air vent with fine (anti-mite) mesh • 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray Technical Specifications Dimensions: 700 x 500 x 900 mm (when on a long edge as a propagation tent) Main frame made from 16 mm steel poles with nylon corners

SEE PAG ES 232-235 FOR TH LIGHTHO E USE WHITE RANGE

15-500-505 LightHouse WHITE CLONE (0.7 x 0.5 x 0.9 m)

hydrogarden.com

227

GROWTENTS | LightHouse MAX XL Range Double lined quality Tivax zips that are easy to use and offer good light proofing with no snagging

MAX XL All apertures feature draw strings and are double lined for light proofing. Larger apertures also benefit from an outer light proof cover when not in use

LightHouse MAX XL is the premium tent just like the LightHouse MAX range but presents extended grow tents of various dimensions to perfectly fit any space. It offers a durable, heavy duty frame that incorporates metal corners, the thickest, strongest poles on the market and multiple choices of ducting and cable glands all with double seals.

Passive vents with anti-mite fine mesh and light-proof cover offering uniform distribution of air flow

TRALUX UL

ATURING FE

• Heavy duty Tri-Layer 600 Denier material with the special LightHouse ULTRALUX reflective liner • Quality Tivax double lined zips offer snag-free usage and excellent light-proofing • Frame: 25 mm steel poles with welded metal corners – gives ultimate strength and durability • All outlets for air and cables are double lined and light-tight with pull toggles on each lining • All larger air out socks benefit from outer attachable hook & loop covers to stop light when not in use • Roof poles with rubber ends for strong grip • Waterproof insert tray(s) • Hook & loop handy straps for securing cables and wires • Door clips on all doors for fastening when open • Supplied in strong fabric carry bags

228

hydrogarden.com

SEE PAGE 223

Base trays made from single waterproof sheet and wipe clean finish

Steel welded corners with spring lock system

LightHouse MAX XL Range | GROWTENTS

LightHouse MAX XL 1.5 m2

LightHouse MAX XL 3 m

LightHouse MAX XL 3 m2

Includes

• 1 x base side inlet with a 300 mm (12”) ducting gland

• 2 x inline 300 mm (12”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 4 x inline 300 mm (12”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 2 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 3 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 4 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 3 x low level passive air vents with fine (anti-mite) mesh

• 4 x low level passive air vents with fine (anti-mite) mesh

• 6 x low level passive air vents with fine (anti-mite) mesh

• 2 x side doors for easy access to crop

• 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray

• 1 x large rear door for easy access

• 4 x filter straps

• 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray

• 2 x one piece waterproof insert tray

• 2 options on extraction, through the roof or side

• 4 x filter straps

• 8 x filter straps

Recommended minimum extraction fan size of 125 mm (5”).

•2 options on extraction, through the roof or side

•4 options on extraction, through the roof or side

Recommended minimum extraction fan size of 150 mm (6”).

Recommended minimum extraction fan size of 200 mm (8”).

NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300 mm socks. Fits most growing systems and is ideal for the PLANT!T aeros IV Master Systems or GoGro Tray Modules.

NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300 mm socks. Fits most growing systems and is ideal for the PLANT!T aeros IV Master System or GoGro Tray Modules.

15-500-160 LightHouse MAX XL 1.5 m2 Tent (1.5 m x 1.5 m x 2.2 m)

SUPPLIED IN TWO BOXES

15-500-175 LightHouse MAX XL 3 m Tent (3 m x 1.5 m x 2.2 m)

SUPPLIED IN TWO BOXES

15-500-180 LightHouse MAX 3 m2 Tent (3 m x 3 m x 2.2 m)

hydrogarden.com

229

GROWTENTS | LightHouse LOFT Range

LOFT

Double lined quality Tivax zips that are easy to use and offer good light proofing with no snagging

All apertures feature draw strings and are double lined for light proofing. Larger apertures also benefit from an outer light proof cover when not in use

LightHouse LOFT is the premium tent for growers who have decided no space will go to waste. Similarly to the LightHouse MAX range, it offers a durable, heavy duty frame that incorporates metal corners, the thickest, strongest poles on the market and multiple choices of ducting and cable glands all with double seals.

Passive vents with anti-mite fine mesh and light-proof cover offering uniform distribution of air flow

ATURING FE

• Heavy duty Tri-Layer 600 Denier material with the special LightHouse ULTRALUX reflective liner • Quality Tivax double lined zips offer snag-free usage and excellent light-proofing • Frame: 22 mm steel poles with welded metal corners Steel welded corners with spring – gives ultimate strength and durability lock system • All outlets for air and cables are double lined and light-tight with pull toggles on each lining • All larger air out socks benefit from outer attachable TRALUX hook & loop covers to stop light when not in use L U • Roof poles with rubber ends for strong grip SEE PAGE • Waterproof insert tray(s) 223 • Hook & loop handy straps for securing cables and wires • Door clips on all doors for fastening when open • Supplied in strong fabric carry bags

230

hydrogarden.com

Base trays made from single waterproof sheet and wipe clean finish

LightHouse LOFT Range | GROWTENTS 45O ANGLE

45O ANGLE

LightHouse LOFT 1.2 m2

LightHouse LOFT 2.4 m

Includes

• 1 x rear base side inlet with a 250 mm (12”) ducting gland

• 1 x rear back wall outlet with a 200 mm (10”) ducting gland

• 2 x inline 250 mm (12”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 2 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

0.42 m

• 4 x low level passive air vents with fine (anti-mite) mesh

0.56 m

• 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray

0.56 m

• 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray

• 4 x filter straps

Single lamp set up (1 x up to 600 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 125 mm (5”)

Two lamp set up (2 x up to 600 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 150 mm (6”)

1.8 m 1.42 m

1.2 m

15-500-405 LightHouse LOFT 1.2 m2 (1.2 x 1.2 x 1.8 m)

0.42 m

• 4 x low level passive air vents with fine (anti-mite) mesh

1.2 m

15-500-410 LightHouse LOFT 2.4 m (2.4 x 1.2 x 1.8 m)

hydrogarden.com

231

GROWTENTS | LightHouse WHITE Range OPTIMIS ED FOR USE WITH LE DS

Double lined quality Tivax zips that are easy to use and offer good light proofing with no snagging

WHITE The superior detail and quality that you can expect from LightHouse tents, optimised for LED. The LightHouse WHITE is lined with a highly reflective white inner lining, chosen specifically to ensure a homogenous diffusion of light from LEDs. Compared to conventional silver lining, this lining enables a more even light from different colour chips and helps with consistent canopy penetration. • Highly reflective white inner lining chosen specifically to get the best out of LED growlights • Quality Tivax double lined zips offer snag-free usage and excellent light-proofing • Frame: 25 mm steel poles with welded metal corners – gives ultimate strength and durability • All outlets for air and cables are light tight with pull toggles • All larger air out socks benefit from outer attachable hook & loop covers to stop light when not in use • Roof poles with rubber ends for strong grip • Waterproof insert tray(s) • Hook & loop handy straps for securing cables and wires • Door clips on all doors for fastening when open • Supplied in strong fabric carry bags

Highly reflective white inner lining chosen specifically to get the best out of LED growlights

Passive vents with anti-mite fine mesh and light-proof cover offering uniform distribution of air flow

All outlets for air and cables are light tight with pull toggles. Larger apertures also benefit from an outer light proof cover when not in use

Steel welded corners with spring lock system

Base trays made from single waterproof sheet and wipe clean finish

232

hydrogarden.com

LightHouse WHITE Range | GROWTENTS

LightHouse WHITE 1.2 m2

LightHouse WHITE 1.5 m2

LightHouse WHITE 2.4 m

Includes

• 1 x base side inlet with a 300 mm (12”) ducting gland

• 2 x inline 300 mm (12”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 2 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 3 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 3 x low level passive air vents with fine (anti-mite) mesh

• 4 x low level passive air vents with fine (anti-mite) mesh

• 2 x side doors for easy access to crop

• 2 x side doors plus large rear door for easy access to crop

• 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray

• 4 x filter straps

• 2 options on extraction, through the roof or side

Recommended minimum extraction fan size of 125 mm (5”).

Recommended minimum extraction fan size of 150 mm (6”).

NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300 mm socks. Fits most growing systems and is ideal for the PLANT!T aeros IV Master System or GoGro Tray Modules.

NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300 mm socks. If full access to crop is required, the entire front can be zipped off.

15-500-525 LightHouse WHITE 1.2 m2 (1.2 x 1.2 x 2 m)

15-500-535 LightHouse WHITE 1.5 m² (1.5 x 1.5 x 2 m)

15-500-530 LightHouse WHITE 2.4 m (2.4 x 1.2 x 2 m)

hydrogarden.com

233

GROWTENTS | LightHouse WHITE Range

LightHouse WHITE 2 m2

LightHouse WHITE 2.4 m2

Includes

• 1 x base side inlet with a 300 mm (12”) ducting gland

• 4 x inline 300 mm (12”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 4 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 6 x low level passive air vents with fine (anti-mite) mesh

• 2 x side doors plus large rear door for easy access to crop

• 2 x one piece waterproof insert tray

• 8 x filter straps

• 4 options on extraction, through the roof or side

Recommended minimum extraction fan size of 150 mm (6”).

NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300 mm socks. If full access to crop is required,the entire front can be zipped off.

NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300 mm socks If full access to crop is required,the entire front can be zipped off.

15-500-540 LightHouse WHITE 2 m² (1.95 x 1.95 x 1.95 m)

234

hydrogarden.com

SUPPLIED IN TWO BOXES

15-500-545 LightHouse WHITE 2.4 m2 (2.4 x 2.4 x 2 m)

SUPPLIED IN TWO BOXES

LightHouse WHITE Range | GROWTENTS

LightHouse WHITE 3 m

LightHouse WHITE 3 m2

Includes

• 1 x base side inlet with a 300 mm (12”) ducting gland

• 4 x inline 300 mm (12”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 4 x 100 mm (4”) cable glands

• 6 x low level passive air vents with fine (anti-mite) mesh

• 2 x side doors plus large rear door for easy access to crop

• 2 x one piece waterproof insert tray

• 8 x filter straps

• 4 options on extraction, through the roof or side

Recommended minimum extraction fan size of 150 mm (6”).

Recommended minimum extraction fan size of 200 mm (8”).

NOTE: This tent will hold a fan inside the 300 mm socks. If full access to crop is required,the entire front can be zipped off.

15-500-550 LightHouse WHITE 3 m (3 x 2 x 2 m)

SUPPLIED IN TWO BOXES

15-500-555 LightHouse WHITE 3 m² (3 x 3 x 2 m)

SUPPLIED IN TWO BOXES hydrogarden.com

235

GROWTENTS | LightHouse LITE Range Double lined quality Tivax zips that are easy to use and offer good light proofing with no snagging

LITE LightHouse LITE is the budget tent, for the grower who wants no frills. It offers a simple, lightweight frame, now with welded metal corners, but still has multiple choices of ducting and cable glands all with double seals.

All apertures feature draw strings and are double lined for light proofing. Larger apertures also benefit from an outer light proof cover when not in use

ATURING FE

• Tri-Layer 210 Denier material with the special LightHouse ULTRALUX reflective liner • Quality Tivax double lined zips offer snag-free usage and excellent light-proofing Steel welded corners with spring • Frame: 16 mm steel poles with welded metal corners lock system • All outlets for air and cables are double lined and light-tight with pull toggles on each lining • All larger air out socks benefit from outer attachable hook & loop covers to stop light when not in use • Roof poles with rubber ends for strong grip • Waterproof insert tray TRALUX L U • Hook & loop handy straps for SEE securing cables and wires PAGE 223 • Door clips on all doors for fastening when open

Base trays made from single waterproof sheet and wipe clean finish

Passive vents with anti-mite fine mesh and light-proof cover offering uniform distribution of air flow

236

hydrogarden.com

LightHouse LITE Range | GROWTENTS

LightHouse LITE 0.6 m2

LightHouse LITE 1 m2

LightHouse LITE 1.2 m2

Includes

• 1 x base side inlet with a 200 mm (8”) ducting gland

• 1 x base side inlet with a 250 mm (10”) ducting gland

• 1 x roof outlet with a 200 mm (8”) ducting gland

• 1 x roof outlet with a 250 mm (10”) ducting gland

• 2 x inline 200 mm (8”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 2 x inline 250 mm (10”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 2 x low level passive air vent with fine (anti-mite) mesh

• 4 x filter straps

• 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray

Single lamp set up (either a 250 W HID or high wattage CFL) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 100 mm (4”).

Single lamp set up (1 x 400 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 100 mm (4”).

Single lamp set up (1 x 600 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 125 mm (5”).

NOTE: Ideal for use as a drying storage environment when used with the LightHouse DryNet.

NOTE: Fits most growing systems and is ideal for the PLANT!T aeros IV Master System or GoGro Tray Modules.

15-500-002 LightHouse LITE 0.6 m2 (0.6 x 0.6 x 1.7 m)

15-500-005 LightHouse LITE 1 m² (1 x 1 x 2 m)

15-500-010 LightHouse LITE 1.2 m² (1.2 x 1.2 x 2 m)

hydrogarden.com

237

GROWTENTS | LightHouse LITE Range

LightHouse LITE 1.5 m2

LightHouse LITE 2.4 m

Includes

• 1 x base side inlet with a 250 mm (10”) ducting gland

• 1 x roof outlet with a 250 mm (10”) ducting gland

• 2 x inline 250 mm (10”) socks for use with air-cooled lighting

• 2 x low level passive air vent with fine (anti-mite) mesh

• 4 x filter straps

• 8 x filter straps

• 1 x one piece waterproof insert tray

Single lamp set up (1 x 1000 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 125 mm (5”).

Two lamp set up (2 x 600 W HID) with a recommended minimum extraction fan size of 150 mm (6”).

LightHouse LITE Spare Plastic Connectors • Replacement plastic corners for 16 mm tent poles • Fits 16 mm tent poles • Spare parts for older tents

NOTE: Fits most growing systems and is ideal for the PLANT!T aeros IV Master System or GoGro Tray Modules.

15-500-300 LightHouse LITE Spare Plastic Corner 15-500-012 LightHouse LITE 1.5 m2 (1.5 m x 1.5 m x 2 m)

238

hydrogarden.com

15-500-015 LightHouseLITE 2.4 m Tent (1.2 m x 2.4 m x 2 m)

15-500-310 LightHouse LITE Spare Plastic 4 Way Connector

LightHouse DryNets | GROWTENTS 15-500-200

16 KG (2 KG PER LAYER) MAX. LOAD

21 KG R (3.5 KG PE ) R LAYE MAX. LOAD

15-500-205

Fitted with centre strap to support net and avoid sagging when fully loaded

LightHouse StretchNet • Strong and elastic, ideal for SCROG • Easy to attach to grow tent poles • Easily adjusted for different size grow tents

LightHouse Round DryNets •D esigned to dry a lot of flowers or herbs on a small footprint of a grow tent • Good ventilation prevents mould and mildew growth • Collapsible

Technical Specifications

• Small footprint and large capacity

Suitable for tents up to 1.2 m2. Size can be adapted. For larger tents more stretch nets can be connected together

• 750 mm DryNet includes a carry case

Hooks fit poles up to 25 mm diameter

•7 50 mm DryNet features clips to add or remove pairs of shelves at a time Technical Specifications Diameter: 550 mm (21.7”) & 750 mm (30”)

>25 mm Ø

Max. Load: 16 kg (2 kg/layer) & 21 kg (3.5 kg/layer)

>16 mm Ø

15-500-215 LightHouse StretchNet with 4 Hooks

15-500-200 LightHouse Round DryNet - 550 mm (21.7”)

15-500-205 LightHouse Round DryNet - 750 mm (30”)

hydrogarden.com

239

GROWTENTS | Reflective Coverings ORCA’s patent pending white plastic microfibre structure works by effectively scatters light from highly reflective crystalline structures within the substrate. It is made from threads of a high density specialised reflective plastic, which are bonded together creating a unique surface. This makes ORCA Grow Film more reflective and gives up to 50% more lux than other grow films on the market. Microfibre Technology Microfibre technology within ORCA Grow Film produces true diffuse reflection. Light distribution is so even it creates an optical illusion when photographed. As the picture shows, the light is reflected evenly no matter what shape is made with the film.

DON’T FORGET YOUR TAPES & WALL GLUE! SEE PAGE 242

Unrivalled performance ORCA Grow Film is 94% reflective across the full visible spectrum, averaging 94% reflectivity for all wavelengths that are relevant for plant stimulation.

Visqueen Black White MF Sheeting

• Manufactured to the highest quality to maximise the use of the light in your growroom

• I deal for floor and wall covering due to its strength and tear resistance

• Can be used to cover walls, floors & ceilings Technical Specifications Dimensions: 2 x 10 or 2 x 100 m Thickness: 85 micron

•H ighly reflective white coating helps to reflect light in a grow area whilst the black side will block out any external light

ORCA Grow Film & Seam Tape

0.95

• 99% Diffuse Reflection

0.90

• Up to 50% more lux • Mould & algae resistant

• Excellent opacity

• Hard wearing Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications

Dimensions: 1.37 x 10 m

Dimensions: 8 x 25 m

Thickness: 280 micron

Thickness: 120 micron

14-650-055 LightHouse Black White LITE - 2 m x 10 m Roll 14-650-060 LightHouse Black White LITE - 2 m x 100 m Roll

240

hydrogarden.com

14-650-150 Visqueen Black White MF Sheeting 8 m x 25 m

1.00

• 100% Light Tight

• Resistant to tearing and weathering • British made

The chart below demonstrates the reflectance vs. wavelength performance of several popular brands and materials used in hydroponic growrooms.

14-670-005 ORCA Grow Film - 1.37 m x 10 m

Reflectance

LightHouse Standard Film

Reflectance Vs. Wavelength

0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.65 400

500

600 700 800 Wavelength (nm)

ORCA Grow Film German Aluminium from HID hood PET film with reinforced scrim PET film PET film with diffusion pattern Black/White poly film

900

Reflective Coverings | GROWTENTS LightHouse ULTRALUX Films

AVAILA BL IN 5, 10 E & 100 M ROLLS

• A range of light sheets that offers higher performance over similar LDPE/LLDPE films •Q uality LDPE/LLDPE sheeting that provides high levels of reflection and diffusion ideal for wall coverings in growrooms and propagation areas • Can be used to cover walls, floors & ceilings • Provides better heat dispersal than silver alloy coated sheeting

DON’T FORGET YOUR TAPES & WALL GLUE! SEE PAGE 242

Flat Black White

Flat White White

Silver Black

Silver Diffuse

• This matt white coating on one side offers the grower the best in light diffusion • 3 layer sheeting • 2 m width

This matt white coating offers the grower the best in light diffusion. Both sides of the sheeting can be utilised, useful if building multiple areas within a grow space

The laminated alloy coating on one side works in a similar way to a lighting reflector, spreading light more evenly and offering the best in light reflection. The black side of the sheeting guarantees light-proofing.

The embossed alloy coating on one side works in a similar way to a lighting reflector, spreading light more evenly and eliminating hot spots, whilst maintaining good light diffusion. The black side of the sheeting guarantees light-proofing.

•3 layer sheeting • 2 m width

• PET coated to protect against corrosion and wear • 4 layer sheeting • 1.2 m width

ET coated to protect •P against corrosion and wear • 4 layer sheeting • 1.2 m width

110 μm

125 μm

135 μm

4 Layers

3 Layers

Coating

White

Alloy

Blockout

Black

White

Black

60 50

Reflective luminance

40 30

Total reflection

Diffuse reflection

60 50

Reflective luminance

Total reflection Diffuse reflection

30 20

450

550

Wavelength (nm)

650

750

Reflective luminance

Total reflection Diffuse reflection

30 20

350

450

550

Wavelength (nm)

650

750

60 50

Reflective luminance

Total reflection Diffuse reflection

30 20 10

0 350

% Reflectance

100

% Reflectance

100

% Reflectance

100

% Reflectance

100

0 350

450

550

650

750

Wavelength (nm)

350

450

550

650

750

Wavelength (nm)

14-680-005 LightHouse ULTRALUX Flat Black White - 2 m x 5 m Roll

14-680-105 LightHouse ULTRALUX Flat White White - 2 m x 5 m Roll

14-680-205 LightHouse ULTRALUX Silver Black - 1.2 m x 5 m Roll

14-680-305 LightHouse ULTRALUX Silver Diffuse - 1.2 m x 5 m Roll

14-680-010 LightHouse ULTRALUX Flat Black White - 2 m x 10 m Roll

14-680-110 LightHouse ULTRALUX Flat White White - 2 m x 10 m Roll

14-680-210 LightHouse ULTRALUX Silver Black - 1.2 m x 10 m Roll

14-680-310 LightHouse ULTRALUX Silver Diffuse - 1.2 m x 10 m Roll

14-680-020 LightHouse ULTRALUX Flat Black White - 2 m x 100 m Roll

14-680-120 LightHouse ULTRALUX Flat White White - 2 m x 100 m Roll

14-680-220 LightHouse ULTRALUX Silver Black - 1.2 m x 100 m Roll

14-680-320 LightHouse ULTRALUX Silver Diffuse - 1.2 m x 100 m Roll

hydrogarden.com

241

GROWTENTS | Accessories Cloth Duct Tape S CREATE S CES EASY AC NY A POINT TO RE U S O L C EN

• I deal for duct-sealing or for hanging reflective sheet in a growroom • Shrink-wrapped

08-370-005 Cloth Duct Tape - 48 mm x 50 m

White Cloth Duct Tape • I deal for hanging reflective sheet in a growroom • Shrink-wrapped

08-370-015 Cloth Duct Tape - White - 48 mm x 50 m

LightHouse Zipper Doors

LightHouse HYDROSTIK

• A high-quality, peel-and-stick zipper system allowing easy access and light control for any enclosure

• An adhesive ideal for installing reflective wall sheeting as well as many other materials such as carpets & carpet tiles, felt, textiles, fabrics

• To be used with reflective plastic sheeting • 2 m of self-adhesive zip

verspray can be removed with a •O solvent cleaner

• High quality • Easy to install

Aluminium Duct Tape • I deal for duct-sealing or for hanging reflective sheet in a growroom • Shrink-wrapped

•A pply adhesive to both surfaces for a stronger bond 08-370-010 Aluminium Duct Tape - 50 mm x 45 m

Silver Foil Scrim Weave Tape Standard - 40 mm

• I deal for duct-sealing or for hanging reflective sheet in a growroom

Wide - 72 mm

• Shrink- wrapped 14-675-005 LightHouse Zipper Door - 2 m x 40 mm 14-675-010 LightHouse Zipper Door WIDE - 2 m x 72 mm

242

hydrogarden.com

14-675-050 LightHouse HYDROSTIK - 500 ml

08-370-020 Silver Foil Scrim Weave Tape - 72 mm x 45 m

AQUAPONICS

AQUAPONICS | Complete Systems

FishPlant Family Unit

FishPlant Production Unit

• The ideal size to provide a couple, or small family with plenty of fresh salad or herbs

•L arge enough to supply a large family with a constant supply of salad and herbs and regular fresh ﬁsh

• Stocks up to 3.5 kg of fish

• Ideal for a small hotel or restaurant

• Small enough to fit into a small garden, greenhouse or even indoors

• Stocks up to 8 kg of fish

Includes • FishPlant 300 L fish tank

• Grow Bed Stand

• FishPlant Plant Bed

• FishPlant Clay Pebbles

• FishPlant Pump and Pipe Kit

• Instructions

• FishPlant Auto Siphon

• Fits into less than 3 m2 of ﬂoor space • Ideal teaching aid for schools or educational/therapeutic organisations Light not included

Includes • FishPlant 800 L fish tank

• Grow Bed Stand

• 2 x FishPlant Plant Bed

• FishPlant Clay Pebbles

• FishPlant Pump and Pipe Kit

• Instructions

95 cm

80 cm

• 2 x FishPlant Auto Siphon

110 cm

130 cm 220 cm

16-000-005 FishPlant Family Unit

244

hydrogarden.com

16-000-050 FishPlant Production Unit

130 cm

Complete Systems | AQUAPONICS FishPlant Living Food Ecosystems Raise fish and grow plants in the FishPlant enclosed ecosystem to eat or to enjoy, the choice is yours. • Ecological • Educational and fun • Healthy produce Raise fish and grow plants at home Developed in combination with universities and leading horticultural companies, the FishPlant range brings hydroponics, aquaculture and education to your home.

The technique of growing plants and raising fish together and creating a symbiotic relationship is called aquaponics, the combination of aquaculture and hydroponics. You can raise fish and grow plants in an enclosed ecosystem with beneficial microbes providing the bridge that converts the fish waste to usable plant nutrients. When you feed the fish, you are also feeding the bacteria and the plants.

How do the FishPlant systems work? The system is based around a plant bed and a fish tank, both working together. The fish water feeds the plants which filter the water for the fish - all you need to do is feed the fish. The PlantBed of the FishPlant system is based on the ‘Flood & Drain’ hydroponic technique – the ‘Flood’ bringing water and nutrients to the plants roots, the ‘Drain’ drawing fresh air (oxygen) into the root zone. It is ideal for growing your favourite herbs and salad crops. The design ensures constant water circulation and helps oxygenate the water for the fish.

FishPlant Retro-Fit Grow Bed Unit

What species of fish can I farm?

Includes

This depends on whether you intend to eat them or just keep them for pleasure. While the principle of aquaponics is primarily to grow food, it may be that you prefer to grow ornamental fish, such as, Koi Carp or Goldfish and just eat the plant produce. If you want to farm edible varieties then you can successfully and consistently farm Tilapia, Carp, Perch and, with practice, even Trout.

• FishPlant PlantBed

To find out more go to www.fishplant.co.uk

• Allows for a FishPlant system to be run off an established pond • Easy to maintain grow bed unit

• FishPlant Pump and Pipe Kit • FishPlant Clay Pebbles • Instructions

PlantBed – filled with inert clay growing media that the plant roots bind onto and in which the beneficial bacteria can thrive. FishTank – which is kept clean and fresh by the PlantBed that also acts as a natural water filter. The plants keep the fish healthy.

You feed the fish, the fish produce waste. The waste goes into the water.

The water in the PlantBed rises until it reaches the overflow.

The water is then siphoned back into the FishTank until the PlantBed is empty and air gets into the siphon.

The PlantBed fills up with water again and repeats the cycle.

d and The cleane er is wat ed at en oxyg into the ck ba ed siphon d an nk ta h fis s is the proces repeated.

T and the he water fish wast e is pum into the ped p where th ebble plant bed e pebble s filter o the solid ut s bacteria and the benefi cia break do wn the w l into plan aste t usab nutrients le .

FishPlant is finely balanced. As you raise the fish they produce more waste, this provides more food for the plants, the plants grow larger taking up more waste product, cleaning the water for the fish. Fish and plants grow in harmony with each other.

16-000-010 FishPlant Retro-Fit Grow Bed Unit

hydrogarden.com

245

AQUAPONICS | Tanks & Kits

FishPlant PlantBed, FishTanks and Cover • Ideal for customers making their own systems • Come pre-drilled • FishTank Cover prevents fish escaping and reduces algae growth

VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Test Indicator Narrow Spectrum •F or easy measuring of the pH level by comparing the colour of the reaction to a chart provided • Approx. 100 reactions • Alternative to using a pH meter Technical Specifications Readings between pH 5.6 and 7.4 in increments of 0.2

16-000-200 FishPlant PlantBed 16-000-205 FishPlant Family FishTank 16-000-210 FishPlant Production FishTank 16-000-225 FishPlant Correx Lid

246

hydrogarden.com

09-410-200 VitaLink ESSENTIALS pH Narrow Spectrum Test Kit

Accessories | AQUAPONICS

Down Spout

Shroud

Filter Screen

FishPlant Auto Syphon • A complete system for automatically draining the growbed Includes • Down Spout • Shroud • Filter Screen

16-000-245 FishPlant Auto Syphon

FishPlant Pump and Pipe Kit for Family Unit

FishPlant Pump and Pipe Kit for Production Unit

•A complete delivery system for flooding the growbeds in the FishPlant Family Unit

•A complete delivery system for flooding the growbeds for the FishPlant Production Unit

Includes

• Pump

• Flow Fitting

• Inlet Fitting

• 2 x Inlet Fitting

• Splash Guard

• 2 x Splash Guard

16-000-250 FishPlant Pump and Pipe Kit - Family Unit

16-000-260 FishPlant Pump and Pipe Kit - Production Unit

hydrogarden.com

247

AQUAPONICS | Media & Feed

FishPlant Plantbed Pebbles • Light weight, do not compact and are completely reusable and can be cleaned/sterilised after use • Inert, pH neutral and contain no nutrients

FishPlant Iron •A n essential element for the plants and plays a part in chlorophyll formation and a leading role in photosynthesis • Iron is the only essential element that may not be present in sufficient quantities from fish waste

FishPlant Potassium Hydroxide 25% pH Up • pH control

FishPlant Fish Food •F ood for both young and adult Tilapia, Carp, Goldfish

• Adds potassium for plants to use

atural ingredients balanced for •N healthy growth

• Food-grade potassium hydroxide

• Suitable for edible fish

• Made in Italy and are considered an ecologically sustainable medium • They provide good oxygen levels around the root zone because the pebbles drain freely and don’t hold excess water • Creates a very large surface area within the pebbles which is ideal for the colonisation of the beneficial bacteria

16-025-005 FishPlant Tilapia (Young Fish) Fish Food - 1 kg 16-025-010 FishPlant Tilapia Fish Food - 1 kg 16-005-005 FishPlant Plantbed Pebbles 50 L bag (8-20 mm)

248

hydrogarden.com

16-015-005 FishPlant Iron 250 ml

16-015-010 FishPlant Potassium Hydroxide 25% pH up - 1 L

16-025-015 FishPlant Tilapia Fish Food - 5 kg

SHOP BASICS

SHOP BASICS | Essentials

BOX OF 200

Black Polythene Bags

Black Heavy Duty Pallet Wrap

Hand Tape Dispenser

• Ideal for wrapping media bags to avoid spillages in transit

• Wrap boxes for secure transit in cling fit black heavy duty pallet wrap

•A n essential tool used for packaging and warehouse operations

• Holds on to packages with ease without using any tape

• Ergonomic grip for quick and easy sealing

Technical Specifications Dimensions: 455 x 735 x 860 mm

Technical Specifications Dimensions: 500 mm x 250 m Thickness: 25 micron

10-525-005 Black Polythene Bags - Box of 200 (455 x 735 x 860 mm)

250

hydrogarden.com

10-525-010 Black Heavy Duty Pallet Wrap - 500 mm x 250 m Roll

10-525-020 Hand Tape Dispenser - 50 mm

Boxes | PROPAGATION PACK OF 6 ROLLS PACK OF 6 ROLLS

Clear Tape

Fragile Tape

Media Boxes

•U se with a Hand Tape Dispenser to make constructing boxes and packaging up a breeze

• Let your customers know they need to handle an item with care using this tape

• Ideal for storing media bags to avoid spillages during transit and for shipping out media bags to customers • 1 00 L capacity, will fit 2 x 50 L media bags (or 45 L clay pebble bags). •T wo types available single or double walled Technical Specifications Dimensions: 700 x 450 x 300 mm

10-525-025 Clear Tape - 48 mm x 66 m (Pack of 6 Rolls)

10-525-030 Fragile Tape - 50 mm x 66 m (Pack of 6 Rolls)

FITS /50 L 2 X 45 A MEDI BAGS

10-525-050 Single Walled Media Box – Suits 2 bags

10-525-055 Double Walled Mail Order Media Box – Suits 2 bags

hydrogarden.com

251

SEE PAGES 98 - 102

GLOSSARY

GLOSSARY | A-L Index

Section

Page(s)

Section

Page(s)

Index

Section

Page(s)

Aeros (PLANT!T)

Hydroponic Systems

40-41

DIY Systems

Hydroponic Systems

46-50

Hangers

Lighting | Environment

160-161, 184

Air Line

Irrigation & Pumps

Dispenser (Tape)

Shop Basics

250

Heat Mats

Propagation

12-13

Air Pumps

Irrigation & Pumps

76-77

Drippers

Hydroponic Systems | Irrigation & Pumps

49, 68, 69, 71

Heaters (Greenhouse)

Environment

188-189

Nutrient Control

126

Air Stones

Irrigation & Pumps

Dry Nets

Growroom Management | Growtents

218, 239

Heaters (Nutrient)

Auto-irrigation

Hydroponic Systems

24-39

Ducting

Environment

180-181

Hooks

Lighting | Environment

160, 184

Auto Top-up Kit

Hydroponic Systems

DWC Systems

Hydroponic Systems

24, 25, 28, 40, 41

Hose

Irrigation & Pumps

Hose (Micro Porus/Seep)

Irrigation & Pumps

Ballasts

Lighting

140-147

Easy.Rolls

Lighting

160

Humidifiers

Environment

191-193

Bamboo

Growroom Management

209

EC Meters

Nutrient Control

115-118, 121

Hygrometers

Environment

190

156, 210

Barb Fittings

Irrigation & Pumps

64-67

Extension Leads

Bat Guano

Nutrients & Additives

102

Insect Catcher

Pest & Disease Control

198

Fabric Pots

52-53

Insulated Mats

Propagation

Lighting | Growroom Management

170-173, 178

Insecticide

Pest & Disease Control

199-201

Irrigation & Pumps

64-67

Brummie Bubbler

Hydroponic Systems

Buckets (Heavy)

Hydroponic Systems

Buckets

Pots, Trays & Tanks

Fans (Clip-on/Wall/Floor)

Environment

186-187

Irrigation Fittings

Bug Barriers

Environment

185

Fans (EC)

Environment

174-177

Fans (Pedestal)

Environment

187

Jack Chain

Lighing | Environment

160, 184

Cables

Lighting

156

Filter/Membrane

Irrigation & Pumps

64-66

Joiners

Environment

182-183

Calibration Fluid

Nutrient Control

114, 115, 125

Filters (Air)

Environment

166-169

Jugs

Growroom Management

211

Carbon Dioxide

Environment

194-195

Fire Extinguisher

Growroom Management

210

Chillers

Nutrient Control

127

Fish Food

Aquaponics

248

Kits (Lighting)

Lighting

142-145, 147

Clamps

Environment

180

Flanges (Ducting)

Environment

182

Kits (Propagation)

Propagation

8-9

Clay Pebbles

Growing Media | Aquaponics

85, 248

Flexi Pipe

Irrigation & Pumps

Kits (Ventilation)

Environment

179

Clay/Coco Mix

Growing Media

Flood & Drain Fittings

Irrigation & Pumps

Cleaning Fluids

Propagation | Irrigation & Pumps Nutrients & Additives | Pest & Disease Control

16, 72, 110, 202, 203

Flood & Drain Systems

Hydroponic Systems

26-27

Lamps (CDM)

Lighting

154

Flushing

Nutrients & Additives

93, 102, 108

Lamps (CFL)

Propagation | Lighting

18, 155

Clippers

Growroom Management

216-217

Fumigators

Pest & Disease Control

201, 204

Lamps (DE)

Lighting

145

Cloche Cover

Propagation

Lamps (HPS)

Lighting

141, 152, 153

CO2

Environment

194

Gemini (PLANT!T)

Hydroponic Systems

42-43

Lamps (LED)

Lighting

130-137, 139

CO2 Controller

Environment

195

Gloves

Growroom Management

210

Lamps (MH)

Lighting

154

Coco/Coco Mix

Growing Media

80-82, 84

Glue

Growtents

242

Lamps (T5)

Propagation | Lighting

20, 138

Connectors (Ducting)

Environment

183

GoGro

Hydroponic Systems

32-39

LED

Lighting

130-137, 139

Contactors

Lighting

141, 158, 159

Grommets

Hydroponic Systems | Irrigation & Pumps

36, 66, 67

Level Indicator

Hydroponic Systems

Controllers (Fan Speed)

Environment

177-178

Growroom lenses

Lighting

151

Line Extensions

Hydroponics Systems

Cross Connectors

Irrigation & Pumps

64-65

Gully

Hydroponic Systems

44-45

Liquid Pumps

Irrigation & Pumps

74-75

Crop Management

Growroom Management

218-219

Cubes

Propagation | Growing Media

14, 15, 81, 86

Cutting Mist

Propagation

254

Index

hydrogarden.com

Fans (AC)

Pots, Trays & Tanks Environment

M-Z | GLOSSARY Index

Section

Page(s)

Index

Section

Page(s)

Index

Section

Page(s)

Magnifiers/Microscopes

Growroom Management

212

Radiators

Environment

188-189

Tanks

Pots, Trays & Tanks

60-62

Manifolds

Irrigation & Pumps

Rachet Clamps

Irrigation & Pumps

65-66

Tap Cap

Growroom Management

210

Media

Propagation | Growing Media

14, 80-85

Recirculating Systems

Hydroponic Systems

32-39, 42-43

Tape

Environment | Growtents | Shop Basics

180, 242, 251

Growtents

238

Media Boxes

Shop Basics

251

Reducers

Environment

169, 183

Tent Connectors

Meters (pH)

Nutrient Control

115-121

Reflective Wall Coverings

Growtents

240-241

Tents

Growtents

222-238

Meters (EC)

Nutrient Control

115-118, 121

Reflectors

Lighting

141, 145, 148-151

Tents (Propagation)

Propagation | Growtents

22, 227

Meter (Moisture)

Growroom Management

219

Reservoir Connections

Hydroponic Systems

Tents (LED)

Propagation | Growtents

22, 232-235

Mist Makers

Environment

191

Reservoirs

Hydroponic Systems | Pots, Trays & Tanks

31, 36, 60-61

Tents (Loft)

Growtents

230-231

Mulch Trays

Pots, Trays & Tanks

Root Control Discs

Hydroponic Systems

Thermometers

Environment

190

Propagation | Environment

13, 189

Rooting Sponges

Propagation | Growing Media

7, 88

Thermostat

Neoprene Collar

16, 49

Rope Rachets

Lighting | Environment

161, 184

Timers

Lighting

157

Timers (Contactor)

Lighting

141, 158, 159

Propagation | Hydroponic Systems

Net Pots

Hydroponic Systems | Pots, Trays & Tanks

48, 56

Netting

Growroom Management

208

Saddle Clamp

Irrigation & Pumps

65-66

Timers (Water)

Hydroponic Systems

Nut & Tail Fittings

Irrigation & Pumps

65-67

Saucers

Pots, Trays & Tanks

56-57

Trays (Pots)

Hydroponic Systems | Pots, Trays & Tanks

34, 36, 58, 59

Scalpels

Propagation | Growroom Management

16, 216

Trays (Propagation)

Propagation | Growing Media

8, 15, 86, 88

14, 83

Trough

Pots, Trays & Tanks

216-217

Trimmer

Growroom Management

218

Nutrients & Additives

107

Irrigation & Pumps

O Odour Control

Growroom Management

214-215

Seed Mix

Propagation | Growing Media

Organic (Liquids)

Nutrients & Additives

104-107

Sheers

Organic (Subtrate)

Growing Media

Sheeting

Growtents

240-241

Try Packs

Silencers

Environment

183

Tubing

Pallet Wrap

Shop Basics

250

Slabs (Media)

Growing Media

82, 86

Pest Control (Thrip)

Pest & Disease Control

199

Soil

Propagation | Growing Media

14, 80, 83-85

Valves

Hydroponic Systems | Irrigation & Pumps

36, 64-66

Irrigation & Pumps | Growroom Management

72, 210

Vermiculite

Growing Media

Growroom Management

Pest Control (SpiderMite)

Pest & Disease Control

199

Spanners

Perlite/Perlite Mix

Growing Media

80, 81, 87

Sprayers

Pest & Disease Control

198

pH Control

Nutrient Control | Aquaponics

112-125, 248

Spreader Mat

Hydroponic Systems

Wall Coverings

Growtents

240-241

Pipe

Irrigation & Pumps

Sprinklers

Irrigation & Pumps

Wall Glue

Growtents

242

211

Starter Packs

Nutrients & Additives

90, 107

Water Timer

Hydroponic Systems

7, 14, 15, 86, 88

Stands (Filter)

Environment

185

Watering Ring

Hydroponic Systems | Growtents

49, 68

Pots, Trays & Tanks

Work Lights

Growroom Management

213

Growroom Management

207

Growtents

242

Pipettes Plugs (Propagation)

Growroom Management Propagation | Growing Media

Polythene Bags

Shop Basics

250

Stand (Pots)

Pots (Net)

Hydroponic Systems | Pots, Trays & Tanks

48, 56

Sterilisation

Propagation | Pest & Disease Control

16, 202

Pots (Fabric)

Pots, Trays & Tanks

52-53

Supports

Growroom Management

206-209

YoYo (Plant Support)

Pots (Plastic)

Pots, Trays & Tanks

54-55

Syringes

Growroom Management

211

Pressure Regulator

Irrigation & Pumps

Systems

Hydroponic Systems

24-43, 50

Zipper Doors

Propagation

8-11

Systems (Fish)

Aquaponics

244-245

Propagator Lights

Propagation | Lighting

18-21, 137-139

Pruners

Growroom Management

216-217

Propagators

hydrogarden.com

255

CREDITS Designed by: Alex Davis Cover by: Alan Britten Edited by: Chris Revell Richard Jones We would like to thank the following people for their help and support: Stuart Green Jasmine Chauhan Dave Seccull James Hartland

Please note that the following brands are registered to HydroGarden Ltd: DryFlower, Earth Juice, EnviroGro by LUMii, ESSENTIALS, FishPlant, GoGro, Guard’n’Aid, LightHouse, LUMii, LUMii BLACK, Odour Neutraliser, Oksinto, PLANT!T, PowerPlant, PRO7, RAM, ROOT!T, ROOT! Hobby, VitaLink and VitaLink ESSENTIALS. HydroGarden Ltd., 2 Progress Way, Binley, Coventry, CV3 2NT, UK Product images are for illustration purposes only and are subject to change. All reasonable care has been taken in preparation of the information contained in this document but make no guarantees as to the accuracy or completeness of the information and cannot be held responsible for any resultant effects of using this information on any person or thing including plants or equipment. We reserve the right to change product specifications without prior notification. We accept no responsibility for any such changes or errors and omissions.

™

Balanced H2O = Quality Grow

The quality of water varies significantly throughout the nation and will impact every growers’ plants differently, depending on the water source. Understanding water quality and how to correct it is vital to ensure you get the best out of your grow, wherever you may be located. Scan the QR for more information on water quality and troubleshooting common issues. canna-uk.com/water-testing

HydroGarden Product Catalogue 2022

Articles inside

AQUAPONICS

GROWING MEDIA